The acquisition allows FourCentric to expand its procurement and supply chain expertise in the defence and security sector
SHARE THIS STORY
FourCentric, a leader in procurement, supply chain and operations improvement services, has announced the acquisition of Evolve Commercial Ltd, a UK specialist in Commercial as a Service (CaaS). Evolve provides technology procurement and supply-chain support across both public and private sectors.
Effective 31 October 2025, Evolve Commercial joined the FourCentric group, enhancing the company’s capability to help UK government departments and private organisations efficiently optimise contracting for high-value and complex projects.
Evolve’s consultants bring extensive experience in areas such as complex tender transactions, post-contract management and commercial due diligence, helping clients unlock full supplier capability and enhance commercial outcomes.
“We’re thrilled to welcome Evolve to the group,” said Simon Terry, Group CEO of FourCentric. “This acquisition perfectly aligns with our strategy to deliver commercial services in support of complex technology transactions throughout the commercial lifecycle. Evolve’s specialists bring deep government procurement experience and a strong focus on delivering powerful outcomes in the defence and security sector. Backed by a highly secure infrastructure, clients are assured of secure, seamless integration and trusted, high-quality delivery.”
The addition of Evolve enhances FourCentric’s ability to build long-term partnerships with clients by offering new ways to drive value and improve operational performance.
“We are delighted to be part of the FourCentric group,” said Alan Riordan, Director of Evolve. “FourCentric is the ideal fit for us. Not so large that we get lost in the crowd, and not so small that it limits investment and growth opportunities for us and our clients. The FourCentric model provides a fantastic platform to enable the continued development of our business and our team for the future. This, coupled with the group’s clear vision: To be known as the leading procurement, supply chain and operations firm, recognised for creating significant, positive impact for our clients, people, and society, was a real compelling reason to join.”
Exiger has been awarded a huge contract to help modernise the detection of transshipment for the US government
SHARE THIS STORY
Exiger, the market-leading supply chain AI company, announced today that it has been awarded an exclusive, multi-million dollar contract by US Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to modernise the detection of illicit transshipment across global supply chains. Designed to evade tariffs, trade restrictions and sanctions, illicit transshipment is the practice of manipulating supply chains to disguise a product’s true country of origin. Exiger’s Trade AI will be adopted and deployed across CBP, serving as an additional tool for the US government’s transshipment detection capability.
Transshipment identification and enforcement are critical priorities for the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and CBP. Convergent Solutions, Inc., DBA Exiger Government Solutions, will equip CBP enforcement offices and personnel across the US with access to Exiger’s AI platform and data to identify illicit transshipment at-scale and in real-time.
“Billions of dollars worth of global trade move through illegal transshipment channels that seek to bypass US restrictions,” said Exiger CEO Brandon Daniels. “A core CBP mission is to enforce US trade and forced labor laws, thereby helping ensure that American manufacturers and workers are competing on a level playing field. Exiger is proud to support this mission, bringing to bear the world’s largest proprietary supply chain database and the market’s most sophisticated AI.”
Exiger’s AI will be an additional resource available to CBP personnel to:
Detect illegal transshipment across global supply chains
Monitor and enforce tariff and trade regulations
Leverage Exiger’s proprietary AI models and trade intelligence data to enrich data in CBP systems and enhance decision making
Deploy AI-enabled validations of tariff classification, value and country of origin
Create automated bills of material for products and sub-components
Map the flow of raw materials and sub-components through global supply chains
Risk-score shipments in-real time
Collect tariff revenues earlier
Trace global supply chains to enhance import visibility and risk segmentation
Exiger’s proven AI solutions have been deployed across 60+ US Government agencies, including the Department of War, Department of State, Department of Energy, DHS, the intelligence community, and armed forces.
Exiger’s technology continues to earn top recognition. In April, Exiger was named an awardee on the Government Services Administration’s Supply Chain Risk Illumination Professional Tools and Services (SCRIPTS) Blanket Purchase Agreement, and was the highest-ranked unrestricted vendor awardee of the 10-year, $919 million contract. This year, Exiger was named a Leader in the 2025 Gartner® Magic Quadrant™ for Supplier Risk Management Solutions, a Best-of-Breed Solution and three-time Value Leader in Spend Matters’ SolutionMap, and a Leader in Omdia’s Market Radar: Firmware and Software Supply Chain Security. Exiger also won a 2025 STEVIE® Award for AI Company of the Year.
Que Tran, VP Technology – Ports and Terminals, Europe, DP World, discusses how innovation is addressing the challenges of transporting perishables
SHARE THIS STORY
From Romanian blueberries to Turkish figs, Europe’s fresh produce economy depends on one thing above all else: temperature integrity. In the world of perishables, it doesn’t take much to turn a successful delivery into a costly loss. A few degrees of fluctuation can spell the difference between a market-ready shipment and a complete write-off.
As demand for fresh food increases and expectations around quality, provenance and sustainability continue to grow, the pressure on Europe’s cold chain has never been greater.
According to recent forecasts, the European cold chain market is expected to grow by $76.8 billion between 2024 and 2028, propelled by rising e-commerce, growing health consciousness and increased cross-border trade in fresh food products. For businesses shipping perishables across the continent, or around the world, that growth represents both opportunity and risk.
If we are to meet this moment, we must move beyond capacity and invest in capability: infrastructure that is smarter, more connected and fundamentally more resilient.
The perishables challenge
The logistics of perishable goods are complex by nature. Seasonal spikes, short shelf lives and exacting customer requirements all place extraordinary demands on cold chain infrastructure. Add growing geopolitical uncertainty and climate volatility such as flash floods, heatwaves and disrupted harvests, then even the most robust systems are put to the test.
Traditional cold chain facilities, especially inland, often lack the visibility and flexibility required to respond in real time to issues like route changes, power fluctuations or handling delays. And as regulators and retailers raise the bar on food waste, traceability and carbon emissions, businesses are under pressure to find solutions that go beyond compliance and deliver competitive advantage.
Smarter, cooler infrastructure
At DP World, we believe that cold chain should be as dynamic as the markets it serves. That’s why we’re investing in next-generation infrastructure, tailored specifically to the needs of perishable goods. In Türkiye and Romania, we’ve partnered with agribusiness exporters to enhance reefer handling capacity and cold storage performance across our terminals. These facilities are designed with food security and product integrity in mind, and incorporate climate-controlled chambers, smart insulation systems and modal connectivity to ensure perishable cargo arrives in prime condition.
For example, at our Constanta terminal in Romania, we’ve built new roll-on roll-off (RO-RO) facilities as part of a €130 million investment. These investments are streamlining vehicle and container flows for perishable goods and connect directly to regional rail and inland hubs. The terminal now provides direct multimodal access from Romania’s agricultural heartlands to European retailers and Middle Eastern markets, making it a vital link in the region’s evolving cold chain.
Visibility means viability
Perhaps the greatest breakthrough for Europe’s cold chain lies not in hardware, but in software. While new storage facilities and transport infrastructure are essential, it is the digital systems behind them that unlock real efficiency, visibility and control. Real-time tracking and predictive analytics are enabling logistics providers to manage complexity, respond faster to disruption and ensure temperature-sensitive goods arrive exactly as expected.
These digital solutions now available provide full visibility across the cold chain journey. With IoT-enabled sensors and real-time tracking tools, we can monitor container conditions in transit. This ensures that goods stay within their temperature thresholds and provide us with data that can be shared with shippers, regulators and retailers.
These digital tools also enable route optimisation based on weather, emissions and congestion data, crucial for avoiding delays and maintaining freshness across multimodal networks. In Türkiye, for example, these systems are supporting fruit exporters by combining predictive analytics with satellite-tracked containers, giving shippers live insights into humidity, CO2 levels and location status.
Smart solutions also make inspections faster and safer. Remote cargo inspection apps reduce the risks for surveyors and cut inspection time significantly, helping perishable shipments clear ports faster and avoid spoilage.
Greener from the ground up
Cold chain logistics have historically been carbon-intensive, but that’s changing fast. At DP World, sustainability is ingrained into the infrastructure we’re building, and the modes we prioritise.
In Antwerp, where we deal with significant volumes of perishable shipments, our terminal is powered by on-site wind turbines and a biogas plant. Our fully electric automated stacking cranes (ASCs) operate with near-zero emissions. This is at the heart of our value proposition. We’ve taken steps to reduce terminal emissions across our European network by investing in electrification, renewable energy, and more sustainable transport solutions.
We’re also rethinking how the cold chain itself operates. Through the industry-wide “The Move to Minus 15” initiative, we are working with partners across the logistics and food sectors to adopt a new global temperature standard for frozen food storage, raising it from -18°C to -15°C. This seemingly small change has the potential to reduce energy consumption and emissions at scale, without compromising food safety. By aligning temperature protocols across the industry, we can significantly reduce the carbon footprint of frozen logistics and create a more sustainable future for food distribution worldwide.
Regional focus, global impact
Europe’s cold chain is not one network: it’s many, each with its own regional characteristics. But common themes are emerging. Producers want to reach more markets, retailers want greater predictability, and consumers want freshness.
In Eastern Europe, nearshoring and agricultural investment are creating new supply centres in places like Romania, Türkiye, and Serbia. These regions need modern logistics ecosystems to match their production capacity.
At the same time, congestion and emissions are driving modal shifts in Western Europe, with countries like Belgium and the Netherlands investing heavily in inland waterways and rail. The supply chain industry is aligning its infrastructure to support these goals, offering barge-ready and rail-integrated cold storage as standard in most new terminals.
Whether it’s figs from the Aegean or citrus from the Danube, Europe’s perishables need a cold chain that’s fast, flexible and ready for the future.
The road ahead
The future of fresh trade in Europe will be defined by data, design and decarbonisation. Retrofitting old warehouses won’t be enough; we need to remodel the system entirely. That can’t be done in isolation.
To deliver a future-ready cold chain, collaboration is critical. Logistics providers, retailers, regulators and tech players must co-create solutions that make sustainable perishable trade the norm. It’s now about creating confidence as well as keeping products cold for customers.
If we get it right, the benefits go far beyond logistics. A smarter cold chain strengthens Europe’s food security, supports farmers, reduces waste and unlocks trade that truly works for everyone.
Scott Parsons, Senior Manager, Transport and Logistics Sector at Menzies, discusses beating the reactivity cycle
SHARE THIS STORY
The return of reciprocal US trade tariffs in August after months of delays shows how quickly global trade can shift. For companies reliant on trading with the world’s largest importer, this presents a complex reality. While newfound levy stabilities offer a more predictable planning environment, they continue to raise costs and add complexity to already strained global supply chains.
But the real danger isn’t just the tariffs themselves, but how the industry responds. Absorbing costs to stay competitive, pushing them down the chain, or scrambling to renegotiate contracts are all short-term fixes. The deeper challenge lies in the ripple effects that tariffs create: disrupted sourcing patterns, longer lead times, inventory strain and price volatility.
Years of supply chain chocks like Brexit, COVID-19, the Panama Canal drought, and ongoing geopolitical tensions, have kept UK logistics in a constant cycle of firefighting.
This period of permacrisis prevents firms from innovating and increases financial risk. To thrive, the industry must break away from short-term thinking and build future-ready, tech-enabled, and geographically adaptable supply chains. The current window of tariff stability provides an opportunity to act – and to finally break free from the reactive cycle.
Make time for strategy
The first step starts with making time for strategy. For many transport and logistics firms, the biggest obstacle to long-term planning isn’t a lack of awareness, it’s a lack of time. Our research shows that 44% of UK business leaders struggle to focus on strategic priorities, becoming absorbed in day-to-day operational demands. Without deliberate action, immediate concerns inevitably push strategy aside.
The challenge then is not recognising the value of strategy but creating the conditions for it to thrive. This means freeing up leadership capacity, delegating routine tasks, and using external support where possible to ease pressure points.
Independent challenge is also crucial to planning success. Too often, firms rely solely on internal perspectives, creating blind spots that may result in overlooked opportunities and underestimated threats. Engaging external advisers, whether for financial modelling, business restructuring, or investment planning, can provide a vital second opinion and spark the shift that turns strategy into sustained advantage.
Find growth in tariff gaps
Alongside these challenges lies opportunity. The return of tariffs brings cost and complexity, but also a chance for agile firms to gain a competitive edge. Shifts in trade policy, supply chain restructuring, and international rate disparities can present new routes to growth.
Higher levies on Chinese imports, for example, are expected to lead to reduced transatlantic shipping volumes of Chinese-origin goods, indirectly lowering freight demand for UK-based firms tied to US-Chinese trade. In turn, this may accelerate supply chain diversification and boost direct trade with the UK, or alternative Asian markets.
Notably, UK tariffs are more favourable than those of many other major trading partners. As of August 1, the UK harbours a general 10% levy, lower than the EU’s 15% and China’s 30% rate. For steel, the UK rate sits at 25%, much lower than the 50% flat rate imposed on most US trading partners. For automobiles, the UK benefits from a 10% rate on up to 100,000 vehicles exported annually to the US, compared to the EU’s 15% rate without volume caps.
These tariff imbalances offer UK firms a potential market edge. Firms that realign their sourcing strategies can strengthen their position, while freight forwarders and customs brokers may see a rise in demand for advisory services like tariff mitigation and origin planning to help navigate increasingly complex tariff structures.
Flexible warehousing, bonded storage, and multi-modal solutions are also likely to grow as businesses look to reroute goods, with providers like Clipper Logistics already expanding their offering here to meet demand.
Think beyond immediate costs
Strategic discipline matters just as much when deciding where and when to invest in technology. Tools like Automation, AI, and digital fleet management tools can cut costs and boost efficiency, but they require an upfront investment. Competitors that take the leap here gain a competitive advantage, leaving late adopters struggling to keep up.
Too often, investment decisions hinge on immediate affordability, instead of forecasting how costs and revenues will evolve. This short-term view can expose firms to sudden price increases or revenue shortfalls. Instead, firms should regularly stress test their strategies against different scenarios and risks. This helps leaders prepare for scenarios from fuel price swings to changing customer demands or new regulatory changes.
Developing a robust financial model is critical too. Tracking cashflow projections, operational costs and the impact of external market factors can further protect against risk. Building in additional tools like customs and duty optimisation software can help identify cost-saving import or export structures and even leverage free trade zones through route optimisation.
Taken together, these strategies can help position firms to seize opportunities, whether that is through expanding their fleet, adopting new technology, or exploring new markets, rather than shielding against risk.
Lead through change
Tariffs are no longer a temporary disruption – they’re becoming a defining feature of global trade. For UK transport and logistics firms, long-term success depends on moving beyond reactive crisis management and embedding resilience into every part of the supply chain. This starts with making time for deliberate strategic planning, supported by financial modelling, stress testing, and scenario analysis.
Firms that diversify sourcing, invest in automation, and leverage the UK’s relative tariff advantages will be better positioned to adapt and compete. Just as importantly, making space for long-term thinking through leadership focus, structured planning, and external insight will allow companies to turn policy shifts like tariffs into sources of stability and opportunity. The businesses that act now to future-proof their operations won’t just survive the next trade shock they’ll lead through it.
Use our exclusive discount to get $200 off your Manifest 2026 tickets
SHARE THIS STORY
Manifest returns to Las Vegas in February 2026, to bring the future of supply chain and logistics to over 7,200 attendees from across the globe. Between the 9th and the 11th of February 2026, Manifest will host thousands of experts in supply chain and logistics, innovators, executives, and investors to learn, share, and connect – and as a media partner, SupplyChain Strategy is proud to offer a discount to our readers.
Hosted at The Venetian, Manifest is set to feature over 400 thought leaders and pioneers, who will be sharing their wisdom and experience to help attendees future-proof their businesses.
Manifest Vegas is the largest global supply chain & logistics tech event in the world, bringing together global supply chain executives, logistics service providers, cutting edge startups, venture investors and technology leaders. Join supply chain innovators to foster new strategies and relationships.
Meet up with industry peers from 60+ countries to explore commercial relationships and share knowledge.
Discover innovative technologies that help streamline the entire supply chain.
Engage with your industry’s top decision-makers.
Learn where investors want to put their money.
Gain visibility into how other businesses are strategising.
Develop a better understanding of the competitive landscape.
Leave with a deeper insight of the supply chain landscape, ready to apply new ideas to your business.
From cutting-edge strategies to actionable insights, Manifest delivers unmatched opportunities to learn from and connect with the best of the best in supply chain and logistics. Join us at Manifest Vegas 2026, February 9th-11th, and save an additional $200 off the current price to attend!
The London Excel is hosting five unmissable events on the 12th and 13th of November 2025. Find out more here.
SHARE THIS STORY
Big things are happening on the 12th and 13th of November 2025, at London’s Excel. With five supply chain events all occurring at once, the Excel is sure to be abuzz with shared ideas and excitement for the future of the sector. The five events hitting London are:
White Label World Expo
Retail Supply Chain + Logistics Expo
Smart Retail Tech Show
E-Commerce, Packaging and Labelling Expo
The Business Show
Read on to find more about these events, and how you can get your tickets.
White Label World Expo
Anybody looking to connect with the top white and private label manufacturers in the world should make their way to the White Label World Expo 2025. A whopping 16,000+ attendees come to this event to meet with 50 exhibitors and hear from over 150 experts. Organisations of all shapes and sizes, from startups to Amazon sellers, flood to White Label World Expo to get a better idea of the landscape, with a particular focus on:
Home and kitchen (which is the most sought-after category among sellers on Amazon)
Health and personal care (the third-fastest growing e-commerce sales category this year)
Food and drink
Pet supplies (one of the most successful categories on Amazon)
Clothing, shoes, and jewellery
Toys and games
Tech and electronics
CBD and vape
Office supplies
…and more.
The event also celebrates some of its exhibitors with its own awards show, celebrating the most innovative and best products in online retail.
Innovation and efficiency collide at the Retail Supply Chain + Logistics expo. This is an event where attendees come face-to-face with industry leaders and experts, unlocking access to the best guidance for improving and streamlining logistics, becoming more efficient, and boosting customer satisfaction.
As the logistics landscape evolves, supply chain professionals need to keep on top of the latest in groundbreaking transport technologies and innovations, all the way to warehouse automation, in order to be equipped for the future. That’s what this event is for.
With 200+ exhibitors, over 50 seminars across the two days, and more than 5,000 visitors, the Retail Supply Chain & Logistics Expo is a must-attend for supply chain professionals all over the world.
Technology is an extremely fast-paced market, and the Smart Retail Tech Expo enables 3,000+ retail professionals to find out what’s the next big thing on the market, and how best to move forward to remain competitive.
Join in the event to witness demonstrations of the newest tech on the market, interact with peers, and learn from experts. The innovative exhibitors will be showcasing ways to improve operations, enhance the customer experience, drive growth, and enhance safety.
The Smart Retail Tech Expo is for key decision-makers across independent retailers and global chains alike. This is where retail innovation happens.
The E-commerce, Packaging & Labelling Expo shines a spotlight on the latest in sustainable packaging solutions, trends, and innovations. Over 3,000 visitors are expected to join in and learn more about this rapidly-evolving market.
The event will showcase:
More eco-friendly packaging materials
Innovative labelling technologies
New fulfillment solutions
Waste reduction strategies
Boosting the customer experience
…and more.
This event is all about supporting sustainable growth in a rapidly-evolving, increasingly complex market.
To get tickets for the E-commerce, Packaging and Labelling Expo in London, click here
The London Business Show
The Excel hosts the world’s largest business in November. The award-winning London Business Show brings together over 25,000 attendees, who flood in to find the support and resources they need to improve and scale their businesses.
Visitors will gather advice from experts and peers alike across the two-day event. With over 200 seminars and 500 exhibitors, there’s loads to see and learn about. The event includes:
Speed networking: Quick-fire networking sessions to allow you to connect with fellow professionals.
Industry-leading exhibitors: Exhibitors will be showcasing their latest products and services.
Masterclasses: Experts are on hand to offer mentorship and in-depth advice.
Want to propel your business to the next level? That’s what the London Business Show is all about.
The Global Head of Odgers’ Procurement and Supply Chain Practice explains why key leadership hires are critical
SHARE THIS STORY
Global supply chains are no longer frictionless. Protectionism, tariffs, and trade disputes are now embedded features of the operating environment rather than temporary shocks. The “just-in-time” era, once celebrated for efficiency, has given way to “just-in-case” strategies that prioritise resilience.
This shift presents a fundamental dilemma. How can supply chain leaders fortify networks against disruption without pricing themselves out of competitive markets? The answer lies not only in process or technology but in leadership. Talent and leadership decisions increasingly determine whether organisations navigate this landscape with agility or stumble under the weight of volatility.
Tariff volatility: The practitioner’s challenge
Tariffs and trade barriers move with the tides of politics, national security, and global disputes. Their unpredictability complicates forecasting, procurement, and strategic planning. Traditional risk models, built around stability, are no longer adequate. Supply chain leaders must now integrate geopolitical awareness and scenario planning into their daily operating models.
US-China tariff escalations reshaped sourcing strategies across electronics, apparel, and consumer goods. Meanwhile, the EU’s carbon border adjustment mechanism is redefining competitiveness in carbon-intensive industries, and in response to EU tariffs raised on Chinese electric vehicles, China has just imposed 62% retaliatory duties on EU pork imports.
Such examples demonstrate that tariffs are not only a financial cost but a strategic disruptor that requires continuous vigilance.
Parallel supply chains: The costs of duplication
To mitigate these risks, many organisations are reshoring, nearshoring, or creating entirely new parallel supply chains. While such moves reduce reliance on single geographies, they come at considerable cost. Duplicating factories, logistics networks, and supplier bases is expensive and operationally complex.
The challenge is not purely financial. Parallel supply chains require duplicating talent, governance structures, and culture. The strain on leadership pipelines is significant, as demand for skilled local leaders in multiple regions often outpaces supply.
The most sought-after leaders are those who combine cross-border agility with the ability to build operations from the ground up. These individuals are rare, and the competition for their expertise is fierce. Boards and CEOs must therefore think carefully about where to deploy such talent and how to retain it.
Resilience vs. affordability: Walking the tightrope
Not every supply chain needs to be duplicated. The art of leadership lies in knowing where resilience is essential and where efficiency can still prevail. Some companies overbuild redundant networks, adding unnecessary costs. Others fail to act until disruption strikes, leaving them scrambling to catch up.
Effective supply chain leadership is about defining resilience thresholds. Where is duplication non-negotiable, and where is flexibility sufficient? What risks justify investment, and what risks can be tolerated? This balance demands both financial discipline and strategic foresight.
“Smart resilience” means making selective, data-driven decisions: when to invest, when to hold back, and when to exit markets or partnerships. Leaders who master this judgement avoid both complacency and overreaction.
The end customer: Who pays for resilience?
Resilient supply chains are not cost-free, and the question of who ultimately pays is critical. While some consumers accept higher prices for security, sustainability, or ethical sourcing, others are unwilling or unable to absorb the costs.
This makes consumer sentiment a central factor in supply chain leadership. Leaders must anticipate how different markets will react and develop transparent narratives that justify pricing. Those who fail to communicate risk appearing opportunistic or disconnected from customer realities. Those who succeed position resilience not as a hidden cost but as a value proposition tied to trust, sustainability, and reliability.
The leadership imperative
The skill set required to lead supply chains is evolving rapidly. Operational excellence remains essential, but it is no longer sufficient on its own. Leaders must combine geopolitical literacy with scenario-based decision-making and cultural adaptability. They must be comfortable operating amid uncertainty and skilled in building flexible networks across borders.
The talent pool for such leaders is limited, and demand is intense. I see boards increasingly seeking individuals who are both strategists and operators, capable of managing daily complexities while positioning supply chains as competitive assets. The ability to unite tactical execution with strategic foresight is becoming the defining trait of modern supply chain leadership.
From defensive to strategic resilience
Resilience is more than a defensive posture. For those who approach it strategically, it becomes a source of competitive advantage. Leaders who embrace resilience with clarity, discipline, and courage are not merely safeguarding their organisations but redefining the future of global supply chains.
The question for boards and CEOs is not whether resilience is affordable but whether fragility is sustainable. In a fractured world, can your supply chain afford not to lead?
Strategic partnership enables 3PLs to access all-electric delivery capacity through integrated end-to-end platform
SHARE THIS STORY
TEG, the leading fintech-enabled platform serving transport and logistics, today announces a new partnership with HIVED, the UK’s first fully electric parcel delivery company operating a fleet of electric HGVs, enabling logistics providers to seamlessly access tailpipe emission-free delivery solutions as demand for sustainable transport accelerates.
Through TEG’s end-to-end platform, logistics providers can now seamlessly access HIVED’s 100% electric fleet, including 44 tonne electric HGVs operating seven days a week, which deliver up to 76% emission reductions per parcel and maintain a 99% on-time delivery rate across same-day, next-day and two-day services.
Key partnership benefits include:
Instant access to sustainable capacity: TEG platform members can immediately source electric vehicle capacity from HIVED without lengthy onboarding processes
Seamless settlement: TEG’s SmartPay system enables automated payments and invoicing for HIVED services
Data-driven insights: Real-time carbon tracking and analytics help 3PLs demonstrate sustainability impact to customers
Meeting growing sustainability demands
The new partnership addresses growing market demand for sustainable logistics solutions. Research from TEG’s recent 3PL whitepaper reveals that 67% of 3PLs identify sustainability as a pressing procurement challenge as new emissions regulations reshape carrier requirements.
Luke Austin, Operations Project Manager at HIVED, said: “Through our partnership with TEG, we can now offer our fully electric delivery network to their entire platform of logistics providers. TEG’s integrated compliance and payment systems make it seamless for 3PLs to access our all-electric services, enabling them to significantly reduce supply chain emissions while moving closer to their sustainability goals. With electric vans saving up to 260g of CO₂eq per kilometre, this partnership unlocks substantial carbon savings across TEG’s network.”
Technology-enabled collaboration
TEG’s platform eliminates traditional barriers to carrier collaboration by providing instant compliance verification, automated onboarding, and integrated payment solutions. The partnership with HIVED exemplifies how technology can accelerate adoption of sustainable transport solutions.
Lyall Cresswell, founder & CEO of TEG, said: “As the logistics industry faces mounting pressure to decarbonise, partnerships like this demonstrate how technology platforms can accelerate the transition to sustainable transport. By making it effortless for 3PLs to access HIVED’s fully electric network, we’re removing the friction that traditionally slows adoption of innovative, sustainable solutions.”
The new partnership comes as both companies experience rapid growth. HIVED’s rapid expansion has seen it become recognised as one of the fastest-growing startups in Europe, whilst TEG supports over 9,000 businesses and manages 2.5 million loads annually.
Camilla Gilone and Fabrice Lebecq of Heidrick & Struggles
Published
3 October 2025
Estimated Read time
4Mins
Recent global challenges have elevated the supply chain leader to the executive suite, reflecting a fundamental shift
SHARE THIS STORY
Over recent years, the chief supply chain officer (CSCO) role has undergone a profound transformation, particularly in sectors where supply chains are mission critical such as consumer goods, industrials, healthcare, and pharmaceuticals. What was once considered a technical or operational function has evolved into a driving force behind enterprise strategy.
This evolution has been accelerated by a series of global disruptions, most notably with the COVID-19 pandemic. Nobody needs to be reminded of the deep vulnerabilities the crisis exposed across supply chains worldwide; practically overnight, a rapid reconfiguration of how supply chain leadership was structured and empowered became critical. Combined with ongoing geopolitical instability, regulatory pressures, and rising stakeholder expectations, the signs are clear: the CSCO is now essential to competitive advantage.
In response, companies are recalibrating how they staff and support their supply chain leadership. Since January 2023, 36% of the world’s largest publicly listed firms have appointed new CSCOs. These changes signal a broader rethinking of what the role entails, and who is best positioned to lead it.
From functional specialist to strategic architect
The growing scope and complexity of the CSCO role is matched by a corresponding rise in enterprise influence. Once focused primarily on cost and efficiency, today’s CSCOs must also navigate a broader landscape that includes sustainability, digital transformation, risk mitigation, and resilience.
Through conversations with seasoned supply chain executives worldwide, it is evident that the CSCO role has been evolving for some time, predating the pandemic, and has accelerated significantly in recent years. Whereas the role previously encompassed a limited set of priorities, it now spans a broader spectrum, including sustainability, digital transformation, and agility.
Within this expanded context, CSCOs are increasingly redefining their role – not as operational enablers or as executional support, but as strategic architects of enterprise value. They now sit on executive committees, report directly to CEOs, and maintain regular access to the board. In other words, boards are now much more open to the transformative power of a CSCO.
Why elevating the CSCO role matters
· Strategic alignment and faster execution The CSCO serves as a vital link between business strategy and operational delivery. With many peers on the leadership team coming from commercial backgrounds, the CSCO’s operational acumen offers a crucial balance, ensuring initiatives translate into results.
· Increased agility in a volatile world CSCOs are typically first responders when crises strike. Their ability to make rapid decisions—on everything from product line adjustments to supplier realignments—is enhanced when they have a seat at the top table.
· Talent magnetism
Elevating the CSCO position boosts its attractiveness to emerging leaders. By investing in career paths, leadership development, and visibility, some organisations are turning supply chain functions into high-potential talent pipelines.
The enterprise-centric CSCO
Today’s CSCOs must operate as business leaders first, and functional experts second. While many still come from traditional supply chain backgrounds, companies are increasingly prioritising broader business acumen, seeking candidates with commercial, P&L, or transformation experience. This shift reflects the growing need for CSCOs who can contribute strategically, anticipate regulatory and geopolitical risks, and lead complex, enterprise-wide transformations.
Equally important is the CSCO’s ability to manage a widening network of stakeholders. From peers and boards to regulators and suppliers, today’s supply chain leaders must translate operational complexity into strategic clarity. Their success now depends as much on influencing and communication as on technical mastery, marking a decisive evolution from the function’s historically executional role.
Rethinking succession and talent pipelines
Despite the strategic elevation of the role, there will always be turnover at the top, and many organisations still lack robust succession plans for CSCOs. This is especially concerning given the relatively short average tenure of a little over four years and a high rate of first-time appointments: in 2024, 65% of external CSCO hires in 2024 were step-ups.
To avoid setbacks caused by a gap in the CSCO function, succession planning must be reimagined across three key dimensions:
Future-focused profiles: Companies must define the CSCO role based on future needs.
Tailored development programs: Internal talent development is increasingly crucial.
Detailed, proactive planning: Organisations must develop data-driven, scenario-based succession plans.
The road ahead
The COVID-19 pandemic may have accelerated the shift, but the strategic ascent of the CSCO is not a short-term response – it is a long-term evolution. As companies face continued disruption, increasing complexity, and stakeholder scrutiny, the CSCO is emerging as one of the most consequential roles in the C-suite.
It’s all about flexibility and resilience. Speed of change has massively increased, and the size of those changes is becoming bigger. Organisations that invest in the right leadership, redefine the capabilities required, and reimagine succession planning will be best positioned to not only manage uncertainty, but to turn it into a strategic advantage.
The march towards agentic AI can be a daunting thing, but it’s important to get over that fear in order to make strides
SHARE THIS STORY
A common question when discussing AI is ‘where do humans fit in?’. The fear of technological advancements stealing our jobs is an old one, but the conclusion is always the same and always true: there will never be a time when human judgement and teamwork isn’t required.
At DPW New York 2025, we sat down with Rinus Strydom, Chief Revenue Officer at Pactum AI, and Steven Velte, Executive Director Procurement Transformation at Honeywell – a customer of Pactum AI – to discuss AI’s evolution and the human connection. As AI develops, for Strydom, Pactum’s focus is on agentic, rather than generative. There’s a key difference there, especially for initial adoption at large enterprises.
“A lot of enterprises feel a little bit afraid, because generative AI can go a little off the rails,” he explains. “But when you put agents to work, they’re always within the rails that are defined by the customers. Once we get over that hurdle and can make clients see that they can take their procurement operating model and have it just run at scale with agents, rather than being afraid that their image will get tarnished, AI can be put to work much faster.”
Putting AI to work
When it comes to strategies procurement leaders can adopt to make AI work for them, it’s a major discussion point for Strydom and Velte. As a customer, it’s important for Honeywell to feel like its work with Pactum AI is a collaboration; it’s part of what makes its strides into AI work successfully. “This collaboration goes deeper than what we’ve typically had in the past,” says Velte.
“When we go through organisational changes, we need a true partner, And when that partner gets into the elevator with you, they don’t just push the button with you – they go up to the next floor with you and sit at the table to talk about what’s happening. So a barrier to AI adoption is not having that deep collaboration and partnership.”
“I think another thing leaders can do today is really help with that psychological change management to make it feel like a safe thing,” Strydom adds. Mindset shift is such a vital part of this change, especially when it comes to successful collaboration. “It’s important to embrace agentic AI, to encourage people to become managers of agents and not run away or become fearful.”
Identifying the opportunities
The true benefits of AI are now beginning to present themselves, as people increasingly embrace AI. For Velte, businesses have to get going with their AI plans in order to realise where the real opportunities lie. “I can make a business case with tons of ROI, potential productivity gains, revenue uplift, bottom line, profit line – all of that. But the real benefits that come from AI are those hidden benefits we don’t realise. When you start looking at it, there’s a common theme of saving time, and time becomes the real benefit. Unlocking better use of time gives you more potential to work on other creative aspects of the business.”
For Strydom, the true value lies in achieving things that used to be extremely difficult to achieve. Pactum AI’s customer base is broadly looking at 10X ROI, which, now, is easily done thanks to the use of AI agents. Agents also allow procurement teams to scale extremely fast, which is something that has, historically, been hard-won.
“For example, if you need to change payment terms across your entire supply base, you can do that with thousands of agents in parallel. You could never do that before. It gives you the agility to react to global macro risk issues, like tariffs.”
Start now; perfection comes later
One of the loudest topics of conversation at DPW New York 2025 was data quality and the challenge of cleaning that data up. It’s a huge topic, and a daunting one. Many businesses fall into the trap of thinking their data has to be perfect before they can get fully involved with AI, but the conclusion many procurement leaders are coming to is that getting started is more important than perfection.
“Data quality is always the holy grail going forward,” says Velte. “Everyone’s going to look for it, and try to attain it. When you start implementing within an AI framework, you just need to go in there and know that you’re going to constantly evolve in a good way, thanks to the agents, AI programs, and initiatives. They’re going to uncover and unlock a lot of data and inconsistencies that you have. You won’t get there unless you start looking into them as an opportunity area. Data perfection is not the way to go; it’s about getting in there, starting to look at the opportunities, and being willing to be creative, disruptive, and innovating quickly.
“There’s never going to be a time when everything is 100% correct and accurate, because data is always evolving,” adds Strydom. “Start now. The data can be enriched over time with the agents’ help.”
Maximum savings, maximum momentum
Pactum is using AI specifically to enable it to be a strategic advisor for customers like Honeywell. The use cases coming out are very new, and changing fast. What Strydom and his team want is to be able to guide customers on the right strategies for them, how to get maximum savings, and maximum momentum. As this landscape becomes more complex, human intervention and guidance is more important than ever, which links back to the topic of mindset and change management.
There’s been a lot of debate within Pactum AI as to how the business embraces this. “From a marketing perspective, too, there’s the question of whether we should make our agents look human,” says Strydom. “Actually, what we’re seeing is that suppliers actually enjoy interfacing with a bot. Walmart, one of our customers, did a survey where they found that 85% of their suppliers actually prefer to negotiate with Pactum than with a human. It’s more efficient, fair, and unbiased.”
Speaking of humans, shortage of talent has been a talking point within procurement for some time. That was, until advanced tech became more widely adopted, and bringing in procurement experts became less important than bringing in technology experts who are willing to learn. With the advent of agentic AI, according to Strydom, procurement leaders are now acting as managers of agents.
“All the analyst surveys say that procurement organisations are being asked to do more with less every year,” he says. “So the type of talent is definitely transforming. What we see is that the procurement organisations of the future are much more strategic. They’re focusing on creating strategy and procurement policies and procedures, and then having the agents actually go out and do the menial day-to-day work – entering things into ERP, turning requisitions into purchase orders, onboarding suppliers, and so on. All of that can now be done very quickly and efficiently by agents. This really elevates the role, and allows procurement to become a partner to the business.”
Velte adds: “When you talk about talent shortage, it’s also that shift in the mindset we’re going through right now. The expertise is changing, and we want to be able to bring in talented people with that technology flare. When we look at the next generation of leaders coming out of university and college, they’re AI enabled already. They’re expecting AI to be available to them to accelerate their development, career goals, and ambitions.”
Making sense of the landscape
As DPW New York 2025 unfolded around us, the discussion inevitably turned to the ways in which DPW helps procurement make sense of the AI landscape. Pactum AI is actually a perfect example of how useful DPW is. Only four years ago, the business was a startup, and won a pitch contest at DPW Amsterdam. “That catapulted the business, and got us a lot of visibility,” says Strydom. “It’s a great place for visibility with practitioners, investors, and partners.”
Again, it comes back to people. Being able to meet them in real life, communicate face-to-face, and learn from one another. “It’s about reconnecting with a lot of our partners,” says Velte. “But it’s also about seeing what is out there on the forefront that’s becoming available. It’s an amazing opportunity for us to really benchmark ourselves, while also getting a glimpse of what’s coming around the corner.”
At Kinexions 2025, Jennifer Roberts, Supply Chain Leader, IBM who talked us through how the supply chain is transforming at the global giant
SHARE THIS STORY
Jennifer Roberts, Supply Chain Leader at IBM, is visibly buzzing as she shares her favourite Kinexions moments so far. “Kinexions is really exciting,” she says, having flown in from Raleigh-Durham, North Carolina to be here. “The first thing for me is getting to see the people I work with at Kinaxis who help advance the solution within IBM,” she explains. “We have a great account management team that’s helping us look to the future. And the energy here is always exciting. They really are a motivating company when it comes to thinking about the future. I’m really thankful that IBM invested in the ability of our teams to join the event this year.”
Roberts and IBM’s C-level executive suite for supply chain are located at Raleigh-Durham’s Research Triangle Park where IBM has a large facility covering 600 acres. “It’s a good place to be,” she says. “But a large part of my team is broadly located throughout the US in Poughkeepsie, New York, Rochester and Minnesota. And then we also have a team down in Guadalajara, Mexico. The global supply chain is located everywhere, but the people I work with are primarily in those locations.”
Roberts leads Demand Planning Operations for IBM’s hardware manufacturing division, supporting mainframe, power, and storage products across both internal and contract manufacturing. She supports transformation efforts within the Demand Supply Planning and Inventory organisations.
Supply chain transformation
Roberts specialises in configuring and modelling planning architecture in Kinaxis and SAP, translating, automating and transforming business processes, while identifying and collecting the relevant data from various large unstructured data sources. Her goal is to optimise supply chain processes and tools, reduce costs, improve efficiency and enhance customer satisfaction.
The words “revolution” and “transformation” have embodied the discourse at Kinexions and these are two concepts that play out in a major way at IBM. “Our business is all about transformation,” she explains. “We are constantly looking to evolve to solve a variety of different areas of opportunity. There’s certainly never a day where we aren’t thinking about what the next disruption may be. And so within our organisation, we focus a lot on resiliency, protecting our supply chain and ensuring we can deliver quality to our clients.” Indeed, IBM onboarded Kinaxis around five years ago to help transform Demand Planning and Supply Planning. Kinaxis Maestro provides IBM with the transparency needed to see how changes in demand and supply affect each other, utilising the most current data to run multiple concurrent scenarios.
AI in supply chain
IBM’s supply chain transformation efforts are currently focused heavily on AI. Of course, IBM has been leaders in the AI space for quite some time with the Watsonx products, but supply chain is considered client zero within IBM for that platform. “We are focused on efficiencies in the organisation, digital transformation, developing digital twins and taking enterprise data and bringing it together so that we can orchestrate a plan that is visible to all through one source of truth,” she reveals. “And that’s something we can all execute against seamlessly.”
“Everyone wants data in real-time. Everyone is looking for accuracy of data. They’re looking for answers to problems faster than we’ve ever been able to perform before,” she explains. “When the next big diversion comes, the next big distraction, we need to be able to quickly align ourselves, not just within the supply chain, but upstream with our sales organisation, who are feeding us all the sales opportunities and giving us insight into where the business is going. And then our downstream suppliers need to be equally connected. So, we partner with those organisations to ensure it’s all very seamless and that our data flows in both directions so we can manage results. So, one of the advantages of our internal AI supply chain tool, which we call CSCA 360 (Cognitive Advisor), is to get a 360-degree view of the world considering all those products. And access is a big part of that because we run our S&OP and MRP (Material Requirements Planning) processes through that tool, along with our inventory management process as well.”
According to Roberts, the biggest opportunities for Supply Chain at IBM lay within ways to mitigate disruptions earlier, boosting resiliency and agility, while protecting the supply chain. “There are things that hit us between the eyes at the last minute, and we have to be as responsive as possible to solve those problems. Data insights and being able to assess them proactively, is so important. And that’s where I see our organisation heading more strategically, through taking the data, ingesting it faster, making decisions on it, using generative AI and focusing on allowing people to dig into the data more quickly and get answers on information they’re seeking. We’ve been using agentic AI for years, but we’re really starting to dig into what it can do for us now in terms of impacting productivity.”
The human touch
Although Kinexions has been showcasing transformation and technological revolution it has also stressed the importance of work culture, something vitally important to Roberts. “Our leadership drives the mindset of transformation being at the forefront of where we’re going, in order to keep up with the demands of the future,” she tells us. “We’re always being asked to look at where we can create opportunities within the business and not just taking the leadership’s advice on what we should be doing. We look to all our employees and get their ideas from the bottom up; deciding whether or not there’s business value that can be returned from things that aren’t always visible.
“I think the most important part of your business is your people. Without having the ability of your people to be transparent in where they see opportunities, you really are going to hold yourselves back. Keep an open mind, ask a lot of questions, listen closely. I’m always told you have two ears and one mouth. And I think as a leadership team, you should allow your employees to come forth with ideas, plus, we need to think about why they are suggesting them – well, it’s because they’re impacted every day by what’s going on around them. So, listen.”
Jonathan Jackman, Regional VP at Kinaxis, dives into how AI is reshaping supply chain planning.
SHARE THIS STORY
Artificial intelligence (AI) is often seen as a threat to jobs, with a recent TUC poll showing half of UK adults worry that AI will take their job. When it comes to the supply chain sector, AI is shaping up to be a powerful tool that empowers planners to take on more creative, fulfilling roles.
The prospect of AI-enabled supply chain planning is an exciting one for both professionals and businesses. Scaling operations without the need to massively increase headcount is a major selling point for any enterprise, while for professionals, the prospect of removing the repetitive, mundane and manual processes that restrict and slow effective planning is surely a promising one.
Far from job elimination, AI is a major upgrade for supply chain workers in a number of different ways. We’re entering a new era of increasingly autonomous AI systems, which will elevate supply chain planning to new heights. So, how exactly will the day-to-day role of the planner evolve as we go further into the AI era?
Humans still in control
First, it’s important to dispel a myth: the supply chains of the future will not be “driverless”. Many believe that AI, and particularly agentic AI, has the potential to run supply chains on autopilot. This is far from reality: while AI can surface insights, automate tasks and even take action in a crisis, it will always need to be augmented by a human to fully interpret the nuances of the real-world.
This human oversight is a crucial failsafe. There will be many times where AI flags potential shortages and proposes the best way to respond, but it will only ever be as good as the insights it is fed and the guidance given by human. For example, what if it is missing a crucial bit of real-time information about an upcoming election which could lead to disruptive trade challenges? While the algorithms. may be great at crunching the numbers and making recommendations, only a human planner can assess the full context surrounding a decision before deciding action.
The future of supply chain planning isn’t AI instead of humans, it will be AI and humans. In the AI era, supply chain professionals will be the orchestrators, steering AI systems and validating recommendations with important human insights and context.
Each planner is likely to have fleets of AI agents beneath them, acting as demand forecasters, inventory optimisers and scenario simulators – feeding information back to the supply chain professionals to empower them to make the best decisions based on the maximum amount of data analysis, all done in real time.
Planners unleashed
With AI handling the mundane and routine supply chain tasks, planners will be unleashed to focus on the creative, strategic elements of the job that machines simply cannot do: building relationships, working with partners, building and selling strategy, and, of course, managing AI agents.
Consider negotiations with partners, for example, AI won’t be able to compete with a human. It will, though, supply planners with the data they need to enter those discussions armed with deeper insights than ever before, empowering them to work more effectively.
Planners will also play a critical role in shaping the very AI tools they use – training models, curating data, and ensuring outputs reflect reality. Over time, this human feedback loop will make the technology even more valuable.
One key evolutionary step we are starting to see is the emergence of Autonomous Concurrent Orchestration. Currently, many vendors focus on agents automating existing siloed processes, but in the future, we will see more agents that synchronise planning decisions across functions – procurement, logistics, manufacturing – in real time. Agent-to-agent communication will break down silos and speed up problem solving and decision making, easing the burden on supply chain professionals.
Augmenting, not replacing
Perhaps artificial intelligence is the wrong phrase when it comes to supply chains Instead, the industry should be discussing augmented intelligence, where machines unlock insights and real-time decision making that simply wasn’t possible when tasks relied on manual processes.
For planners, the AI era promises exciting change: embracing new tools and evolving alongside this technology is not only good for business, but good for the careers of supply chain professionals.
Moving the supply chain can often be a knee-jerk reaction, but it’s important to think strategically about whether relocating is the best idea
SHARE THIS STORY
1. Why do you think moving the supply chain tends to be a knee-jerk reaction when tariffs rise or trade tensions flare?
It’s a reaction that comes from a place of urgency. Tariffs go up, or trade tensions escalate, and there’s a natural impulse to act quickly – especially when there’s pressure from leadership or shareholders. On the surface, moving a supply chain seems like a strong, decisive move. But in reality, it’s rarely that simple.
More often than not, relocating is a reaction to symptoms rather than strategy. Companies that take a step back and model the full impact – including the hidden costs – usually find the situation is more nuanced. As I’ve seen firsthand, staying put can often be the smarter call when you factor in the broader operational picture.
2. What’s the best way to assess total landed cost when considering a relocation?
You really need to go beyond tariffs and labor rates. A solid total landed cost analysis should include freight costs, customs duties, inventory holding, quality risks, and the cost of time – how long it’ll take to requalify a new supplier or ramp up a new site.
You also want to include softer but very real risks: supplier reliability, logistics infrastructure, responsiveness, and even talent availability. In my work, we use a scenario-based approach that models different outcomes – best case, most likely, worst case – because it’s rarely a linear comparison. You’re not just swapping one cost center for another; you’re rebuilding an ecosystem.
3. What’s the potential cost of relocating too quickly? Is there anything companies tend to overlook?
Yes – and quite a few things, actually. A big one is requalification, especially in regulated sectors. That process can take months and delay your go-to-market timeline significantly. Another is supplier know-how. Longtime partners often bring embedded knowledge – whether that’s tooling nuances, production techniques, or troubleshooting expertise – that’s hard to replicate elsewhere.
Companies also tend to overlook the operational strain. Transitioning a supply chain can drain resources internally – procurement, quality, engineering – and if you’re already stretched, that can be a real problem. Rushing into a move without a proper risk buffer can end up being far more expensive than the tariff you were trying to avoid in the first place.
4. How should companies weigh short-term political or economic incentives against long-term resilience?
It’s a balance. Short-term gains – like avoiding a specific tariff – can be compelling. But the question we often pose to clients is: Will this decision still hold up two or three years from now? Because trade policies change, political winds shift, and if your new setup is fragile, you’re simply moving from one kind of exposure to another.
Resilience is about building supply chains that can absorb shocks. That might mean sticking with a higher-cost geography because of consistency, or diversifying – not relocating – to mitigate risk. If you can model both short-term and long-term impact, and stay aligned to your strategic goals, that’s where smart decisions emerge.
5. What should companies look at when evaluating whether a country’s infrastructure or labor pool can support their supply chain needs?
There are a few core questions to ask: Can the region support the technical complexity of your product? Is the infrastructure – ports, roads, utilities – reliable? Is the labor market deep enough, and are the right skills available? And what’s the regulatory environment like – predictable, or prone to sudden shifts?
We always advise talking to companies already operating in the region. That real-world feedback – on logistics bottlenecks, compliance challenges, or workforce availability – can often highlight issues that aren’t immediately visible from data alone.
6. In your experience, what are the signs it’s time to seriously consider relocating sourcing or manufacturing?
When the risks become structural – not just a one-off disruption or a temporary cost spike. If your supplier can’t meet compliance or ESG standards, if you’re consistently seeing quality or delivery issues, or if the geopolitical environment starts affecting your ability to operate with confidence – that’s when a relocation conversation becomes necessary.
It’s also important to remember that “relocating” doesn’t always mean a full exit. Sometimes it means adding a secondary source, or shifting one tier of the supply chain, while keeping core capabilities in place.
7. How long should companies expect a country-to-country shift to take, realistically?
If we’re talking about a full shift – from decision to full production ramp-up – it’s usually 12 to 36 months. That depends on the industry, of course. A low-complexity product in a lightly regulated sector can move faster. But high-spec manufacturing? With quality controls, tooling transfer, compliance certification? That takes time – and trying to compress that timeline often leads to serious issues down the line.
8. What technologies or tools are helping companies make better sourcing location decisions now than in the past?
We’re seeing a lot of progress here. Companies are using AI and predictive analytics to model risk exposure and simulate cost scenarios. Digital twins are gaining traction – they let you map your supply chain virtually and test what would happen under different disruptions. Supplier risk platforms are also far more sophisticated, incorporating ESG data, political risk scores, and even weather patterns.
Five years ago, this kind of real-time scenario planning wasn’t widely available. Now it’s increasingly essential.
9. Given current conditions—tariffs, geopolitical risk, ESG pressure—how much more complex do you expect supply chains to become by 2030?
Significantly more complex. We’re already seeing how global trade isn’t just about economics anymore – it’s about national security, sustainability, and data sovereignty. And that’s driving more regulation, more reporting requirements, and more pressure to be agile. Add in climate volatility and changing consumer expectations, and you’re looking at a supply chain environment that’s constantly in motion.
The companies that thrive will be the ones that build optionality into their supply chains – and invest in visibility, partnerships, and technology to stay ahead of the curve.
10. Anything else to add?
Yes – just that sometimes, the smartest move is to stay where you are and optimise. It may not feel as bold as a relocation, but doubling down on what’s working – while building in resilience and flexibility – can be just as strategic. It’s not about reacting to headlines. It’s about making decisions that hold up in the long run.
We sat down with Abe Eshkenazi, CEO of ASCM, to dig into the organisation’s focus points, and how CHAINge is addressing supply chain’s needs
SHARE THIS STORY
Tell me a bit about your background, and how you got into supply chain.
Early in my career, I spent quite a bit of time in operations and materials management. We didn’t call it supply chain back in the day – it went by a number of different terms. Not surprisingly, given my role within ASCM, I worked closely with supply chain professionals, not only to elevate the role of the supply chain professional, but to understand the impact that supply chain has on business and society.
At ASCM, we’re focused on not only supporting that competent, capable individual, but ensuring that organisations are responsible in terms of using supply chain to really enable consumers and patients to get what they need at a reasonable price and reasonable time. This is what supply chain is about. My background combines that business management education and deep engagement with supply chain professionals. This gives me a strong appreciation for not only their challenges, but the opportunities the field faces today.
Tell me about the planning for CHAINge NA this year. What were you looking to achieve when putting ideas together?
Today, supply chain professionals are trying to balance efficiency with geographic diversity and political resilience. They’re trying to put those things together and identify what would make an individual do their job better and exchange that information with others. So our planning is centered around a key theme, which is: how do we equip supply chain professionals for what’s next?
The systems that we built for speed and cost optimisation are under stress right now. They’re struggling under the weight of complexity, volatility, consumer demands, and all the disruptions that we’re facing today. We’re being called today to rethink not only how quickly and cheaply we can move things and get them to the consumer, but how responsibly, transparently, and resiliently we can operate today. Our hope is that the engagement part of the event enables individuals to exchange information and walk away with insights and actionable strategies that can be taken back to their organisations and implemented. We’re truly looking for that engagement from the attendees. This is an event for the attendees, by the attendees.
It’s also about making the contact and relationships that we all depend on. We’re all seeking opportunities and examples of organisations that have done it better or have responded easier to the challenges that we’re facing today. This provides individuals with an opportunity to engage. We had an opportunity to do this at our European event, after which attendees overwhelmingly indicated that the engagement part – the opportunity to exchange information learned from each other – was a key element of the event itself. We’re trying to replicate that, but with the amount of issues that the US is facing versus the rest of the world, the topics are going to be a little bit different here.
What are the core topics covered at CHAINge NA that you think are most helpful for supply chain professionals?
We need to take a temperature of the current environment, and not surprisingly, we structure the event around several core themes that we’re all facing today. First, resilient and agile supply chains. The adaptability that’s required today is unlike any time that we’ve ever faced. We’ve had disruptions before, and we’ve responded as an industry. Today, we’re continuing to respond, but the pressures on these individuals due to day-to-day uncertainty has created a very different environment.
The second core topic is emerging technologies. As the focus on resiliency and agility becomes much more critical, there are only a few ways to gather the data necessary to enable organisations to make informed decisions. Not surprisingly, AI, digital twins, and a whole host of scenario planning technology tools are a focus for a lot of organisations today. Digital transformation is happening in almost every organisation to shore up their visibility, their transparency, and their traceability.
Also, advancing sustainability practices. We can’t forget that at the end of the day, we still need to be sustainable as an industry. This has been a huge focus within supply chain. It’s taken a little bit of a backseat in the current environment, but organisations are still focused on ensuring that they are sustainable and ethical in their business practices. Lastly, no discussion can be had without understanding what the talent availability is, what their capabilities are, and whether we are ensuring that we do have the right talent.
How important is collaboration (accelerated by things like CHAINge) in supply chain, especially as the landscape becomes more complex?
In today’s environment, as we focus on visibility and on connecting all parts of our supply chain end-to-end, we understand the demand signals clearly so that we can address them appropriately. Collaboration is no longer optional – it’s essential. No single individual organisation can solve today’s challenges on their own, whether it’s navigating geopolitical tensions, managing risk in a global network, or even driving sustainability. The solutions demand cross-functional and industry collaboration. It used to be that the Chief Supply Chain Officer in the back room was only called upon when there was a crisis. Well, I think we’ve got enough crises today that we need to push that individual into the front office.
First, we need to enable them to use their voice at the table to advocate for appropriate supply chain practices, but also in combination with a wide range of other roles. These are the teams that are now addressing these issues. It’s no longer just a supply chain issue; it’s an organisational issue. It’s a societal issue that we now need to address, and there’s only one way to address that; that’s through collaboration within the organisation, as well as with your partners, your vendors, and your vendor’s vendor. This is a very dynamic environment today, and enabling organisations to have that complete visibility and connectivity is critical.
There’s been a lot of talk about a shortage of talent across supply chain; how big an issue is this, from your perspective? And how can it be overcome?
From our perspective, it’s one of the defining issues of our time. As supply chain has moved from the back office to the boardroom, so has the demand for skilled professionals. More often than not, supply chain people come out of finance or engineering. In today’s environment – a very diverse workforce – digital natives are coming into the workforce. They’re not only adaptable, but very comfortable with modern technology. It’s a little bit of a reverse from the leadership that we have in supply chain today, that may still be using that Excel spreadsheet on their systems. Supply chain has the demand for those skilled individuals.
To address this, we’re focused on a number of things. First, expanding the awareness of supply chain as a rewarding career path, which our salary and satisfaction surveys confirm. Secondly, talking openly about investing in ongoing professional development. We’ve been to a lot of conferences and whether we’re talking about AI, sustainability, or disruptions, at the end of the discussion, it always comes down to people. We should be talking about the people at the beginning of the discussion as opposed to the end of it. We need to create that opportunity for individuals to see that they can not only make a difference, but that their voice is heard and followed on within their organisation. That’s what we’re preparing supply chain professionals for.
We need to provide an inclusive workplace that attracts and retains that diverse talent. As I indicated before, individuals coming into the workforce are digital natives. They’re very adept at AI and they’re more than willing to jump in with the technology. We need to enable them with problem solving, critical thinking, and experience on the job. I couldn’t be more excited about the individuals coming into the workforce today and the focus, and they’re able to change the world through supply chain.
How can supply chain professionals approach the challenge of ever-changing regulatory requirements?
Financial markets and supply chains do not like uncertainty. We like certain demand signals so we can ensure that our supplies are appropriately managed. Supply chain professionals need to have robust systems to monitor changes and provide that data, or the regulatory information and policy individuals reporting become significant. Among the concerns that we have is that more often than not, it’s become regulatory or policy and it becomes a checklist. Part of that concern is whether we’re really focused on really making a change, or focused just on those compliance checklists that often drive down to minimum effect.
Today, technology helps, but so does developing a culture of compliance and resiliency. Once again, collaboration matters, sharing best practices across industries, and enabling individuals to understand that there are ways to respond to the regulatory and the policy changes.
What are some of the most exciting innovations happening in supply chain today?
I think the combination of the people and technology is what’s going to make an exponential difference. On the technology side, tools like advanced analytics, AI, and digital twins are transforming how we forecast, manage risk, and build resiliency. The real innovation is combining cutting edge technology with a highly skilled, adaptable workforce. I heard a fantastic quote the other day: ‘AI is not going to take your job; an individual using AI is going to take your job’. That’s where the focus is right now – enabling individuals to use technology to really leverage that and enable organisations to be much more responsive and agile, as they address demands.
This month’s cover star is Marisa Schoeman, Diageo’s VP of Planning & Logistics for Africa. We spent some time with…
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover star is Marisa Schoeman, Diageo’s VP of Planning & Logistics for Africa. We spent some time with Schoeman at Diageo’s London HQ to hear how the beverage giant’s growth in Africa is being enabled by a robust supply chain transformation with the customer at its heart.
Diageo plc is a British multinational alcoholic beverage company whose 30 malt distilleries in Scotland – that can only make Scotch whisky – are responsible for producing one in every three bottles of Scotch worldwide, with over 100 brands, such as Johnnie Walker, J&B and Buchanan’s. Its leading brands outside whisky include Guinness, Smirnoff, Baileys, Captain Morgan, Tanqueray and Gordon’s.
At Diageo, Schoeman is responsible for directing the transformation of Diageo’s supply network operations in Africa, creating a simplified and integrated network designed to unlock agility, innovation, and long-term value.
“Our ambition is to grow Africa, Diageo’s fastest growing region, into a multi-billion-pound imported spirits business,” she says. “But for that, we need a flexible, segmented supply chain. Africa represents huge untapped potential as a developing environment and our consumer base is growing all the time. So, for us there is a very big focus around how we grow into a multi-billion premium spirits business…”
Elsewhere we have a host of big-name interviews from Kinexions 2025 – including Qualcomm and IBM – an exclusive report from the Exiger Executive Forum. Not only that, but we also sat down with Abe Eshkenazi, CEO of ASCM, to dig into the organisation’s current focus points, and how its conference – CHAINge – is addressing the supply chain landscape’s needs. And… we also have some highly insightful leadership pieces from DPW New York, including fascinating reveals from Beroe, Pactum AI, TealBook and AlixPartners on a host of topics relating to AI in supply chain.
The two-day event (9th-10th September) offers attendees all the tools they need to improve their resilience and adaptability.
SHARE THIS STORY
Be the CHAINge you want to see in supply chain, and join fellow supply chain professionals at CHAINge North America. Located at the Greater Columbus Convention Center, in the heart of Columbus, Ohio, the two-day event (9th-10th September) offers attendees all the tools they need to improve their resilience and adaptability.
SupplyChain Strategy readers receive an exclusive $200 discount when registering for CHAINge North America, by using code SCS200
The event gives attendees access to a rich agenda of learning opportunities, covering topics such as:
Supply chain digitalisation
Data visibility
Risk and resilience
Future-proofing supply chains
Woman in supply chain
Harnessing AI
And much more. Those attending CHAINge North America join their peers for two days of interactive learning, lively discussion, and novel ideas to drive change in their own supply chain.
All supply chain professionals and executives are welcome to become part of the movement and discover the latest in supply chain innovation.
Register today and use our exclusive discount code: SCS200
As well as eye-opening talks, CHAINge North America attendees gain access to:
10-minute innovation tech showcases
Educational breakout sessions
Use case theatres
Industry Q&A
Join your fellow professionals on the 9th and 10th of September for this industry-leading event. Register now and use code SCS200 for $200 off the cost.
Industry collaboration for freight decarbonisation pilot proves sustainability and profitability can go hand-in-hand as empty miles drop.
SHARE THIS STORY
An innovative freight decarbonisation initiative in South West England has achieved a significant milestone, with 65 loads successfully matched, generating over £68,000 in revenue for local hauliers and preventing 7,915 kg of CO2 emissions through reduced empty running, according to new data from TEG.
The collaborative project, led by Peninsula Transport and Western Gateway STBs with TEG’s Haulage Exchange platform, has demonstrated measurable environmental and economic benefits since its expansion. The initiative now includes 11 participating haulage companies across the region, with loads posted by companies for subcontracting reaching 1,906.
Key achievements from the updated pilot programme include:
Environmentalimpact: 7,915 kg of CO2 emissions prevented through 9,195 miles of optimised return journeys
Economicbenefit: Total revenue of over £68,000 generated for participating local hauliers
Operationalefficiency: 65 loads successfully allocated to vehicles that would otherwise have travelled empty
Regionalcoverage: Load matching across multiple regions, with the highest activity from Greater London (10 loads), South East (15 loads), and South West (23 loads)
The data reveals strong engagement from participating companies, with businesses joining throughout 2024 and demonstrating sustained activity. Bristol-based operators feature prominently amongst the most active participants, highlighting the project’s success in building a regional network of collaborative hauliers.
The most active freight lanes include routes from the East Midlands to Exeter (129 loads), West Midlands to Exeter (128 loads), and North East to Truro (115 loads), demonstrating how the platform is successfully connecting return journey opportunities across major UK freight corridors.
Lyall Cresswell, founder & CEO of TEG, said: “These results demonstrate the real-world impact that smart logistics technology can have on both environmental and business outcomes. By giving local hauliers access to our platform, we’re not just reducing empty miles – we’re creating tangible economic value while supporting the region’s sustainability goals. The fact that we’ve generated over £68,000 for local businesses whilst preventing nearly 8 tonnes of CO2 emissions shows how collaboration and technology can drive meaningful change.”
Cllr John Stephens, Peninsula Transport, said:“The pilot project with TEG is an example of the South West Freight Strategy in action. By cutting carbon, boosting the regional economy, and making better use of our existing freight capacity we’re pleased to be supporting cleaner, more efficient and better connected transport across the region.”
Cllr Chris Willmore, Western Gateway STB, said: “We are pleased to support the important initiative as part of our work to decarbonise freight with STB funding and guidance. Freight is so important to our economy, but is often overlooked. This pilot reduces the number of miles HGVs travel empty, which without the initiative often contribute to climate change and cost businesses money. By working collaboratively with our neighbouring STB, Peninsula Transport, we can maximise our impact on the freight industry and see our South West Freight Strategy come to life”.
The project addresses the critical industry challenge of empty running, which accounts for approximately 30% of all haulage vehicle miles according to Department for Transport data. By providing participating hauliers with access to load-matching technology through Haulage Exchange, the initiative enables businesses to find profitable return loads, improving vehicle utilisation whilst reducing environmental impact.
Vehicle types participating in the programme range from 7.5-tonne trucks to 13.6-metre articulated lorries, with 7.5-tonne vehicles showing particularly strong engagement across multiple regions.
Frank Baldrighi, Business Development Manager at Getac, explains why digital transformation across the supply chain overdue.
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital transformation is driving significant change across the global supply chain, leading to the adoption of new, innovative business models and cutting-edge technologies. The ability to adapt to these changes is crucial for companies aiming to remain competitive and deliver exceptional value to their customers.
Technology plays a pivotal role in accelerating change, helping companies to automate operations and enhance productivity. The modern workplace is evolving, with a growing emphasis on flexibility, sustainability, and employee well-being. Companies must navigate the challenges of integrating new systems and processes, a reality that requires a cultural shift towards innovation, experimentation, and continuous learning.
The benefits of embracing change are substantial, including improved quality, increased efficiency, and enhanced customer experiences. To successfully manage change, companies must measure its impact using data and insights to inform decision-making. Leadership plays a critical role, with a clear vision and strategy essential for success. By fostering a culture of adaptability and continuous improvement, companies can thrive in the dynamic landscape of digital transformation.
The case for (rebooting) digital transformation
Since the early days of the COVID-19 pandemic, industry has learnt several key lessons:
Employees are critical talent and need to be deployed strategically
Asset-based industries like transport & logistics can benefit from remote monitoring and operation
These same industries also need the ability to make decisions in the field, on the edge
As organisations embrace digital transformation, many face significant challenges stemming from outdated technology and processes, which can hinder their ability to initiate this critical transformation effectively.
The goal of digital transformation is to move businesses along a customised path, from adding automation process steps to fully autonomous operations. Along the way, enterprises will pass various milestones that reduce the fraction of human involvement and orchestration into the process: from done by humans, through done with humans, to done for humans.
The key forasset-driven industries is to begin with the desired goals in mind, and establish key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure progress toward those goals. The work of digital transformation involves breaking down business operations into manageable processes that can be orchestrated or automated with the help of technology.
Technology drivers of digital transformation
Data, the currency of digital transformation, enables several technologies to build new capabilities and deliver enterprises’ desired results.
Some of the technologies that can propel digital transformation include:
Artificial intelligence and machine learning, which enable autonomous decision-making at the data source.
Robotics, which performs routine, monotonous tasks independently or in collaboration with workers.
Extended reality-XR (augmented reality-AR / virtual reality-VR / mixed reality/MR), which empowers workers to collaborate remotely without being physically on site.
Internet of Things (IoT) / Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT), which include sensors embedded in assets that transmit data about the health of machines. This data enables predictive maintenance to maximise uptime, asset life, and capital payback.
Digital twins, a simulation of all physical assets and their interdependencies, enable enterprises to proactively predict system functions before changes are made.
Cloud computing, which enables infinite computing scale while increasing resiliency, and security.
Selecting which of these technologies best fits depends on the digital maturity of the company in question and the KPIs they intend to measure.
Digital transformation isn’t always smooth sailing
According to a 2020McKinsey research report, 70% of enterprises who pursue digital transformation find their momentum stalls at some point. It is worth understanding the reasons – e.g cultural or scalability issues – causing the slowdown because payoffs for successful transformation can be impressive; leading to more efficient operations, with enterprises enjoying autonomy beyond their operations. An entire ecosystem with data transparency functions more smoothly as inefficiencies are easier to pinpoint and fix.
Businesses must also watch market trends and shifts in consumer behaviour to adapt and thrive in the evolving landscape. The 2024 update to McKinsey’s tech trends focused on generative AI, coupling with electrification and renewables in terms of interest and investment. Gen AI is the next step in digital transformation, with the potential to enhance nearly all performance metrics.
Rugged mobile devices (especially AI-capable) contribute an invaluable benefit to the digital ecosystem. They connect workers to vital information necessary to keep operations running in harsh environments, often where and when workers need the data most.
Employees can use a rugged mobile device forasset management software or enterprise resource planning systems to troubleshoot problems quickly and efficiently whenever worker intervention is called for. Using rugged mobile devices also allows for the easier digitised recording of processes, so the enterprise always has a record related to every machine.
Limitless potential
Looking to leverage advanced technologies, organisations throughout the supply chain are taking a careful view of business operational workflows and finding ways to improve the bottom line. Expect AI-fuelled digital transformation to quickly become a mindset for companies as they move toward autonomy in their digital transformation. Rugged mobile devices will be essential today and even more so tomorrow to future-proof technology fleets. Their secure and open architecture enables enterprises to use it as a communications platform now and into the future.
SupplyChain Strategy attended July’s Exiger Executive Forum to hear from the best and the brightest in the industry.
SHARE THIS STORY
Supply chain resilience is one of the most pressing concerns of modern business, whether executives are aware of it or not. That was the central theme of the Exiger Executive Forum held on July 23rd 2025. Titled Supply Chain Sovereignty in a Fractured World: Winning the AI and Geopolitical Race for Resilience, the event brought together business analysts, CEOs, supply chain and procurement executives, academics, and politicians for an open discussion around supply chain sovereignty and the urgent need to secure supply chains across myriad industries and territories.
As geopolitical events, trade wars, and threats to globalised networks threaten to destabilise global and local supply chains, the case for supply chain sovereignty, which is an organisation’s ability to control its supply chain and minimise dependence on external suppliers, becomes increasingly stark. However, a myriad of stakeholders must come together to enable organisations and nations to gain independent control of supply chains, and collaboration between industry, government, and academia is essential.
Three guest speakers joined Maria Villablanca, CEO and Co-Founder of Future Insights Network, each representing voices from within politics, business, and academia: Tobias Ellwood, former UK Minister and Chair of the Defence Select Committee; Koray Köse, CEO and Chief Analyst of Köse Advisory, Senior Fellow at GlobSEC Geotech Centre, and Board Member of Slave-Free Alliance; and Karsten Machholz, Professor for Supply Chain Management and Strategic Procurement at University of Applied Sciences, Wuerzburg-Schweinfurt.
The discussion exemplified the discordancy of priorities and perspectives among senior voices from all angles regarding security, economics, policies all impacting value chains, albeit with a shared willingness to engage in secure, competitive, ethical and innovative supply chains, fuelling businesses and economies through heightened volatility in a fractured world that is recalibrating through the era of reglobalisation.
Supply chain sovereignty: Bridging political understanding, and urgency
“It is a dangerous world that we’re entering,” Ellwood warned. “If I ask you ‘Do you think the world will be safer or more dangerous in five years from now?’, I think we’d all agree in which direction it’s going. We have to then ask ourselves how we prepare for that.” To that end, Ellwood believes an increased focus on supply chain sovereignty is both an economic and military imperative.
For Ellwood, the central issue is limited understanding, both public and private, around the urgency presented by the current risk and threat environments. Through the combination of limited knowledge around supply chain complexity and an election cycle-focused impetus to enact vote-winning policies, he believes the political class lacks both the nous and urgency to prioritise supply chain sovereignty.
“After 20 years in politics, I can safely say that many politicians are simply unaware of what’s coming over the hill,” said Ellwood. “The tide took me out to the last general election, and so I went from helping to craft and nudge policy and encourage Britain to move forward to then scrutinising what we were doing, not just at home but internationally. Now that I’m outside of politics, I continue doing those same things.”
The necessity for political engagement is not lost on Köse, who through his own experiences of researching, advising and leading supply chain organisations, has been advocating for supply chain resilience as a top line driver for economies and companies, has equally encountered the depth of that disconnect.
“At an early point I realised that geopolitics is the key denominator for all value chains and all of us in this context,” he said, adding that work is overdue but starting to be underway to bridge this gap. “The London Defence Conference, as one critical congregation, is key for you all folks to be aware of. Not only because of what they do in terms of bringing the politicians into one room to debate some of the most fierce topics of the day, but it’s all about convergence. Bringing in supply chain leaders, policy makers and technology folks with a direct approach to debate.”
Villablanca noted that Ellwood’s presence was indicative of a gradually shifting tide, however. “It’s not lost on me that here we are in this panel, talking about supply chain, and we have a former politician with us,” she said. “That is very different to some of my earliest supply chain conferences where we didn’t see that, so it’s a sign of the times. Set the scene for us around why you’re here and why it’s important to discuss the geopolitical situation vis-a-vis supply chain today.”
“I spent most of my time in politics trying to strategise, trying to go four or five chess moves ahead, and I found I was on my own,” Ellwood replied. “Politicians operate for the day, for the here and now, the election cycle; the news cycle is what keeps them busy. They’re not thinking about these things and yet the world we’re now seeing in everything… everything is being weaponised because that is the change in the character of conflict.
“But today, from my perspective, I see the world splintering into two spheres of hugely competing influences. If you look at the number of countries that have signed up to China’s One Belt One Road initiative, you’ll see that many of them are either opting or hedging their bets as to where things go.
“To make matters worse, our exemplifiers of what democracy looks like aren’t in a good place. We see what’s going on in America, British politics and so on, and Europe and America are not on the same page. We aren’t promoting global law in the sense that we had a sense of determination that we had when organisations were set up in 1945. Other nations are getting together and realising that there’s an opportunity to exploit the wobbliness of our world order and do things their own way.
“That’s where the mechanisation of just about anything comes in to cause us economic harm, to sow political discord from afar. It’s very easy to do and becoming easier simply because of the openness of our society. It means, from a rudimentary perspective, anything you do can be weaponised against you.”
“It’s very easy, from afar, to then limit your supply chains and thereby limit your capabilities. There are countries that specialise in sowing economic discord from afar. They understand and learn and know supply chains better than we do, and they can work out which missing pieces will cause our assembly lines to grind to a halt.”
That lack of preparedness, he says, is an impediment to putting the nation on a footing that could support a war effort on the scale of the World Wars.
He continued: “There’s also the prospect of preparing for war, which means that we are suddenly spending more money on defence. Our ability to switch on the supply chain levers to support military capability is not there. This is why companies that have no connection with the defence world need to think about the services they provide that might have a military bearing. In five years time, you may be called upon to do exactly that.
“That is the mindset we now need to get into. Security and economy are one and the same now, and that’s what we need to learn.”
AI, foresight, and risk strategy
The conversation then shifted to the business side, where securing critical supply chains powering key technologies such as AI, defence and security, biotech, energy and quantum computing has become a more pressing concern in the wake of a range of global disruptions through the early 2020s.
Along with broad supply chain breakdown during the COVID-19 pandemic, the geopolitical environment has become more fraught. Escalating trade wars, the imposition of sweeping import tariffs in the US and heightening tensions between America and China have thrown globalised networks into question. Alongside those challenges, Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) directives have placed an increased onus on supply chain leaders to sanitise their supply networks against modern slavery, conflict minerals, and indirectly sourcing materials from rogue nations. The case for establishing redundancies in supply, as well as heightening visibility on an end-to-end supply basis, was thus clear amongst the panel.
“Koray, you work with a lot of different companies,” began Villablanca. “Do you think there’s a mindset issue where politics and commerciality need to come together to realise the common goal and create resilient supply chains?”
“Directly, there probably is a mindset issue,” Köse replied. “I think there is a lack of clarity about the importance of geopolitics’ impact upon supply chains, and there is certainly the capability issue of understanding the context of geopolitics.” He then elaborated on the challenge by highlighting shortfalls in companies’ predictive capabilities.
“Companies operate with risk dashboards,” he continued. “Sometimes it’s just red, yellow, green, and that’s all you have. They have a few key risk indicators like financial compliance issues, quality issues, performance issues, but you never see strategic foresight. It’s retroactive, based on historical numbers. If you look at a production line it might say, ‘We didn’t have an incident for 80 days’. What if somebody were to say, ‘We won’t have an incident in the next 100 or 80 days’? You don’t see that in production; it always looks backwards because it is built on the past.
“A big problem in a lot of the military complex, and in politics, is thinking that the next war will be like the last one. They cannot necessarily understand that asymmetric, hybrid and proxy warfare is really where things are going, and the same goes for technology. Supply chains are often built on yesterday’s technology.”
To then end, he believes supply chain leaders should be more forthright in leveraging their profound influence upon business operations: “In supply chain, we see the conversation about having a ‘seat at the table’ for decades now and I always say, ‘Just bring your own freaking table’, and invite everybody to it. Everything, every cent in an organisation, goes through you. Own that leverage and don’t run after them, invite them to come to you. Your table is where value is generated, secured and innovation and competitiveness are established. You hold the fate of the future.”
As to politics’ place within meeting this challenge, Villablanca asked Ellwood whether the political sphere could be doing more to shape the corporate agenda.
“Yes, and that last point you said is the most critical; recognising that there is a massive risk, that this is a very different world that we’re now facing, and I expect the point that’s really being made is the absence of politicians,” he said. “The politicians themselves need to be told what we need because their expertise in understanding this arena is poor.
“China now owns the periodic table. If you are into silicon wafers, where’s your serum going to come from? If you’re into magnets, where’s your Europium going to come from? You need to know this sort of detail, and it’s not just you yourself. It’s your suppliers and the suppliers of your suppliers, too.”
While supply chain transparency has undoubtedly increased in recent years, he stressed that considerable work remains to realise total visibility.
“At a recent procurement event I was astonished at how many household names were unaware of what their second and third-tier partners were doing during the procurement cycle,” Ellwood continued. “They didn’t understand the vulnerabilities, down to the SMEs, of what’s going on. If the assembly line stops then that’s quite serious, but what’s going to happen because of that stress?
“There are people who don’t understand it over here, not recognising that our competitors are deliberately looking at our supply chains and working out where that vulnerability lies. It is so that Ford stops making trucks, so that pharmaceuticals stop making medicines. Ministers are ignorant about this and we need to become better at it. This is the frontline of the next war that we’ll fight, and that war is coming.”
“I would add that some can’t fathom the complexity of certain supply chains and the vulnerability and risk associated with multiple tiers within them,” Villablanca posited. “There’s probably a translation issue with regards to business and politics around supply chain.”
To this, Ellwood stressed that international government groups hold the keys to unlocking a broader understanding within members’ respective political spheres.
“The G7, the Five Eyes Alliance, this is where these conversations need to go,” said Ellwood. “To recognise this must be a priority within the western world, we now need to have an alternative source to make sure that we can build our aircraft, we can build our factories, we can build our products. It isn’t so much the rare earth minerals themselves, but it’s the processing. Setting up a processing factory for rare earth minerals takes almost a decade.”
Here, a guest interjected with a point that hearkened back to Ellwood’s own admission that politicians have an innate directive to focus on local, vote-winning issues: “Politicians recognise there are no votes in this. The average MP will say their inbox is full of ‘fix the NHS’, ‘get the roads fixed’.”
Resolving political challenges such as those, Ellwood replied, is predicated upon strengthening economies to open fiscal headroom for public investment.
“If our economy is affected by problems with our supply chains, there’ll be no money in the treasury,” he explained. “Not for health, transport, potholes, policing, defence. It’s imperative that if you want to fill the coffers, then we need to protect ourselves. You can only do that with supply chain resilience. As a politician, you’ve got to take the people with you if you want to make the case.”
Villablanca then repositioned the conversation with regards to pressing issues around sustainability.
“There’s a lot of risk associated with our supply chains that goes beyond geopolitics,” she said. “We also have climate issues, economic issues. How do we maintain sovereignty in our supply chains while still trying to pursue goals around sustainability?”
“Supply chain transparency is something that I advocated for when I was a young consultant in the early 2000s when my hair was not so grey,” said Machholz, highlighting the gradual shift in supply chain priorities around identifying the finer details across those networks. “It isn’t a new topic and in the EU we now have the Critical Raw Materials Act.
Machholz drew the conversation towards sustainability in the context of integrity and continuity. “I’m German, and what we have is engineering power. We are good at car and machine manufacturing, but we have no natural resources. We have a little bit of coal, but all other things need to be imported. There have to be some sources to get those things.
“There’s Trump and tariffs going up and down, and we have some other geopolitical tensions affecting supply. You might say, ‘Where do I source this particular thing from? We don’t really have a second source of supply, because both of these sources are located in the same geographical spot.’ Maybe both of them are coming out of China.”
For Machholz, lessons to be gleaned around forecasting with technology’s latest predictive capabilities were presented en masse by the pandemic. “If we look at COVID, almost all supply chains were disrupted and you were running out of materials,” he continued. “You needed to be much more risk alert, and this is the problem we have already touched on: not looking in the back mirror, but using your data and turning insights into foresights to see what could happen, and then being agile and adapting.
“Sustainability could be one thing, having several sources, having alternatives, but of course, especially if we’re talking about critical raw materials, critical parts or maybe patent-protected or monopolistic suppliers, we are in an ambitious situation, put it that way, to find some alternatives.”
Machholz stressed: “This is something that each supply chain manager, CPO, and CFO, needs to understand to set boards’ scenarios. I’m pretty sure with the help of artificial intelligence we can elaborate much more on our data and predict different scenarios so we can be more prepared rather than just reactive.”
Shifting from cost-cutting to resilience
Of course, supply chain executives are under siege from an enormous breadth of challenges, whether it’s geopolitics, technological evolution as both a benefit and a threat, and shifts in consumer behaviours precipitated by those same factors. Rising to meet those challenges on all fronts, especially in a business landscape that often adheres to cost optimisation and efficiency over investing in resilience, can give rise to decision paralysis or financially-stymied strategies.
Turning to Köse, Villablanca asked: “There’s a mountain of black swan events lurking around us, ready to attack at any minute. What are the things that a supply chain leader should be focusing on today to try to build resilience?”
“To be honest, I don’t think they’re looking at building resilience,” said Köse. “What they’re doing right now is cost optimisation, looking at inflation and making sure that the profit margins are going to be protected through the bottom line, not considering top line revenue maximisation.
“I think agility and economics always need to come back to top line, which basically means in the context of normal business 101 you are producing something, that there is a want and a need and a willingness to pay, and not necessarily hyper-focusing on the cost line or saying, ‘I’m not going to produce a bunch of bullshit that nobody’s going to pay for, just because I got to claim savings to my CFO’.”
“I’m going to challenge you there,” Villablanca interjected. “I think, theoretically, that’s great, but everybody in this room is running a business. We have our own boards, people above us, board directors and so on saying, at the end of the day, you are remunerated and we are all remunerated for our quotas. How do you deal with the day-to-day management of your business as well as building that kind of resilience, agility and visibility?”
To this, Köse stressed that the difference can be made by reframing how businesses examine and counteract risk. “We’re thinking about turning the tide by really embedding foresight in risk indicators. Those risk indicators need to incorporate geotechnical, geostrategic issues with foresight,” he continued before highlighting what he implied to be a tendency for organisations to bury their heads in the sand when faced with developing geopolitical challenges.
“I published an article before Russia invaded Ukraine, about Russia getting ready to invade Ukraine, that went through loads of red tape and debate internally that calling Russia an aggressor was cancelled out from the research note,” said Köse. “They said, ‘You can’t say that’ while it was pretty obvious that Russia were clearly the aggressors.
“The supply chain-focused function needs to spread out and have these geopolitical indicators, geotech-related risk indicators, and not just the last financial report from your supplier A to Z or tier one or tier two.
“We must then tie it back to the value and revenue you’re generating. Get away from this hyper focus and obsession with savings. In that context, make your analytics smarter with a bold analysis of things that you feel uncomfortable about. Think about ‘what now?’ and think about politics. I know we eradicated politics out of business as much as we eradicated many other beliefs from the conversation, but it has to come back.”
With this in mind, he proposed that cost optimisation is to an organisation’s detriment where resilience is concerned, not to its security. “Your indicators for success are not just on the cost line item or bottom line. Your priority must be on the top line. If I sell more, I can grow. With cost optimisation you can shrink yourself to death. That’s what some countries have done with political reviews where you shrink this, you shrink that, let’s shrink here, let’s shrink there. Potholes, collapsing bridges and rail systems, come because of the shrinkage of your investment budget for public infrastructure, for example. What I have found in the last decade of the sustainability high is that it actually impeded resilience, while the narrative said it was supposed to increase resilience.”
To this, Machholz highlighted the data behind Köse’s comments that resilience offers heightened growth potential than cost-cutting measures.
“There were some studies from McKinsey which showed that companies who are investing in risk management are 4.7 times more profitable than those who don’t,” Machholz shared, stressing that businesses engaged in this mindset are missing growth opportunities.
“People just fall back and say, ‘Okay, now the risk is over, COVID is over, whatever event is over,” he continued. “‘We can just go back to business as usual’. Resilience is just extra cost, extra inventory, maybe a second supply chain that needs attention, money, and people to take care of it, and they just simply don’t do it. This is, I think, one of the big threats that we are all facing.”
Exiger Executive Forum: A closer look
The Exiger Executive Forum (EEF) in London is a global think tank that brings together elite independent voices from strategy, policy, technology and business to equip leaders with the frameworks and foresight needed to navigate the multipolar era. The EEF is exclusively curated for industry experts, analysts, policy makers, and senior procurement and supply chain decision-makers through Exiger, a market-leading supply chain AI company. The next Exiger Executive Forum ‘War-time Economics: How Europe’s €800BN Defence Spend Will Reshape Supply Chains’ will take place in London on Thursday, September 18th, 2025.
Ellwood concurred that this lack of foresight and willingness to invest in protective supply chain measures leaves businesses undefended against interruptions both foreseen and not. “We need to prepare ourselves for unexpected events to happen as the norm,” he said. “What would happen to any business if it didn’t have power for 72 hours? How would you look after your personnel? How do you make sure you salvage the business so that, after 72 hours, you can get back up and running. These aren’t questions that we naturally posed at the moment because again, we tend to park these things.
“The mentality may be, ‘The world certainly feels like it’s getting dangerous, but my life actually looks okay.’ That isn’t the right attitude. If you go to Sweden or Finland, who are much closer to the war with Russia, they are preparing in a way that we are not for a major event or incident. It may well be that when something happens and it’s the moment where governments wake up, but you shouldn’t be waiting for that moment.”
Villablanca then highlighted the recent, universal example of poor supply chain resilience bringing business, both domestic and international, to a grinding halt. “Did we learn nothing from COVID?” she asked. “Did we not take the opportunity to stress test our supply chains and look for the vulnerabilities within multiple layers?”
In response, Ellwood invited guests to consider whether the muscle developed in response to COVID’s interruptions had been allowed to atrophy. “I think that’s a question for everybody; how much of that was retained?” he asked before blending the conversation of supply chain agility with the potential for organisations to support national security should their respective nations go to war.
“During COVID, supply opportunities came about,” he said. “Everyone here today represents diverse businesses. What services do you provide that you could tweak or add value to where something else has fallen short?
“That’s where life really becomes interesting because that’s what happened in the First and Second World Wars. We called on organisations that previously had no interest in helping out with the war effort to add support and value to the wider machine and protect ourselves from a resilience perspective.”
Challenges faced by supply chains, he explained, have analogues to business that clearly marry the political and business spheres: “When we say ‘war effort’ today, it isn’t just Army, Air Force, Navy, air, land and sea. It’s now cyber, it’s space, it’s coastguard, it’s AI. This greater warfare is where a lot of the real pain will happen. As happened in COVID, it’s going to be the clever people in the industry that step forward to say, ‘I’ve already thought about this’. They’re in the patent-esque mode, they’ve done the work to say, with a few tweaks here and there, give us some extra money, and I can alter what I’m producing to provide a solution.”
The roles of government and industry
While there are clear precedents for, and incoming needs to, prioritise supply chain resilience in both the political and business spheres, the conversation made it clear that a unified front stands to offer the most impact.
The challenge, particularly in a political environment preoccupied with economic stabilisation, increased productivity, and soothed international relations, is identifying a shared north star or galvanising body to lead the shared project.
Striking at the heart of the conversation, one guest posited: “If we want to align supply chain and geopolitics moving forward with a mutually-reinforcing relationship and shared goals, joint risk assessment, a focus on resilience over efficiency, and heightened cross-disciplinary talent and data, what are the forward steps?
“What can we within industry do in partnership with governments to move this forward?”
Representing the political voice, Ellwood replied: “There are certainly supply chain improvements that you can do on a national, sovereign basis. But from where I sit, there is a wide political threat that we face and are losing right now. One of them is to do with the energy supply, and another is the threat of AI. The quantum race will be won or lost in the next five years’ time, and that will be game-changing. It simply means that if the winner can harness the power of computing on that scale, everything’s over.”
Ellwood then invoked the technological advancements made in modern wartime, stressing that political figures must wield the mindset of those times to accelerate progress.
“I would like to see some two or three Manhattan Project equivalents, if you like, to ask, ‘How do we harness modular nuclear power?’,” he said. “That’s a very easy way to keep our lights on locally. Then, how do you harness AI? Let’s make sure it is this side of the world that wins that.
“Again, there isn’t that coordination, that sense of urgency, because it’s too far down the road,” he concluded, then highlighting that opposing forces on the world stage already have the unified capabilities that many Western nations lack. “State, industry, and academia in China, for example, are all morphed into one and that gives them huge benefits in the race for these key arenas.”
Köse elaborated on this point by highlighting Turkey’s effective coalescence of business and government.
“If you think about the private-public national defence sector in Turkey, it came from being totally dependent on the US armoury to a leading innovator of drone wars,” Köse explained. “When you think about asymmetric warfare, innovative, impactful and economic weaponry, from drones to secure soldier transportation and all of that, think about what Turkey is producing right now in technology compared to others. The headway Turkey experienced in the last decade in the defence sector is unprecedented.
“That private-public sector coalition and symbiosis has covered such a need for them in a decade that many are surprised. I think that is something that Europe has to relearn, because Europe thinks a lot about public sector dominance in an area where the private sector should actually take charge. In the US, it’s the opposite. They say, ‘keep the public sector out’. The solution lies in collaboration and bringing each sectors strength to the table while leaving out their weaknesses and flaws.
While of course not advocating for adopting the political model, he agreed with Ellwood that nations like China have an innate advantage in this race. “When you think about the way that the autocratic countries are going about it, it’s the public sector dominating the private sector environment,” he said. “That’s why they’re so hyperfocused on things and they can scale but not necessarily innovate in this sector.
“I love the government when it’s in the right place to actually do something positive and impactful. But when I’m exposed to it, I usually get anxiety issues due to the lack of pragmatism, innovation and agility. But hopefully there’s this convergence of politics, business and academia driving intelligence into critical sectors and industry, and we’re trying to drive it through this think tank here.”
The unified case for supply chain sovereignty
Exiger’s Supply Chain Sovereignty in a Fractured World event was an enlightening review of the supply chain landscape and the myriad challenges and stakeholders it encompasses.
While the panellists’ conversation in many ways highlighted the disconnect between government, business, and academia, the resonating message was one of shared pressures and goals. Where governments have pulled back on the reins of public spending, many organisations have in kind adopted a cost-optimisation mindset that may protect the bottom line but opens the door to heightened vulnerability.
Where governments must consider challenges around energy sovereignty and insulating populations against the breakdown of globalised networks – as was demonstrated upon Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in 2022 – supply chain executives must create redundancies to cover lapses and minimise potential disruptions to production and wider organisational integrity.
The guests’ final comment, that states which can marry both the public and private spheres towards shared interests, neatly encapsulates the urgency with which those worlds must reunite. While much work remains to enmesh those spheres, it is clear that the conversation is progressing at pace.
James Watson and Rachel Noll, Argon & Co, explore how smarter use of data, automation, and robotics can help manufacturers unlock productivity.
SHARE THIS STORY
The UK government’s newly launched industrial strategy was long in the making, but has arrived with bold ambitions. Its 10-year roadmap for economic growth has a firm bet on advanced manufacturing as one of the eight high-potential industries in the UK, along with sectors like financial services, clean energy, and life sciences.
For many operating in this sector, this support couldn’t have arrived soon enough. Manufacturing has been pushed from disruption to disruption, hampered by inflation, persistent labour shortages, and global supply chain crises. Businesses have been urgently calling for tools to help them do more with less, and, against this backdrop, the government’s commitment to invest in digital transformation and skills has been widely welcomed.
The industrial strategy features investment in specialist advisory services and organisations to increase technology and robotics adoption across advanced manufacturing. But the big question is now whether it will deliver the change that manufacturers are hankering for, especially in relation to smart manufacturing.
How manufacturers can get smart: in five stages
Central to the Advanced Manufacturing Sector Plan is a push to scale the adoption of robotics, data, and advanced digital technologies. While cutting-edge automation and predictive AI are becoming more accessible, many manufacturers – particularly SMEs – still lack the maturity or infrastructure to implement them.
The industrial strategy aims to bridge this gap, announcing a new Robotics and Autonomous Systems (RAS) programme, backed by an initial investment of £40 million. This will establish a new network of Robotics Adoption Hubs – physical centres with the expertise, equipment, and connections to accelerate firms’ adoption of robotics. These will be designed as a ‘one-stop shop’ to help end-users invest in RAS technologies in a safe, low-risk environment.
However, smarter manufacturing also needs to be backed by operational visibility and a strong data foundation. Here’s how manufacturers can embark on this journey successfully:
Stage one: Increase operational visibility
Manufacturers first need sight of their core operational metrics to define and monitor performance. After all, you cannot improve what you don’t measure.
Many manufacturers still rely on paper-based reports and inconsistent metrics, making it hard to compare shifts or pinpoint problems. Without operational visibility, actions tend to be reactive and retrospective. Perhaps a shift has underperformed, but without reliable data, it’s impossible to identify the cause.
The first step is defining consistent metrics across all shifts – such as operatives per line, output per line, downtime reasons, or quality defects. Even simple tools like whiteboards or spreadsheets can instil the habit of consistent data capture and begin building a mindset of continuous improvement. The input might be manual and prone to human error, but it provides a common point of reference and highlights areas needing further insight.
Stage two: Build deeper operational insight
Capturing data in an automated format is inherently more reliable, as it doesn’t require human interpretation. Data such as scan times, equipment health and performance, and employee clock-in and out times can feed into visualisation tools like Power BI or Grafana, helping to spot trends and anomalies over time.
Data is ideally stored in a data warehouse to allow for secure deposit and retrieval in a structured format. Layering information from different sources can reveal patterns. For example, does the mechanical equipment perform consistently at all hours? Are reworks linked to break times?
Organisations may spend longer in this phase retrieving, cleansing, and analysing data, but it’s a vital foundation for future analytics.
Stage three: Apply predictive analytics
One of the defining features of smarter manufacturing is being able to predict what’s happening next and act on it – and predictive analytics can bring this to the factory floor. With knowledge of trends, organisations can begin to form corrective courses of action, strategies of intervention, and avoid downtime. For instance, if the data shows that breakdowns spike after 100 hours of runtime, repairs and servicing can be scheduled in advance. Or, if absenteeism spikes after bank holidays, extra staff can be rostered.
Stage four: Use prescriptive analytics
At this stage, it is assumed the organisation has a strong data foundation. Prescriptive analytics recommends specific actions based on historical feedback loops: detecting a trend, initiating a response, and measuring its effectiveness.
By combining data sources, like weather, complaints, and inbound profiles, organisations can run probability-based models to suggest specific checks or actions. However, human judgment is still required to execute or validate these suggestions. To build trust, models should offer tracing to help users understand why a decision has been made.
Stage five: Become self-optimising
At this final stage, responses are automated, based on high confidence in the data and models. Trust in data is key to achieving full insights maturity. Getting here has likely taken time, learning, and refinement, and as a result, can be relied upon with little human intervention. Like Google Maps rerouting you in real-time around traffic, self-optimising systems react instantly to disruptions – the user only needs to accept or decline the suggestion.
A “human-in-the-loop” retains a level of control, but decisions can be made in seconds. While full automation across the value chain is ambitious, it can be prioritised in high-value areas.
The human factor
While the industrial strategy is welcomed with open arms by most in the industry, success still depends on people as much as policy. While the journey is data-driven, people are the linchpin to progress – or the lack of.
Resistance to change is common. Humans simply cannot process large volumes of data as effectively as a machine can, but their insight is vital for interpreting results and providing context. Ultimately, the most effective smart manufacturing journeys have a perfect blend of human intuition with machine intelligence.
John Santagate, Global Senior Vice President of Robotics at Infios, delves into the challenges tariffs pose.
SHARE THIS STORY
Successful supply chains have always been measured by how well they deal with complexity. Getting deliveries and returns right requires multiple levels of collaboration, information sharing and strategic decision making to reduce the risks of confusion or delays. In tandem, customer expectations have changed. Expedited deliveries and a smooth returns process are now intrinsically linked to a positive customer experience. Amongst US consumers, cost, transparency of shipping and flexibility and ease of returns, including real-time tracking, are now the leading delivery preferences.
With seamless buying experiences now standard, pauses in supply chain execution have major consequences for customer loyalty and brand reputation. This is particularly damaging at a time when every pound is crucial. Beyond driving cost efficiencies, enhanced speed and resilience are now equal parts of the supply chain challenge, and retailers must get this process right to succeed.
Even if brands understand that resilience is key, achieving this is another matter entirely. The volume and regularity of significant supply chain disruptions have tested the resilience of even the strongest supply chains. Organisations continually reevaluate the processes they have in place to ensure goods continue to reach customers.
Global impact of tariffs
Political upheaval, global conflicts and the introduction of trade tariffs have driven six months of unprecedented global supply chain uncertainty. It’s estimated that the economic impact of the tariff disruption alone could reach as high as $1.4 trillion globally. Ongoing tensions have destabilised established supplier relationships and created uncertainty in the cost of products and materials. Beyond costs, businesses face increased uncertainty in product availability and financial planning, adding further obstacles to already complex operations.
2025 was a fundamental milestone in supply chain strategy. Single region sourcing and rigid inventory management are rapidly fading. In its place, diversification in sourcing and real-time adaptability have become more important than ever.
At its base, for retailers, navigating the evolving tariff environment is about maintaining customer satisfaction. Organisations have opted to move manufacturing of products to new markets. Others have used previous pauses in tariff implementations, and regular legal challenges, to try and ‘time’ tariff implementations and activate previously budgeted activity at the optimum period.
Among these changes, a question has emerged – in a world that is now defined by constant tariff uncertainty, where can technology help to establish a new, more resilient approach to supply chain execution?
Does forward buying help?
Forward buying of inventory has become the most common response to tariff-inspired uncertainty, as organisations aim to maintain product levels and meet customer demand. In the short term, some stability has been achieved. Organisations have been able to maintain existing purchasing and pricing strategies and the flow of goods. Over the long term, however, this strategy carries risks. In fast moving industries, like consumer goods, demand can be linked to virality. Trends can die as quickly as they begin, increasing the risk of product redundancy. Falling demand already costs even the smallest retailers as much as £10K per year. Over the long term, tariff uncertainty will continue to disturb the balance between purchasing and investor management and could cause costs to spiral.
Staying future-ready requires businesses to enhance preparedness. Streamlining operations and building real-time visibility are an important step. As peak season planning picks up, many organisations face uncertainty around how to manage procurement and ordering in a way that minimises waste and inefficiency.
Integration of supply chain technologies, like order management (OMS) and warehouse management (WMS), provide real-time visibility across customer demand, supplier delays, and order status. Live, up-to-date information empowers teams to proactively manage and optimise supply chain operations, reducing bottlenecks and maintaining overall efficiency.
Making technology-powered decisions
The current tariff environment has also reduced the decision-making window. Taking a painstaking approach to sourcing goods and materials was once common practise. The current environment, however, necessitates companies to pivot on short notice. The announcement of any new policy or tariff could inflate costs to an unsustainable level. The ability to effectively source alternative suppliers, in markets with smaller tariff restrictions, or being able to re-route products and amend production timelines, has become a focal point of success.
This level of decision making requires the practical application of data. Predictive analytics are a powerful tool that organisations can use to understand when costs might rise, or delivery delays could happen. Real-time dashboards mitigate supply chain disruption and provide informed and expedited decision making. Businesses can monitor changing global developments; assess potential risks to their own supply chain processes and act in a greatly reduced timeframe. Traditionally, these planning cycles may have taken place on a quarterly basis. Today, data analytics tools mean pivots can be made in days or hours. The impact of this cannot be overstated, building resilience against disruption alongside a wider competitive advantage.
It is safe to say that disruption isn’t going away. Whilst tariffs undoubtably pose challenges, the opportunity for organisations to use this period for fundamental business change is clear. Technology can build stronger supply chain processes and speed up real-time decision making. Not only will this improve responses to tariff-based disruption, but ultimately it will improve the ability for businesses to meet customer expectations, which remains the end goal.
Simon Bowes, CVP Manufacturing Industry Strategy EMEA at Blue Yonder, on how to navigate challenging situations in supply chain.
SHARE THIS STORY
Organisations worldwide continue to face severe supply chain disruptions, creating immense operational challenges. Compounding these difficulties is a bleak economic outlook that shows few signs of improving, keeping consumer confidence stubbornly low.
Meanwhile, experts are claiming that President Trump may stand firm on his plans for sweeping global tariffs. This is despite a US trade court ruling that the President had exceeded his authority in imposing the duties and ordered an immediate block on them – only for a federal appeals court to temporarily reinstate the most sweeping of the President’s tariffs. This means tariffs remain an ongoing problem and, the UK market will likely face further disruption.
When you factor in increased costs, labour shortages, escalating geopolitical tensions, cybersecurity attacks, and weather-related disasters (like the $27 billion in damages seen in the US alone), it’s evident that constant instability has become the new normal for supply chains.
Senior executives agree, with 84% stating in a recent survey, that they have encountered disruptions within their supply chain over the past year. Therefore, organisations must be prepared for the unexpected, understand the potential consequences, and have a plan in place to mitigate such risks.
How can organisations create a strategy for the unpredictable? The answer is by building a comprehensive plan that integrates the capabilities, processes, and technologies needed to operate efficiently, no matter what happens.
End-to-end supply chain planning
The first step is to create an overarching strategy that encompasses the entire supply chain. Having visibility across all areas will support synchronised planning and communication across disparate functions.
When organisations bring together teams and processes, they can start to overcome the traditionally fragmented approach to supply chain management. Uncoordinated procedures inevitably create an inefficient and weaker supply chain, which makes it particularly vulnerable to disruptions.
Whereas, resilience is strengthened by collaboration between functions, if backed with integrated data systems and communication methods to enable sharing of real-time information. Keeping all parties in the loop, with relevant data and meaningful insights, encourages better and faster responses to problems, as well as increases awareness of potential forthcoming issues.
Ideally, what’s needed is an end-to-end connected platform where all departments, offices and sites are working from the same consistent, up-to-date data. And, are not required to change systems to find or cross-check relevant information and iron out anomalies.
Smart decision making with AI and automation
Next, it’s vital to incorporate intelligent automation to improve and speed up decision making. Companies are already using data tools to forecast supply and demand planning, but they now can incorporate AI’s ‘always-on’ capabilities to dynamically evaluate and adapt to changes in supply and demand.
AI-powered solutions can assess how work is progressing by automating data gathering for analysis and optimisation. Automation can handle routine issues, leaving supply chain professionals free to focus on more strategic tasks. Furthermore, AI can facilitate transparent, trackable decision-making to accommodate predicted supply chain disruptions or react to unexpected ones. This level of auditing provides vital insights that will help refine future decisions and actions for the next time similar circumstances materialise, improving outcomes in the long-term.
Additionally, organisations can leverage AI to predict the likelihood of disruptive events happening. Knowing how often they occur and how they have unfolded in the past can inform decision-making and planning. Whether that’s examining competitor behaviour or economic trends, AI tools can process millions of pieces of real-world data to model likely what-if and worst-case scenarios that could impact the supply chain. While these instances may seldom occur, proactive scenario pre-planning provides the foundation for an effective response in the event of real-world disruptions or disasters.
Organisations should identify the specific issues which present the highest risk to their business and ensure appropriate mitigation measures are ready to be activated immediately they are needed.
Investment in flexible, agile solutions
Restrictive working practices coupled with outdated technology can make it harder to react effectively when disruptions occur. Building long-term supply chain resilience means finding a best-in-class solution and partner with deep domain expertise to guide deployment of appropriate modern technologies.
When considering options, businesses should keep in mind fundamental requirements for flexible, agile technologies. These include checking how a software or platform supports data integration and cross-organisational collaboration, whether it can simulate market conditions in near real-time, if the technology architecture is compatible with AI, and how easily does it scale.
It’s critical to have a technology platform that’s designed for scalability and extensibility to manage changing workloads and requirements. Therefore, organisations should look for products with a cloud-native architecture for scalability and resilience, a microservices-based approach for flexibility, and solutions that are easy to configure and maintain without specialised IT expertise.
Building a resilient supply chain
In today’s volatile business landscape, organisations must embed resilience into their end-to-end supply chains, supported by the right technical infrastructure. Investing in modern technologies and platforms offers additional advantages. Advanced solutions that adapt easily to changing conditions, automate manual processes, and harness the power of AI can also provide a competitive edge. For instance, AI’s ability to crunch and analyse vast amounts of data can reveal hidden opportunities stemming from unexpected events—opportunities that might have been overlooked previously.
By making smart technology decisions, organisations can build more resilient supply chains, enabling them not only to survive in current unstable conditions but also to optimise performance and operate more profitably.
By Mohammad Mesgarpour, Head of Data Sciences at Microlise, discusses why we need to think beyond data when it comes to logistics.
SHARE THIS STORY
Data is everywhere — often invisible, but constantly at work behind the scenes. As we move through our day, it quietly powers much of what we experience. A simple card payment in a shop sets off a chain reaction: your bank processes the transaction, the store updates its stock levels, capturing vehicle location and driving behaviour location data by telematics box, and the company’s central system records the sale.
It’s data that informs the display board on a train platform, letting you know your train is just two minutes away. From our morning routines to our evening commutes, data is woven into how we live in 2025.
And the scale of it is immense.
Today, it’s estimated that there are around 181 zettabytes of data globally. That’s equivalent to one trillion gigabytes or one billion terabytes. In just a few years, this figure is expected to soar to 394 zettabytes — a rapid expansion that highlights just how central data has become to everyday life.
We may not always see it, but at every digital touchpoint, data is shaping the world around us.
Data in logistics
The logistics industry has long recognised the value of data and has been quick to adopt technologies that help improve performance and efficiency. As new tools and systems have emerged, the sector has consistently found ways to use them to its advantage.
It started with the basics. Early telemetry services, such as GPS tracking, gave operators a clear view of their vehicles’ location on a map – a simple yet powerful tool. From there, the industry moved into deeper insights, analysing fuel consumption patterns and driving behaviours to improve overall fuel efficiency and road safety.
Since then, the capabilities have expanded significantly.
Today, vehicles can generate ten times more data than they did just ten years ago. Thanks to advances in both hardware and software, operators now have access to a wealth of information that can transform decision-making and drive smarter logistics operations.
But this volume of data doesn’t come without challenges. More data doesn’t always mean better outcomes or deeper insights. Businesses are beginning to recognise that without the right systems; high-quality and relevant data; and effective analysis, they can become overwhelmed rather than empowered.
The real opportunity lies not just in capturing data, but in turning it into meaningful, manageable and actionable insight. It can drive operational efficiency, informed decision-making and measurable business outcome.
The appliance of data science
It’s easy to assume that simply collecting data is enough to transform logistics and haulage operations. But in reality, raw data alone won’t deliver results. To drive real value, that data needs to be refined, analysed in context of strategic business objectives. This is where the real analytical challenge begins.
There’s a well-known saying in data science: garbage in, garbage out. And it’s more relevant than ever in an era where artificial intelligence tools – like ChatGPT – are increasingly part of the conversation where the quality of data directly determines the accuracy and effectiveness of the AI model’s output.
Anyone with deep subject matter expertise will quickly spot the flaws when these models are asked about highly specific topics. They may generate convincing answers based on flawed or outdated sources, and while experts can see through the inaccuracies, others may accept them at face value. When that misinformation is reused and reinforced, the cycle continues, leading to skewed conclusions and poor decisions.
The bottom line? Better data leads to better outcomes.
This principle becomes even more important in real-world applications, such as complying with the government’s updated requirement to inspect trailer braking systems at least four times a year instead of once. With accurate, well-managed data, operators can confidently predict when inspections should take place, helping to reduce downtime, avoid unnecessary checks and keep fleets moving efficiently.
Turn around, go back
Geofencing is another area where accurate data is critical to the success of logistics operations. When systems misreport how long a delivery takes after entering a geofence (delivery site), the ripple effects can disrupt far more than just one delivery.
Inaccuracies here can throw off turnaround times, leading to incorrect arrival and departure times, delayed subsequent jobs, inaccurate performance metrics and ultimately frustrated customers. What begins as a small data issue can quickly escalate, leading to missed expectations, strained relationships and inefficiencies across the board. Moreover, if this inaccurate turnaround time is fed into a machine learning model to improve future logistics planning, it can lead to a systematic degradation in the model’s reliability and usefulness, and consequently, in the effectiveness of the plan itself.
High-quality data helps avoid these pitfalls entirely. When the source information is precise, the systems built around it work as intended. And importantly, solving data issues upstream before they feed into larger workflows is far simpler than trying to fix the consequences later on.
In logistics, precision isn’t a luxury. It’s essential.
Open source informs much more
Modern technology plays a key role in identifying the behaviours that impact operational efficiency. Actions like harsh braking, rapid acceleration or excessive cornering speed all contribute to increased fuel consumption. And today’s systems don’t just monitor them, they help correct them. Moreover, onboard sensors and telematics devices track and monitor vehicle health in real time, flagging issues before they become costly problems. Whether it’s the driver, the transport manager or fleet manager, having this information early enables proactive maintenance rather than reactive fixes.
The story doesn’t stop at the vehicle.
Open-source and crowd-sourced data brings another layer of intelligence, offering a broader context that goes beyond what’s happening inside the cab. By combining internal data with external sources, hauliers can gain insight into accident-prone areas, localised weather patterns or planned road closures; all of which influence route planning and delivery performance.
This level of enrichment adds real value. Rather than simply receiving updates every mile or minute, operators benefit from a fuller picture of the journey, making location data smarter, not just more frequent.
Reporting for duty
Accurate data – whether it’s tracking punctuality, fuel consumption or driver performance – underpins a wide range of operational reports. These insights can be tailored to suit each customer’s needs, helping them streamline operations, drive efficiencies and stay competitive in a fast-moving industry.
As we move toward an expected 394 zettabytes of global data by 2028, the value of this information lies not just in volume, but in context and quality. Future data won’t simply indicate what happened, it will increasingly help explain why it happened, too.
Take driver behaviour as an example. Instead of just recording that a driver braked harshly, new systems will identify the circumstances behind the action. This shift means drivers will be recognised for making safe, responsive decisions rather than penalised by isolated statistics.
It’s a powerful step forward. But unlocking the full potential of this data-driven future depends on how well the information is used. Data must be processed, applied and interpreted thoughtfully.
When done right, it not only enhances internal operations, but it also delivers measurable value to customers as well.
Charles Crossland, Managing Director at Goodman UK, discusses the unique challenges the food supply chain is facing.
SHARE THIS STORY
The food supply chain operates under unique pressures. With short product life cycles and a complex journey from source to shelf, it must navigate strict regulatory demands, price volatility, and increasing consumer expectations – all while maintaining speed, freshness, and traceability.
In recent years, global disruptions have exposed vulnerabilities. From reduced access to imported goods to increased transport costs, the sector has had to rapidly adapt. In response, many businesses are turning to technology and data-driven strategies to build resilience and agility into their supply chain operations.
Building resilience in a volatile market
Stock shortages are no longer unusual, and customers are increasingly aware of the fragility of food supply systems. There’s now greater scrutiny on how food moves through the supply chain and growing pressure on businesses to deliver consistency and transparency.
Businesses are adopting new technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI), predictive analytics, and automation to improve supply chain visibility and performance. AI-powered forecasting tools, for example, can help businesses respond faster to demand fluctuations, minimising waste and reducing risk.
At the same time, many have moved away from “just-in-time” approaches for non-perishable goods and are reassessing their sourcing strategies. Dual sourcing, diversified supplier bases, and increased inventory holding are helping to minimise risk and prevent single points of failure.
Smart logistics and strategic warehousing
The transport and distribution stages of the supply chain are also evolving. Soaring fuel prices, labour shortages, and carbon targets are forcing businesses to review delivery routes and optimise their warehouse networks. Proximity to customers is now more important than ever.
By investing in strategically located distribution hubs — close to major infrastructure and consumer populations — businesses can reduce lead times, optimise last-mile logistics, and cut transport-related emissions.
All logistics operations, from warehousing to transport, are increasingly equipped with smart systems for real-time tracking, allowing for greater control over stock movement and condition. For temperature-sensitive goods in particular, the use of tracking sensors helps monitor freshness, reduce spoilage, and maintain product quality throughout transit.
Extending freshness through technology
Warehousing is undergoing a quiet revolution. Robotics and automated systems are now performing tasks such as picking, sorting, and packing with improved accuracy and speed. This is especially valuable in the food sector, where shelf life and freshness are key.
Technologies being deployed include:
Grading visibility systems which assess produce quality and reduce manual handling
Advanced freshness testing which pinpoints stages of ripeness with precision
Specialised climate control systems, including zoned heating and cooling, to maintain product quality
By reducing errors, extending shelf life, and improving product flow, these innovations contribute directly to reduced food waste.
Sustainability as a supply chain driver
Sustainability is no longer a nice to have — it’s becoming central to how supply chains are designed and operated. The environmental impact of food production and distribution is under growing scrutiny from regulators, retailers, and consumers alike.
Businesses are now expected to track and report on carbon outputs across their operations. Efficient route planning, electrified fleets, and eco-friendly packaging are just some of the areas seeing rapid investment.
Data is critical here too. By using detailed analytics, organisations can identify hotspots for energy use or waste and adjust operations accordingly. Many are now measuring not only emissions but also transport efficiency in a bid to reduce their environmental footprint.
Looking ahead: A tech-enabled, resilient future
Incorporating smart technologies into warehouse workflows and logistics strategies is already delivering benefits — from productivity gains to improved safety and fewer errors. But this is just the beginning.
As food supply chains grow more connected and responsive, businesses will need to continually adapt. The future will be shaped by those able to combine agility with long-term planning — embracing innovation, forming deeper supplier relationships, and keeping sustainability at the core.
Without trust, AI cannot deliver on its full potential, leaving manufacturers hesitant to go beyond pilot projects, says Darren Falconer.
SHARE THIS STORY
It’s no secret that trust is the foundation for successful AI adoption. By addressing scepticism, prioritising data quality, and ensuring algorithms are explainable and auditable, AI can become a powerful force-multiplier in manufacturing operations.
Manufacturers are increasingly looking to AI to boost efficiency, streamline operations and automate routine tasks. 75% are planning to step up their AI spending in 2025. However, much of this attention is focused on Generative AI – something that we believe is poorly suited to factory settings.
Part of this misalignment stems from a lack of understanding of AI’s practical applications in industry. With only 7% of manufacturing leaders feeling “very knowledgeable” about AI applications, scepticism and trust issues loom large.
Feedback from vendors and end-users consistently points to trust as a leading barrier to adoption. Without trust, AI cannot deliver on its full potential. This leaves many manufacturers hesitant to go beyond pilot projects, XpertRule’s Technical Director, Darren Falconer explores this further.
Overcoming the AI ‘fear factor’
The portrayal of AI in the media has long been dominated by dystopian headlines and Hollywood blockbusters, with fears of mass unemployment and doomsday narratives. For manufacturers, this continuous, subliminal bombardment creates a trust deficit before any AI project even begins.
Business leaders are having to overcome not only technical hurdles but also the deep-seated scepticism that AI solutions are uncontrollable or inherently risky. To counter this, companies must approach AI with transparency and explainability at every stage, showing that AI is a tool to amplify human capability not replace it.
For a simple comparison, think about cruise control in a car. [within cars today,] Traditional cruise control maintains a set speed but that’s all. Compare that to adaptive cruise control, which considers real-time conditions, adapts to your driving preferences and responds intelligently. Similarly, AI in manufacturing must adapt to the unique needs and complexities of each operation.
For those implementing these systems, understanding the ‘mechanics’ – how algorithms interact with data inputs and external influences – is a vital part of building trust. Explainable AI bridges the gap between automation and operator oversight, providing a clear view of how the system reacts and adapts. This clarity increases confidence among users, fostering trust in AI’s outputs.
But of course, building trust also requires a mindset shift – from a data-centric focus to a decision-centric approach.
Trust starts with decisions, not data
A common misstep in AI adoption is starting with the data instead of focusing on the desired outcomes. Many manufacturers think, We have all this data – what can we do with it? However, this approach often leads to complex systems that lack focus, transparency, fail to deliver meaningful outcomes and reinforce doubt over AI’s value.
A decision-centric approach begins by asking, What do we want to achieve, and what decisions need to be made to deliver those outcomes? Only then should businesses ask, What data supports those decisions and what are the models linking these decisions to this data?
From there, manufacturers must focus on ensuring data quality – calibrating sensors, cleaning data streams, validating inputs and standardising formats. Remember, the vast majority of AI success lies in data preparation and only a small percentage in the modelling itself.
Imagine a manufacturer aiming to improve quality control. They might gather extensive data from every step of the production process to find possible defects, leading to an overwhelming volume of disjointed data with no clear path to action.
Using a decision-centric approach, they would:
Define the goal: Improve product quality and aim to reduce defects by 10% over the next quarter.
Identify key decisions: What factors directly impact product quality? What parameters should trigger quality checks? How can inspection processes be optimised to catch defects earlier? What actions should be taken when deviations are detected?
Use AI to model the outcomes: Build AI models that analyse historical production data , to discover explainable patterns relating outcomes to metrics like machine settings, material consistency or environmental conditions. The system can then use these models in real time to flag anomalies that indicate potential defects and recommend adjustments to maintain product quality.
This clarity in purpose makes AI implementations transparent, explainable and, ultimately, more trustworthy. It also provides a clear framework for measuring success, helping to build greater confidence from engineers, users and management alike.
Decision intelligence – the missing link
A key factor in building trust is recognising that AI doesn’t replace human insights and experience – quite the opposite. Human operators and engineers bring a level of expertise, contextual knowledge and intuition that machines cannot replicate. Having a ‘human in the loop’ is therefore critical to an AI system’s effectiveness.
Decision Intelligence connects Explainable AI principles with operational trustworthiness by embedding human oversight at its core. For example, experienced technicians possess knowledge built up over years of practice. While they can’t be everywhere at once, their expertise can be integrated into AI systems to automate routine decisions while reserving complex or ambiguous scenarios for human intervention.
This balance between human and machine intelligence ensures AI systems remain transparent, reliable and dynamic. It also enables manufacturers to scale the knowledge of their experts, reducing variability across shifts and locations while maintaining trust and accountability.
From pilots to trusted partner
For AI adoption to move from pilot projects to the heart of manufacturing operations, trust must come first. A decision-centric approach offers a practical pathway to achieve this, ensuring AI systems are transparent, aligned with business goals and designed to augment human expertise.
When manufacturers trust their AI systems, they can harness the technology’s full potential, creating new opportunities for efficiency, resilience and competitive advantage. Decision Intelligence becomes the connector between Explainable AI and operational trust, moving AI from being perceived as a risk to becoming a trusted partner.
A survey reveals that specific delivery slots and real-time tracking are now consumer expectations, with many willing to pay for predictability.
SHARE THIS STORY
A shift is underway in e-commerce delivery expectations with new research confirming a clear trend: consumers no longer tolerate uncertainty. Four-in-ten (40%) consumers now demand non-food home deliveries to arrive within a specific time slot. This is typically a two to three-hour window. This expectation climbs higher in key markets, reaching 44% in the UK and 43% in the US. The findings signal a clear power shift towards consumers seeking unprecedented control and transparency in their online shopping experience, forcing retailers and parcel carriers to adapt or risk falling behind.
The research, commissioned by Avery Dennison, a global materials science and digital identification solutions company, surveyed 5,000 consumers across the US, UK, France, and Germany. Findings from the survey — one of the largest of its kind — underscore a growing demand not only for on-time deliveries, but also for precise control over when, and how, parcels arrive.
A shift toward greater control
Although consumers today are more sensitive to cost than ever, six-in-ten (61%) shoppers are willing to pay a premium for more detailed insight into order tracking.
When asked what would justify payment for a premium delivery service (and invited to select ‘all that apply’), 47% stated faster delivery, making this the top overall choice, followed by 31% who said ‘accurate estimated delivery times.’
The survey also reveals that tracking expectations vary depending on the type of purchase. For example, 60% of respondents say parcel tracking is ‘very important’ when ordering electronics, 43% for fashion, and 38% for health and beauty.
Personal convenience is at stake. When asked to select up to three main benefits, the top reasons respondents gave for wanting enhanced tracking are:
Flexibility to leave the house without missing deliveries (54%)
Peace of mind knowing where the parcel is (54%)
Ensuring timely arrivals for special occasions like birthdays and anniversaries (44%)
To meet these exacting consumer demands, retailers and their logistics partners must act now or be left behind. Technology can assist in the drive to provide enhanced real-time visibility in the parcel delivery process.
Opportunity for elevated consumer satisfaction
For international e-commerce, real-time tracking has become even more critical as recent tariff changes disrupt cross-border shipping, causing extended delays and price increases.
Yet at the same time, cost remains a factor. According to McKinsey, 90% of consumers are willing to wait an extra two to three days if it means avoiding high shipping fees, highlighting a growing preference for flexible delivery options that balance speed with affordability.
“The message from consumers is loud and clear: they expect precision and control over their deliveries,” says Julie Vargas, Vice President and General Manager of Identification Solutions at Avery Dennison. “Customers may tolerate delays — but only if they’re kept in the loop. Real-time visibility shouldn’t be considered a luxury anymore; it’s the price of staying competitive. Retailers and carriers who embrace transparency will not only ease frustrations around shipping delays and rising costs, they’ll earn lasting customer trust in a tough logistics climate.”
Vargas adds: “There is a natural eagerness from retailers and carriers to cut down on expensive WISMO (where is my order) inquiries and manage costs more effectively. They recognise the benefits of providing self-service parcel tracking apps and tools powered by GPS and RFID technology, which ultimately help keep shipping rates affordable. Offering real-time updates on a package’s whereabouts is now a key foundation of this trust.”
Winning the parcel shipping game
Avery Dennison’s research also reveals that consumers find current tracking systems unreliable and insufficient. The most-cited frustrations are inaccurate notifications, inability to change delivery time or location, and premature ‘delivered’ status updates. Deploying intelligent labels at package-level helps vendors and distributors overcome these shortfalls in service.
Vargas concludes: “As the research highlights, to remain competitive in today’s e-commerce landscape, retailers and carriers must prioritise transparency and innovation in their delivery process. With almost two-thirds of shoppers willing to pay more for tracking and notifications, leveraging advanced technologies and offering real-time visibility is crucial. The pressure is very much on to address consumer needs, and turn frustrations into trust.”
We caught up with Valdera’s Co-Founders to find out why chemical procurement comes with its own challenges.
SHARE THIS STORY
Chemical procurement is one of the most complex and overlooked categories in the supply chain. Between navigating regulatory constraints, aligning on technical specifications, and finding qualified suppliers, even the most experienced procurement teams face major hurdles. That’s exactly the gap Valdera was built to solve.
Founded by sister-brother duo Sruti Arulmani (CEO) and Dheev Arulmani (COO), Valdera is an AI-native sourcing platform purpose-built for chemicals and raw materials. Rather than applying generic technology to a specialised industry, the team set out to reimagine chemical procurement from the ground up.
“Chemicals are one of the most complex sourcing categories,” says Dheev. “In order for a company to gain leverage from AI in this space, it must build the data infrastructure and the AI specific to this industry. That was the inspiration behind Valdera. Our vision was to partner directly with procurement organisations and help digitise that entire sourcing workflow all the way from supplier discovery to market intelligence to qualification.”
“Direct procurement is really at the core of your product’s margin,” adds Sruti. “In today’s economy, business leaders are focused on staying profitable, and that starts with ensuring the materials behind your products deliver on both margin and performance. Most of the physical products we touch and interact with every day come down to what they’re made of. That’s why we’re so passionate about chemicals and raw materials.”
The power of vertical AI models
While general-purpose LLMs are powerful, they fall short when it comes to industries like chemical procurement where context, precision, and deep domain expertise are crucial. Valdera has taken a different approach: building vertical AI specifically trained to understand the language, data, and complexity of chemicals and raw materials.
“In procurement, especially for chemicals, one-size-fits-all AI doesn’t cut it,” says Sruti. “You need models that can interpret highly technical specifications, normalize data across formats and suppliers, and understand the nuances that determine whether a supplier can actually meet a request.”
That’s exactly what Valdera has built. “We will continue to layer the specificity of the chemical industry on top of an LLM that’s already good at structuring information and returning information in a useful way,” Sruti adds.
Dheev continues: “If you look at the generic LLMs available today, the challenge with these is that they fundamentally don’t work in this industry. The reason for that is that there are no LLMs that are trained on chemical specs. So what we’ve done is take those models and fine-tune them using our own proprietary dataset of chemical specs and properties, built over the last five years. That’s what positions us to drive real value for our users.”
Prioritising privacy
In the chemicals industry, data is sensitive. Trust is everything. Buyers are protective of their proprietary formulations, and understandably do not want their data used to train models that could benefit competitors. On the other side, suppliers are cautious about publicly listing their full product catalogs, especially when it comes to custom or high-value materials. Valdera was built with these realities in mind, and its platform is designed to protect both sides.
“In chemicals, suppliers are very protective of their proprietary catalogs,” Dheev adds. “And buyers are equally cautious about sharing proprietary formulations that go into their products. So there needs to be an independent third party that both sides can trust—someone who can facilitate discovery and sourcing without compromising confidentiality.”
“For us, it’s about protecting the interests of both buyers and suppliers,” Sruti explains. “We only use customer data to drive outcomes for that customer. We’re not here to train on anyone’s inputs or share information across the ecosystem. We’re here to help our customers get the best results for their business. That’s core to how we think about data privacy and partnership.”
The humanity of procurement
Even as AI becomes more powerful, procurement remains deeply human. Trust, context, and judgement are critical to strong buyer-supplier relationships, and no model can replace that. Instead, AI can enable teams to work faster, focus on strategy, and unlock new value across the supply chain.
“Procurement is a human business,” says Sruti. “At the end of the day, it’s two people coming together and making an agreement. We believe that’s never going to change.”
Rather than add complexity or replace roles, Valdera’s AI helps teams do more with the resources they already have. That means less time spent on manual tasks like gathering supplier documentation or comparing specs and more time spent on strategic decision-making, relationship-building, and growing the business.
“Our customers don’t want to be buried in paperwork. They want to focus on the work that actually drives outcomes,” Sruti adds. “We’re here to take the most repetitive parts of the job off their plate so they can do that.”
“The chemicals industry is inherently relationship-driven,” says Dheev. “But today’s procurement teams are stretched thin. With Valdera, one person can now manage a broader scope: sourcing faster, accessing a wider network of qualified suppliers, and making smarter decisions in less time. That’s what’s getting our customers excited.”
Driving impact beyond cost
In chemical procurement, cost will always matter but it’s only part of the equation. The organizations leading the way are the ones thinking strategically: securing supply, expanding their supplier base, improving agility, and driving long-term value. That’s why more teams are turning to Valdera not just to cut costs, but to unlock a new level of visibility, access, and control.
“Our vision is to enable procurement professionals to leverage this data in order to give them market intelligence, expand their supplier network, and enable margin expansion,” Dheev concludes. “If you ask any of our customers, they’ll tell you savings are just table stakes when using Valdera. The real impact comes from levers like security of supply, innovation and sustainability. Those levers are harder to quantify, but they’re critical to the long-term success of the business.”
Implementing an outcome-based approach
In a crowded and fast-evolving tech landscape, it’s easy to get distracted by the promise of sweeping, all-in-one solutions. But the most effective procurement teams stay focused, starting with a clear understanding of their business goals and choosing technology that’s purpose-built to achieve them.
“Success starts with knowing the outcomes you’re trying to drive,” says Sruti. “Whether it’s sourcing the right chemicals, improving security of supply, unlocking savings, or advancing sustainability and innovation. Being clear about those goals is what helps you identify the right tools and partners to get there.”
That kind of clarity leads to faster wins and less wasted effort. “We always encourage customers to start where the impact matters most,” Dheev adds. “Don’t spread yourself too thin. Be specific about the problem you’re solving, define the KPI that matters, and test any solution against that. Just because a tool is popular doesn’t mean it’s the right fit. The best results come from targeted solutions that align with your most pressing priorities.”
Maria Torrent March, Managing Director, Warehousing & Logistics, Europe at Iron Mountain, digs into the F&B supply chain landscape.
SHARE THIS STORY
What are the characteristics and pain points specific to the food and beverage logistics and warehousing sector that set it aside from other sectors? Does it demand more speed? Environmental control?
The food and beverages (F&B) sector is large, dynamic, and continuously growing due to high consumer demand for everyday products. The warehousing and logistics (W&L) sector must remain flexible and scalable. This is in order to meet deliverables and ensure products are dispatched on time, especially when dealing with perishable items.
The F&B sector requires greater environmental control to maintain quality and safety. This can be achieved by partnering with W&L providers who are accredited with the British Retail Consortium (BRC). BRC accredited providers are required to meet strict protocols and are certified to hold food and consumer goods. Additionally, BRC warehouses offer several benefits, such as protected company reputation, implementation of industry best practices, and reduction in risks and potential liabilities. These are critical when handling sensitive items when it comes to food storage.
How is the process of managing logistics and warehousing in the F&B sector changing? What are the forces driving that change?
The management of logistics and warehousing in the F&B sector is undergoing significant transformation. This is driven by evolving consumer demands, regulatory pressures, and technological advancements. Consumers now prioritise products that are delivered quickly and sustainably. It’s pushing companies to adopt faster distribution networks, and eco-friendly practices like solar power, EV charging stations, and rainwater harvesting.
Technological innovation is also a key factor impacting the evolution of warehousing and logistics in the F&B sector. Automation and AI are optimising warehousing operations, reducing labour costs and errors while improving efficiency in handling perishable goods. The F&B sector is looking to improve efficiency and reduce transportation costs by leveraging strategic locations like the golden logistics triangle. This is a key hub for W&L because of its high number of distribution facilities and proximity to transportation networks such as rail and air. While the railway supply chain is relatively new, it can be ideal for F&B, where goods are heavy and where there are weight limitations in trucks or shipping.
Many high-street retailers stock multiple brands that each have individual supply chains. As a result, they are exploring how they can implement streamlined supply chain strategies across their businesses. They want to partner with 3PLs who can provide consultancy for managing these complex networks of supply chains, and not just a standard solution.
How do you make warehouse spaces more flexible and scalable to provide the necessary adaptability to manage fluctuating demand and seasonal peaks?
The F&B sector often faces challenges with space allocation to meet unpredictable demands. Robotics can be used to perform wall-to-wall scans of warehouses, creating a digital twin. This enables quick decision making and improves warehouse control and reliability in response to changing seasonal peaks.
Furthermore, with the use of AI, organisations can predict increases in demand due to holidays, sales, and seasonal trends. Iron Mountain has employed the use of AI across its warehouses. That allows us to predict stock locations and replenishment and improve productivity from the high-quality data received from Dexory. Dexory is a UK-based company that specialises in AI driven warehouse automation. This not only allows warehouses to make fast, real-time decisions on pricing and inventory levels but also helps to predict future demand spikes with greater accuracy.
Where do technologies like automation, digital twins, IoT, etc. fit into this picture?
AI and automation play a crucial role in inventory management. Iron Mountain considered adopting a more traditional setup with stock controllers but was concerned about potential labour shortages In 2024, it was reported that 37% of European warehousing organisations, including those in the UK, were experiencing significant labour shortages. 76% noted a noticeable shortfall. These shortages have impacted the logistics sector, making a notable difference to warehouse and logistical efficiency.
As a result, Iron Mountain partnered with Dexory to deploy an autonomous robot that provides live data insights by scanning the warehouse daily. This technology delivers full visibility of inventory, which is highly valuable for the F&B sector, where understanding how to quickly move stock based on demand is essential. Additionally, AutoStore is used to provide an automated storage and retrieval system, enabling rapid responses to customer requests. Utilising this technology makes warehouse and logistics operations more efficient, faster, and reliable.
We’re in an age where disruption is starting to feel like the norm rather than the exception. How can warehousing and logistics help supply chains be more reactive, agile, and resilient?
Disruption is common in the W&L sector, so organisations must be both flexible and reliable when it comes to supply disruptions, which can take many forms, including geopolitical conflicts, climate events, or sudden demand spikes.
Many organisations have had to think about these challenges over the last few years, starting with the pandemic. Sudden world events can force F&B companies to reorganise their supply chains. It’s important to consider these issues from their perspective. For instance, they may be seeking different suppliers in different markets. Ultimately, it’s about offering flexible solutions and tailoring them to the sector you are working with.
Over time, warehouses have adapted to become more dynamic, technology-driven, and strategically integrated into the broader supply chain. The W&L sector is always looking for scalable solutions that can be implemented when issues or disruptions arise, making it easier for supply chains to adapt and evolve in the face of challenges while maintaining operational efficiency and customer satisfaction.
Evan Shelley, Co-Founder and CEO of Truck Parking Club, digs into the issues caused by the truck parking problem.
SHARE THIS STORY
When people talk about the most pressing issues in the US supply chain, they mostly focus on port congestion, labour shortages, or last-mile delivery challenges. Rarely do they mention truck parking. But as someone who works at the intersection of transportation and real estate, I can tell you that without a doubt: the lack of safe, accessible truck parking is one of the most overlooked threats to supply chain efficiency today.
At Truck Parking Club, we’ve spoken with tens of thousands of truckers and have seen the mounting frustration they experience trying to find legal, reliable parking near their routes.
In fact, on average, truck drivers lose nearly an hour each day searching for a spot to park. That may not sound like a huge issue – until you multiply it by hundreds of thousands of drivers, every day, across the country.
The result: an estimated $7,000 in annual lost income per driver. These delays impact everything from delivery timelines to detention costs and warehouse coordination. In short: they affect the supply chain.
A crisis hidden in plain sight
For every 11 trucks on the road, there’s only one available parking space. This imbalance leads to a ripple effect: drivers park in unsafe or unauthorized areas, are forced to shut down early to secure a spot, or violate hours-of-service rules trying to find parking closer to their destinations. In turn, this leads to supply chain slowdowns, missed delivery windows, and added costs for manufacturers and logistics providers alike.
The truth is, truck parking isn’t just a driver inconvenience – it’s a logistics bottleneck that affects everything downstream. For manufacturers dependent on ‘on-time delivery’, even a small parking-related delay can throw off timelines and impact inventory flow.
Why it matters to supply chain leaders
Manufacturers and supply chain executives might not think about truck parking when evaluating risk and resilience, but they should.
Every inefficiency in freight movement adds cost, and right now, we’re paying the price for decades of underinvestment in infrastructure that supports the flow of goods.
And – you probably guessed it, because it’s obvious: the challenge isn’t going away. With new construction of truck parking spaces costing $100,000–$200,000 per spot and often taking years to develop, there’s no fast fix on the horizon. This means the burden of solving this issue is increasingly falling on the private sector and logistics decision-makers themselves.
What can be done
Innovative solutions are emerging. For example, at Truck Parking Club, we’re addressing the issue by helping landowners and businesses monetize underutilized real estate as truck parking, turning extra space at trucking companies, tow truck companies, truck repair shops, self storage facilities , and other properties into bookable parking spaces that truckers can reserve instantly. This model rapidly increases parking availability without the multi-year construction timelines.
For carriers, logistics companies, and fleet operators, partnering with solutions like ours can yield measurable benefits: more efficient hours driven, reliable scheduling, improved driver retention, and safer working conditions for the drivers you depend on.
A call to action for industry decision-makers
As the supply chain continues to evolve in the wake of e-commerce growth and shifting demand patterns, we can’t afford to ignore foundational infrastructure gaps like truck parking. Leaders in transportation and logistics need to include parking in their budgeting, risk assessments and strategic planning.
That might mean advocating for policy changes, or exploring alternative parking solutions like Truck Parking Club to complement existing facilities. But at a minimum, it means recognizing that your delivery network doesn’t just rely on trucks – it relies on a place for those trucks to stop, rest, and refuel along the way.
Truck parking is no longer a fringe issue. It’s a strategic vulnerability that deserves a seat at the supply chain strategy table. And the sooner we treat it as such, the better equipped we’ll be to build a supply chain that’s not only faster, but stronger, safer, and more reliable for everyone involved.
Eelco van der Zande, Managing Director of ReBound Returns, helps navigate the issues caused by tariffs.
SHARE THIS STORY
Rapid changes in global trade policy are creating serious challenges for businesses operating across borders. With tariffs soaring one day and easing the next, retailers are being forced to rethink how they handle international returns in real time.
Fluctuating import duties imposed by the US have at times exceeded 145%, and retaliatory measures from key trade partners have thrown global supply chains off balance. Even with the most recent truce reducing US tariffs on China to 30%, there’s no guarantee these figures will hold. As of June, 2025, US trade policy remains fluid, with ongoing negotiations reshaping tariff structures across multiple regions, including Europe and Asia. President Trump has noted that some levies have been suspended- not cancelled – and may rise again within months.
Adding to the uncertainty, twelve US states have filed a lawsuit in the Court of International Trade, seeking to halt to the “Liberation Day” tariffs. A US appeals court has allowed the tariffs to remain in effect while it reviews their legality.
The new risks of cross-border returns
Amongst the ambiguity, international returns are now under intense scrutiny. With each item crossing a border potentially attracting new tariffs, returning products for restocking has become costly. When an item crosses a border twice- first for sale, then for return- and possibly a third time for resale, retailers face multiple layers of duties and fees. A t-shirt sold internationally could now incur fees exceeding its original retail value. This makes it more important than ever to evaluate every return for cost-efficiency and logistical feasibility.
Volatility also makes forward planning difficult. Retailers can’t afford to be reactive; returns systems must be agile, localised, and data-driven to navigate the shifting conditions. Strategic returns management is key to future-proofing reverse logistics against unpredictable tariffs.
Localising and consolidating returns to minimise costs
One of the most effective ways to reduce tariffs exposure is to localise returns processing. Keeping returns in the country where they were purchased allows retailers to avoid costly re-importation. Processing and storing products at local returns centres and re-fulfilling them to new customers in the same region can save on shipping and duties. Repurposing items through alternative channels can also reduce costs.
Consolidating returns into fewer, larger shipments rather than handling them individually can significantly cut logistics expenses. Using regional return hubs to group items before further processing or redistribution reduces transportation spend and carbon footprint. This local-first approach not only limits fuel consumption and emissions, but also supports a circular economy by keeping goods in-region. As ESG expectations rise, aligning reverse logistics with sustainability goals becomes a competitive differentiator. This optimised, local approach enhances efficiency and makes cross-border returns more sustainable and financially viable at scale.
Faster returns to reduce inventory lag
With tariffs driving up inventory costs, time has become a critical cost factor in returns management. Every day a returned item sits idle or in transit is a day of lost revenue and tied-up capital. Slow processing delays resale and undermines profitability in an already margin-sensitive environment.
Retailers must accelerate returns processing to reduce inventory lag. That means quickly assessing, sorting, and restocking products. Fast triaging, localised warehousing and agile reverse logistics can shave days or even weeks off the cycle, improving inventory turnover and unlocking working capital. In practice, faster processing can significantly increase recovered revenue from returned goods.
Smarter and fewer returns through better data
As tariffs raise the cost of goods, each return, especially the avoidable ones, become more expensive. Retailers that harness return data across their operations can turn unpredictability into strategic insight. This requires integrating data from multiple sources into a unified view, enabling more accurate demand forecasting, better inventory planning, and identification of products that are driving unnecessary returns.
Leading retailers are also using AI-powered platforms to anticipate which items are most likely to be returned and to automatically route them to the most efficient return locations. These systems integrate seamlessly with order and warehouse management tools, reducing cycle time and cost.
Data insights can also reveal deeper patterns, such as size discrepancies, product quality issues, or customer behaviour trends, that are contributing to high return rates. Addressing these issues through refined product descriptions, size guidance, and customer education expectations better can lead to measurable reductions in returns.
Even modest drops in return rates can yield significant savings when margins are tight. Smarter use of data enables faster, more informed decisions, and stronger profitability.
Seamless returns to build customer loyalty
The increasing complexity of cross-border returns hasn’t slowed rising customer expectations. Shoppers are less forgiving of a clunky or slow returns process, especially when tariffs mean they have paid more or waited longer for their purchase. A seamless experience with fast, easy, and transparent return options is crucial.
Retailers that offer convenient local drop-off points, clear communication, and flexible refund or exchange options are far more likely to retain customers and drive repeat purchases. Quick refunds help preserve brand loyalty, even amid pricing pressures and economic uncertainty.
Retailers that prioritise returns optimisation have seen measurable improvements in customer retention and the frequency of repeat purchases. A great returns experience doesn’t just mitigate risk, it builds trust, strengthens brand reputation, and turns a potential point of friction into a loyalty driver.
Adapting returns strategies for a shifting tariff landscape
When tariffs can rise or fall overnight, international returns must be treated as a strategic function, not just a back-end process. They directly impact margins, sustainability, and customer loyalty.
Retailers that embrace smarter returns management with localised, streamlined processing, better data insight, and seamless customer experiences will be best positioned to weather ongoing volatility. To get ahead, retailers should consider conducting a full audit of their current returns operations, identifying gaps in localisation, speed, and tech adoption. Investing in smart logistics infrastructure today can unlock major savings and build long-term resilience.
Jorge Aguilar and Andy Prinz, supply chain experts at PA Consulting, discuss shapers vs. stallers.
SHARE THIS STORY
Volatility isn’t a shock to the system anymore – it is the system. Supply chains are absorbing more disruption than at any point in modern history, yet still expected to deliver flawlessly. Logistics lanes are being re-routed by international conflicts, cyber incidents, climate shocks, and policy shifts. The US tariffs and UK retail cyber-attacks are just some of the latest stand-out examples.
WTW’s recent Global Supply Chain Risk Survey reports that fewer than 8% of leaders believe they have complete control over their supply chain risks, and nearly two thirds continue to experience higher-than-expected supply chain losses. But against this backdrop, customers expect greater performance – instant service, total transparency, and zero excuses.
In this respect, dependable delivery isn’t a nice-to-have. It’s not even a differentiator. It’s the baseline for trust and growth. And in a world where so much is outside of businesses’ control, building systems that can still deliver when nothing else is stable is the new definition of good leadership.
Shapers vs. stallers
PA Consulting’s 2025 Brand Impact Index supports this. It found that the most successful brands – those with stronger growth, loyalty, and pricing power – are actively building the muscle to deliver dependably in the face of new shocks.
The study of 7,000 consumers and 360 major brands revealed these brands are ‘shapers’. Rather than just investing in front-end experiences, they’re transforming their operational back-end systems, re-engineering networks, and re-thinking supply chain models. These brands prioritise dependable delivery as the top investment area for growth in volatile markets.
At the other end of spectrum are ‘stallers’: brands stuck in reactive cycles, making quick fixes, and clinging to old supply chain assumptions. Notably, stallers are 1.6x less likely to plan for disruption and minimise the impact on customers.
Ask the right questions
So, how do businesses know where they fall? There are a few key questions companies should ask, starting with: is your planning designed to adapt or just explain what already went wrong? Sales and operations planning (S&OP) that can’t respond in real-time is a delay, rather than a decision-making tool.
More broadly, are you solving for yesterday’s world? If your network is still built on historic cost curves and old demand centres, what risks are you carrying forward without realising it? Do your suppliers extend your resilience or expose your gaps? And finally, is your automation unlocking flexibility, or scaling the wrong process? Technology is only useful if it makes you faster, smarter, or more stable.
These questions aren’t just philosophical; they’re what separate the leaders from the laggards in today’s market. The good news is that those falling behind don’t need to blindly guess the way forward. Rather, shapers are following a proven playbook, leveraging five clear levers to hardwire resilience, agility, and reliability into their supply chains.
Network design
First, it’s important to engineer multi-location networks that balance cost, service, and risk. The focus needs to be on proximity to demand, redundancy in key nodes, and the flexibility to shift under pressure.
BMW illustrates this well. During COVID-19, BMW redesigned its production footprint to manufacture closer to customers, reducing its exposure and increasing control at a time of global disruption. Its strategy focused on lowering risk in the upstream supply chain while increasing manufacturing in the countries where it sells cars.
In 2022, Oliver Zipse, BMW’s Chairman, shared that the company was producing over 430,000 cars in the US, 60% of which stayed in the market, alongside retaining a footprint in Central Europe and building up its presence in China. He claimed that this proximity to key markets, as well as flexibly increasing or decreasing production according to customer needs, was key to the company’s production success. This approach highlights that it isn’t about a perfect footprint, but rather having one that adapts when the map changes.
Dynamic planning
The monthly S&OP cycle can’t keep up, with Gartner research indicating that it is becoming ‘obsolete.’ Instead, shapers are treating planning as a continuous discipline, integrating signals, data, and cross-functional coordination to respond in real time. This isn’t about perfect predictions. It’s about responsive, multi-layered planning that sees around corners.
For example, Unilever has advanced its planning capabilities through an ‘always-on’ AI-powered forecasting model. It integrates market intelligence, sustainability constraints, forecast and actual sales data between Unilever and the customer to improve forecasting accuracy. Notably, the initial pilot with Walmart in Mexico increased product availability at point of sale to 98%. This approach has ultimately enabled Unilever to dynamically reallocate supply, adjust demand forecasts, and make financial and environmental trade-offs with speed and precision.
Design-to-value
‘Shapers’ are also surgical with cost, investing where it creates value and cutting where it doesn’t. This may sound simple, but in practice, it means design-to-value models aligned with what customers actually care about.
Just look at Hershey, which unlocked $35 million in hidden capacity using automation. This breakthrough came from applying advanced analytics and AI to its KitKat production network, which consists of six lines. Hershey discovered that simple changes in production scheduling and product mix could dramatically increase throughput, without much investment.
This kind of design-to-value mindset requires deep operational data, cross-functional visibility, and the discipline to say no to unnecessary complexity.
Supplier collaboration
Beyond this, traditional procurement models are increasingly shown to break under stress. Shapers build supplier ecosystems that share risk, diversify sourcing, and enable upstream visibility.
Procter & Gamble is a good example, as it has focused on supply chain transparency and agility by creating a digital control tower across its vast network of suppliers and partners. This connected infrastructure enables real-time monitoring, rapid risk response, and collaborative problem-solving when disruptions hit. It’s not just about oversight – it’s about coordinated resilience being built into the ecosystem. This stands the business in good stead to assess and respond to new shocks, such as the impact of the US tariffs.
Digital technology and automation
Finally, digitisation must do more than display data. It needs to enable control, speed, and adaptation.
Zillow is a case in point, having built an ecosystem that weaves AI and automation into every step of a consumer’s housing journey. It brings together a huge range of products and services under one umbrella through its ‘super app’, which enables renters, buyers, sellers, and real estate professionals to search, tour, finance, negotiate, and close on their housing journeys.
While not a traditional supply chain, it shows how tech-enabled orchestration can help bring consistency, speed, and reliability out of complexity. For operations leaders, the lesson is that automation matters when it makes the system stronger – not just faster.
Adapt to disruption
Disruption isn’t slowing down. But too many supply chains are still built for a world that no longer exists – optimised for predictability, driven by cost, and dependent on fragile assumptions. For supply chain leaders, the takeaway is simple: in a high-risk environment, the most strategic move isn’t to stabilise, it’s to reshape guided by a clear playbook.
Dependable delivery isn’t just about the physical movement of goods, but rather building in network flexibility, digital visibility, supplier transparency, dynamic planning, and resilience at every layer of the operation. More than ever, delivering reliably – under pressure, across borders – is what keeps businesses trusted and in motion.
When putting together a bid strategy or business proposal, it’s crucial to showcase value that extends beyond simply offering the lowest price.
SHARE THIS STORY
Winning new business proposals is no easy feat. And writing them is unfortunately no easier. For new or small businesses, the process of bidding for contracts can be overwhelming, and leave you feeling unsure on what you truly bring to the table, especially in the face of stiff competition.
If you’re left wondering what you can really offer a potential customer, the obvious choice might be to undercut on price. After all, better ROI and a lower price tag should tip the scales in your favour, right? But relying on a low price point not only risks damaging your credibility, but it also overlooks one key opportunity; showcasing your strengths, and positioning your business as the better choice.
The key ingredient to successfully winning new business is to accentuate your value. The experts at BWS demonstrate how to go beyond cost and demonstrate why your business is the right choice.
Why price alone doesn’t define value
Whether drafting contracts or mapping out business proposals, focusing on lower prices can hinder success, even if the tender is evaluated on Quality vs. Cost. While of course it’s important to offer a competitive price, demonstrating tangible value, expertise, and aligning with your potential client’s needs, will produce far better results.
How to position your business as the ‘best choice’
1. Prove you meet (and exceed) the requirements
The very first step in positioning your business as the obvious choice, is to establish how you meet, and exceed their requirements. You’ll want to demonstrate that you meet every specification set out by the client, and how exactly you meet them. How do you meet the technical, commercial, and qualitative criteria set out – but more importantly, how can you go above and beyond and quantify how you will add extra value – as this will set you apart from the competition.
2. Define your core messaging
While you should always start a proposal by catering to the client’s specified criteria, your business’s core needs to speak loudly too. Why should they choose YOU? What makes you a better fit? But most importantly – what is the real value you can bring to the table? Once you have determined your core messaging, and found your overarching concept or promise your brand stands behind, it will be much easier to ensure you are conveying this throughout the entire proposal.
3. Demonstrate expertise and evidence of success
Words are words until they become facts when backed up with evidence of success. Which is why it’s important to showcase relevant experience, and know-how. You can do this by offering examples of completed projects that relate to your client’s ambitions and the positive outcomes. If you are in the early stages of your business, concentrate on showcasing relevant expertise such as team experience, credentials, past roles, and case studies – that way you can showcase credibility and capability without relying solely on a long track record.
4. Offer unique solutions
Focus on how your work will benefit the client, and offer unique solutions tailored to their pain points. Demonstrate how your approach addresses their specific circumstances, avoiding vague or generic claims. Ensure you reference their industry, location, size, or operating environment, and personalise your language and tone to mirror the terminology of the client. By aligning your specific solutions – tailored to their specific needs – you will demonstrate that your proposal is custom-fit to their criteria.
5. Present as the risk-free offer
At times, when starting out as a small business, it can be tricky to avoid being seen as a higher-risk offer. Longstanding companies have larger amounts of testimonials, case studies, and project stats – which can make it difficult to compete with. But don’t let this stop you. When bidding for new tenders as an SME, ensure you present yourself as a risk-free offer by including quality assurance measures, any accreditations or insurances for peace of mind, along with contingency plans to show buyers that you are prepared, and resilient in the face of any unexpected challenges.
6. Provide value other than cost
As mentioned above, it can be easy to fall into the cost trap when starting out. But besides the fact that offering lower than market average costs can be damaging, it can erode trust and credibility in the eyes of the client. In this stage, focus on value for money rather than low-cost services. And ask yourself; do you have strong innovation plans? Are your projects injected with social value measures? And are you able to work more efficiently than other competitors? Not only does value build trust, loyalty, clients also want assurance that their investment delivers real benefits, not just savings – the key to repeat business.
Michael Baron, Managing Director at BWS weighs in:
“When reviewing business proposals, clients aren’t just buying a product or service; they’re buying partnership, trust, and the strongest indicators of a positive outcome. It’s essential to demonstrate that you understand the client’s world, and that you’re not just going to answer questions correctly, but instead anticipate their needs. Instead of solely offering value for money, consider offering a unique approach to reducing their risk, strategies that support their long-term business goals, and ways to deliver intrinsic value throughout their project lifecycle. That way, you instantly become more than a supplier – you become a strategic asset.”
Auto Supply Chain Leaders 2025 brings together the best of the best in the industry for two days of mutual learning and inspirational content.
SHARE THIS STORY
Join the best of the best automotive supply chain leads this October (8th -9th) at the Hilton Munich Airport, Germany, to learn, network, and be inspired. The event exists to help attendees focus on their individual needs, address challenges within their business, and discover new opportunities.
Over the course of two days, you can participate in interactive sessions, benchmark with peers, and absorb the benefits of being part of such the vibrant automotive supply chain community. It’s an event that’s custom-built for top industry leaders, and allows you to:
Connect with 150+ other leaders, all of whom have strategic responsibility for their own end-to-end supply chains.
Learn how to navigate disruptions within the industry, digitise your supply chain, and meet environmental goals.
Talk to your peers to gain collective knowledge and hear about real use cases.
With rising demands across the industry, especially regarding sustainability, keeping up-to-date with the latest knowledge, trends, and solutions is a necessity. Get in on the action at Auto Supply Chain Leaders 2025 to make sure you maintain that competitive edge.Get your tickets and find out more here
Nigel Pekenc, Partner at Kearney, gives us insights provide insights on current key trends in supply chain, as well as his thoughts on nearshoring and reshoring.
SHARE THIS STORY
How are global supply chains evolving to become more resilient in the face of ongoing disruption, such as geopolitical shifts, raw material shortages, and logistics volatility?
“Supply chains are undergoing a fundamental shift from static, efficiency-led structures to adaptive, digitally managed ecosystems. Companies have moved beyond simply adding redundancy or diversifying suppliers. Instead, they are building globally distributed and closely connected networks, using real-time visibility and predictive analytics to spot vulnerabilities early and respond flexibly. Strong supplier partnerships in key locations and centralised digital control towers that compile multi-tier insights are now essential to manage disruptions ranging from geopolitical unrest to material shortages and transport breakdowns. The aim is no longer just resilience but adaptive responsiveness, enabling businesses to adjust their supply chains dynamically and in real time.”
Nearshoring continues to gain attention but rarely replaces full-scale global operations. How do you see companies striking the right balance between proximity, efficiency, and cost?
“Nearshoring has gained prominence, especially amid recent trade disruptions, but companies increasingly see it as part of a strategic mix rather than a full replacement. They strike the right balance by regionalising the most critical parts of the supply chain, particularly those sensitive to lead times, geopolitical risks, or local market demands, while continuing to source globally to maintain flexibility, secure essential inputs, and benefit from specialised production. This hybrid approach often takes the form of multi-node regional hubs connected by digitally coordinated networks. The key is segmenting the supply chain by disruption sensitivity, customer proximity and value-added stages, ensuring nearshoring delivers strategic value without adding unnecessary cost. This balance enhances responsiveness, optimises costs and mitigates risks.”
What role are technologies such as AI, automation, and digital twins playing in enabling smarter, more adaptive supply chain networks?
“AI, automation and digital twins have moved from buzzwords to essential pillars of responsive supply chains. AI-driven analytics process vast, complex data to provide predictive insights, enabling proactive action amid market shifts. Digital twins offer virtual replicas of supply networks for scenario testing and stress simulation before disruptions occur. Automation enables the rapid execution of these strategies through intelligent robotics, dynamic inventory control and agile manufacturing. Together, these technologies let supply chains anticipate and adapt to disruptions, turning agility from aspiration into reality.”
With supply chains becoming increasingly multi-tiered and complex, what strategies are proving most effective in maintaining control, visibility, and risk mitigation across networks?
“Complex, multi-tier supply chains demand more than standard digitisation; they require fully orchestrated digital ecosystems. Effective companies are establishing integrated digital control towers that deliver real-time transparency and decision-making clarity across all supply chain tiers, from raw materials to end-consumer distribution. Advanced data governance protocols ensure quality information flows seamlessly through well-defined channels. Moreover, clearly established risk categories aligned to decision-making tiers within organisations empower rapid, informed decision-making. In short, the combination of robust digital infrastructure, clear governance and aligned organisational structures is proving indispensable to maintain visibility, manage risk and achieve operational responsiveness at scale.”
Looking ahead, what long-term trends do you believe will define the future of supply chain strategy, and how can companies prepare to capitalize on them?
“The future of supply chain strategy will be defined by the interplay of continuous geopolitical fragmentation, accelerated regionalisation and persistent economic volatility. Companies must architect globally distributed, digitally empowered supply ecosystems that embed flexibility and optionality by design. AI-driven predictive tools and digitally enabled scenario planning will move to the centre of strategic supply chain management, allowing businesses to anticipate disruptions and shift resources dynamically and swiftly. Preparing for this future requires immediate investment in digital capabilities, organisational readiness for decentralised decision-making and development of flexible supplier ecosystems. Companies that proactively build these capabilities today will emerge with significant competitive advantages, able to thrive and seize market share in volatile global conditions while competitors falter.”
Mark Wilkinson, Senior Vice President for OpenText’s Global Business Network, discusses AI-driven success in supply chains.
SHARE THIS STORY
AI in industry
AI might be transforming industries, but its ability to drive accurate workflows relies on a foundation of reliable data. For those working with supply chains, this data can generate assessments of global circumstances and highlight upcoming disruption to operations before it’s felt by the consumer.
In the past year, extreme weather, trade disputes, and geopolitics have tested the limits of business preparedness. For example, in October 2024, it was estimated that the storms that hit Valencia caused damage to its farming industry worth almost £1bn. That includes the produce lost and the rendering of underlying infrastructure as unusable. As the impact of the climate crisis drives an increase in natural disasters, supply chains must prepare for widespread disruption.
Looking to 2026 and beyond, this trend is unlikely to change for the better. To best future-proof business processes, AI will be fundamental. But where should organisations start?
Which data is good enough?
High-quality, accurate data is important for driving AI success in supply chains and providing users with accurate predictions. This enthusiasm is reflected in the expectation that the big data market will be worth over £300 billion by 2028. Despite this significant investment, most organisations, surveyed across industries, still face data-quality issues.
At present, only 12% of data and analytics professionals believe that their company’s data is ready for AI adoption despite 76% recognising data-driven decision-making as a priority. To drive success in supply chains, this lack of readiness needs to change.
Data preparation
Though action must be taken to remedy these concerns, companies shouldn’t view the quality of their own data as a blocker to innovation. Instead, they can ‘test’ the data before using it to drive insights.
As a first step, it’s essential to identify the format and quality of existing data assets. With complete knowledge of all the information available, corporations can integrate AI tools that work with their data, instead of trying to fit it into incompatible solutions.
Next, team leaders must be certain that their employees are trained on noticing hallucinations and changing processes to ensure accurate AI forecasting. Creation of the right procedures will feed into a successful long-term data governance strategy, ensuring full value is extracted by AI tools.
For ongoing insights, directly reflecting global circumstances, data must be continually fed into AI systems. By setting up the extraction of data from a reliable platform, companies can ensure that the insights they receive directly correspond with the most pressing logistical concerns.
Incompatible sources
Strategic partnerships can bring essential expertise for agile transformation, helping companies to scale at speed and improve their assessment of risks. For instance, by integrating data from a partner organisation, visibility across the global logistics landscape will be increased. Concerns arise, however, when data is formatted differently at each company. To mitigate the chance of hallucinations, data-trained workers should be proactively advised to scan insights for duplicates, misspellings, and inaccurate information.
Visibility
For operational success amid an ever-changing global landscape, the importance of preparing and ‘cleaning’, data should not be understated. To ensure accurate insights are produced by AI tools, integrated solutions should be compatible with current data-formatting, proactively mitigating the chance of hallucinations. To derive full value, the same ‘cleaning’ procedure should be used for partner data. By taking the right steps at the beginning of the adoption journey, business leaders can drive effective insights, consistently being updated, to support future growth.
Tony Hasek, CEO and Co-Founder of Goldilock, explores the future of cybersecurity across the supply chain.
SHARE THIS STORY
As global supply chains are restructured in response to economic uncertainty, rising tariffs, and geopolitical pressure, a new cybersecurity dilemma is coming to the foreground. The number of cyberattacks exploiting supply chain vulnerabilities is surging. 45% of businesses are expected to face software supply chain attacks this year. With three major UK retailers falling victim to cyberattacks within just 10 days of each other, the need for rapid action is clearly emphasised.
To manage cost pressures, procurement complexity, and disruption risk, many businesses have spent the last few years consolidating suppliers. This means relying more heavily on a select few. But while this strategy may offer operational simplicity, it also introduces unforeseen cybersecurity risks.
When companies buy in bulk through a few key suppliers, it becomes harder to trace where individual components or services actually come from. The benefits of scale can quickly be outweighed by a lack of transparency. This creates openings for cyber threats – compromised hardware might be introduced without detection, unverified software and firmware can slip through, and oversight often breaks down across multiple layers of third-party subcontractor and vendor networks.
Recent geopolitical shifts in global trade have added a new layer of complexity, forcing companies to quickly move to new suppliers in different regions – often building entire supply chains from scratch. In this fast-changing environment, organisations must ask: are software-only cyber defences still enough?
Supply chain fragmentation is redefining risk
Over the past decade, cybersecurity strategy has largely focused on digital defences: intrusion detection systems, firewalls, endpoint protection, and role-based identity management. These are all essential, but they rest on the assumption that all components of an end-to-end system can be trusted or at least detected if they pose a threat.
As companies pivot to new vendors, particularly in critical infrastructure, telecommunications, and manufacturing, they inherit new digital dependencies often with little time or visibility to assess risk. A growing number of cyberattacks now originate, not from obvious threat actors, but from compromised supply chain components.
In a recent survey, it was found that 55% of global supply chain professionals use a mix of local and global IT solutions, resulting in fragmented systems that create multiple weak points for cybercriminals. These threats include routers shipped with hidden backdoors, firmware with embedded vulnerabilities, or software libraries poisoned long before deployment.
The infamous SolarWinds breach is a prime example where attackers injected malware into the company’s software build system for months before being detected. Because the malware was delivered through trusted channels, it didn’t appear as a breach to downstream customers – reinforcing the dangerous assumption that a well-known software supply chain couldn’t be compromised.
This is the challenge now facing every CIO and security lead. With the global supply web constantly shifting, the threat vector has moved upstream, and it’s becoming increasingly difficult to tell which components are compromised until it’s too late.
The blind spots in modern cybersecurity
Geopolitical pressures and economic instability have accelerated supplier diversification. As a result, organisations are often forced to onboard new hardware and software partners on compressed timelines. This leaves less room for thorough due diligence. The bigger challenge, however, is ensuring that pre-compromised components don’t make it through the door in the first place.
Modern cybersecurity tools excel at monitoring and responding to suspicious behaviour, but most still work reactively. If malicious code runs inside a network or access credentials are stolen, it’s up to the software to identify, isolate, and shut down the threat. This approach assumes detection happens quickly, before the attacker has had time to move deeper into the system.
Unfortunately, lateral movement – when attackers quietly expand their access across a network – is one of the most damaging and least understood stages of a cyberattack. Even a foothold in a non-critical system can lead to privilege escalation, data theft, and the compromise of sensitive environments. While software defences can slow this process, they often struggle to stop it entirely.
This is especially true in the case of state-sponsored attackers and advanced persistent threats (APTs), which use highly sophisticated methods and zero-day exploits that are designed to bypass detection or lie dormant until the right opportunity arises. If the initial breach comes from a trusted supply chain partner, it can slip under the radar for months hidden behind software that appears safe and behaves normally, until it’s too late.
Why physical isolation matters now
This is where physical network isolation enters the conversation. Not as a throwback to air-gapped systems of the past, but as a modern, strategic layer of defence. For years, organisations have used software-based methods like network segmentation and logical separation to compartmentalise systems. While valuable, these approaches are still vulnerable and can’t guarantee complete control. Physical connection control takes isolation further, enforcing a dynamic, hardware-based barrier – essentially a modern air-gap – that offers true separation and resilience against advanced threats and supply chain compromises.
At its core, physical network isolation does what software alone cannot. It completely severs the potential for any unauthorised communication. Systems can be placed entirely offline or connected only via out-of-band controls that are not susceptible to remote compromise. In other words, even if an attacker manages to breach a system or sneak in through a compromised component, they cannot pivot elsewhere because there’s simply nowhere to go.
In high-value environments, such as critical infrastructure, government networks, and financial systems, this approach is increasingly being revisited. The logic is simple: certain systems are too important to risk. They must be ringfenced, not just monitored.
Advances in control technologies now allow for dynamic physical disconnection. This enables systems to be securely reconnected for updates or access without maintaining constant exposure. It’s a modern interpretation of air-gapping, dynamic and perfectly adapted to today’s operational demands.
Resilient by design
A system that is physically unreachable provides a level of assurance that software-based defences alone cannot match. This makes physical isolation particularly valuable when built into supply chain security protocols. Systems receiving data or code from third-party vendors can remain physically segregated until fully verified, while backup infrastructure can stay completely offline until needed. Even control systems can be made unreachable from external networks, removing the risk of remote hijacking.
To be clear, physical isolation isn’t a silver bullet. But when it can be configured on demand, it becomes a critical layer in both threat mitigation and business continuity. It serves as a proactive first line of defence, a reactive last line of defence, and a practical way to limit the scope and timing of any potential attack.
In cybersecurity, layered defence is essential. Firewalls protect the perimeter, detection tools monitor activity, and identity systems control access. But if those are compromised, what’s left to protect the core?
Time to rethink what “secure” really means
As the digital and physical worlds become more intertwined, organisations must evolve their definition of cybersecurity. Only 30% of businesses report prioritising a secure, connected system for their supply chain. This indicates that more needs to be done. Software tools will always play a critical role, but they should not be the only line of defence. This is particularly true in an era where a single compromised component can trigger a cascade of consequences, all the way up to a network-wide breach.
Physical network isolation doesn’t replace modern cybersecurity, it reinforces it. In a future defined by volatility and hyperconnectivity, businesses must ask not just “can we detect threats?”. They also have to ask “can we better control them and contain them when detection fails?”
For those willing to embrace a multi-layered strategy that includes both virtual and physical controls, the answer will be yes.
We caught some precious time at Kinexions with Jennifer Dorsch, who outlines the transformation programme underway there.
SHARE THIS STORY
If ever there was a company that embodied the transformational spirit of Kinexions, it’s Syensqo, the Belgian multinational materials company. Established in December 2023, through the spin-off from Solvay, Syensqo is both emerging from its legacy company, whilst simultaneously transforming its operations during an era of unprecedented disruption. A challenging situation to say the least.
Jennifer Dorsch is the Global Head of Supply Chain Center of Excellence at Syensqo; a woman who by her own admission is “transformation driven” and skilled in operational leadership, process optimisation and leveraging technology to achieve best-in-class performance. She is seeking to spearhead global transformation initiatives, enhancing efficiency and growth through streamlined processes, systems and strategic simplification.
An inspirational leader
A results-oriented senior executive, and a former Supply Chain Excellence Director at Solvay, Dorsch has a proven record of leading high-performing teams, driving impactful change and delivering measurable results spanning the industrial, supply chain, and finance functions. “As Head of the Global Supply Chain Center of Excellence at Syensqo, I spearhead transformation of the E2E supply chain,” she explains, backstage at the Fairmont Hotel, Austin.
The core values of the CoE are based on creating an efficient and resilient supply chain through simplification, standardisation and harmonisation with efforts prioritised in support of company objectives. “We measure the benefits of transformation through supply chain improvements and cost savings and deploy effective change management strategies to ensure adoption of new systems and processes aimed at improving KPIs in support of company objectives,” she reveals. “We also created accountability in support of change management.”
Jennifer Dorsch, Global Head of Supply Chain Center of Excellence at Syensqo
Emerging from a legacy
Syensqo recently split from Solvay representing specialty chemicals while the commodity side remains Solvay. “The split of the company put us right into a transformation and the first challenge to be tackled was planning. And so we’re now using Kinaxis Maestro as a foundation for that. We’re taking it as an opportunity to bring all of our business units into a harmonised way of working through one platform. These are five business units that did things entirely differently. They didn’t even know who each other were and yet now they’re working together. This is quite transformational,” she enthuses.
Of course, there are challenges to implementing any kind of transformative program and change management nearly always tops the poll as the most demanding. “The hardest part is the change management. There were folks that couldn’t understand, couldn’t envision what it was going to be like. Everyone naturally feels that their way is unique and often don’t understand the other parts of the business. But change takes time. We had to create platforms for the teams to get together across the businesses to view the details because supply chain is very detail oriented. Supply chain professionals like to see the facts and to see how each other works in order to understand how valuable it would be for each of them to change the way they work to come together.”
According to Dorsch it’s vital to bring the people along with you on the journey. “It can’t be top down. They need to understand why and they need to feel it. However now there are more and more asking for it. Now they’re asking for Maestro and Kinaxis, which is great.”
Agility is key
So, how has Maestro enhanced agility and resilience and efficiency at Syensqo? “Well, it’s going to help us with the transparency, primarily. We will now have the information at our fingertips to make decisions in real time. We’ll be able to pull more of our planning upstream. Constraints realised further upstream in the planning relieves the pressure of the plant floor where it’s quite busy. The plant floor will be much, much calmer I would say.”
Maestro is also able to enhance the customer side too. “Our customers will certainly see a difference,” she reveals. “Our service levels will see a real improvement too. We’ll be making the right inventory and have it in the right place at the right time, ultimately improving business outcomes. Working capital and customer service will also improve.”
The people
A lot of what’s been happening at Kinexions is technologically rooted, but the power of people is also being stressed as vital in these major transformation projects. “Oh they are,” she affirms. “People are stressed. They need to feel protected. And the Kinaxis teams have done a very nice job of helping the teams feel supported by giving them examples of other companies that they’ve done this for. This lets them know it’s normal to feel stressed and to not be sure until you go live. However, you need to let them know that you’re there for them. The more examples they go through, the more comfortable the users feel. But it does take time.”
Disruptive and volatile as these times are, at least a platform such as Maestro gives users the ability to meet some of these daily challenges. “Yeah, it certainly does. I mean, the way we’re able to handle resiliency currently is that people have to work a lot harder. But the way we’re going to be able to handle resiliency going forward, when we have challenges, is going to be completely different because we’ll have such better transparency in our ability to react and respond. We will definitely adjust our focus onto using AI to make the decisions. All the routine decisions will be automated through AI and AI agents.”
So, what would Dorsch say to those supply chain leaders who have yet to make the leap into harnessing emerging technologies? “I would say think about the people that are working in the supply chain and improve their quality of life. The more you give them to make their jobs easier, the less stress there is on them. Let the system take the stress, not the people. It’s a way to retain your top talent. I would turn it more in that direction. Not to mention the fact that you get to improve outcomes for customers, financial statements, all of that, but crucially for your employees too.”
Kinaxis, the supply chain orchestration platform developer, is leveraging agentic AI in both its world-renowned Maestro platform and beyond. SupplyChain Strategy sat down with Andrew Bell, Chief Product Officer at Kinaxis, to learn more…
SHARE THIS STORY
Kinaxis’ Maestro is billed as an AI orchestration platform that revolutionises how supply chain leaders handle and use their data. Built upon three fundamental principles – supply chain data fabric, an intelligence engine, and the user experience – it serves to ease the challenge of gleaning actionable insights from broad data sets, as well as automating processes that are reliant on understanding shifts in that data.
Through AI, it’s a system that users can speak with: ask Maestro a question about your data, and it will give you an answer in real-time. The AI-powered system can also simulate an endless array of scenarios, massively enhancing supply chain leaders’ capacity to prepare for the future against a backdrop of regular and often-decisive volatility around the world. Keen to learn more about the ways in which the firm is leveraging agentic AI in both Maestro and beyond, SupplyChain Strategy sat down with Kinaxis’ Chief Product Officer, Andrew Bell, backstage at Kinexions 2025, to learn more.
The three AI disciplines
Before we get into the finer details, it’s important to understand what agentic AI is and where it sits in the growing family of AI-powered technologies poised to reshape the world. “For supply chain, our view is that there are three AI disciplines that are highly relevant to what we do,” explains Bell, fresh from delivering a fascinating keynote speech to the assembled global supply chain leaders gathered in Austin, on agentic AI. “The first was predictive AI with machine learning, the second, more recently, was generative AI. Continuing on from there would be agentic and autonomous AI.
“It’s not about any one of those on their own,” Bell continues, “but rather how they come together to deliver. When I think about agentic AI, it comes down to what we demonstrated in conference: the ability to chat with your data, to ask questions about your data, to get it presented to you however you want, all based on simple prompts. It’s actually a fusion of generative and agentic AI. There’s the agent that we built that works autonomously based on prompts from users; prompts that are then interpreted by the generative side.”
According to Bell, when it comes to agentic AI, the real differentiator is the notion that it operates on its own, that it operates autonomously as a result of a user prompt or data change conditions. “The idea is that it’s able to make its own decisions as it progresses through a problem; that’s what I find so powerful about it,” he enthuses. “That’s how it differentiates from other forms of automation.”
The democratisation of data
While concerns abound regarding the disruption AI could bring to workforces, namely in headcounts and the nature of their work, Bell stresses that this form of AI, as with the others, is at its best as an enabler rather than replacer. “The first thing to say is that AI on its own, especially in the supply chain space, is not going to solve our problems,” he explains. “It’s not going to deliver the value. Its real value is its democratisation of data access through the combination of the data with tools that have the ability to access and use that data, with AI sitting on top. Then I can get to my data more easily and more quickly, and so can anyone else approved to use the system.
“Users don’t need to learn a system, they don’t need to know how to navigate complex worksheets, set up filters and all the things you do in a traditional context. It means anybody, whether that’s an entry-level planner or a C-level executive can ask data-based questions, run a scenario or a simulation or execute something with less friction. I see it as a democratisation of the power of data and as an accelerant.”
That sense of democratisation extends beyond Kinaxis’ internal use and development of its agentic AI systems, with customers and partners joining the fold to inspire new and iterative action. “We’ve approached it by building an agentic framework first, and that allows for the creation of agents and the running and execution of agents,” Bell elaborates. “That’s step one. Now we’re building our own out-of-the-box agents on that framework, as well as opening that framework up to our customers so they can build their own agents. Customers know their business best, and there might be use cases that they want to apply an agent to that we haven’t thought of yet. They’ll now have the ability to do that.
“From there, we’re using our customers and the challenges they share with us to figure out what we can build or iterate upon next. We’ve started with the ‘chat with data’ agent. Because that was the number one thing: get me access to my data. The next thing is the ability to evaluate two options and execute a change. Merck, who we’re working with, shared an agent that essentially detects late supply and takes corrective action.”
Bell is evangelical regarding the adaptability of its AI framework, allowing agents to be used in isolation, or strung together. “It’s purely going to be based on the natural language prompt from the customer,” he reveals. “The framework will know all the different agents I have access to and so it can either do what the user is asking with those agents or suggest a combination of those agents.”
Data is the key
Data is the crux that all AI roads lead to and stem from. Without high-quality data, AI isn’t capable of delivering on its potential. Creating robust frameworks, exercising high levels of data hygiene, and structuring data stores in an AI-ready fashion are paramount in both the development of agentic AI and the application of those tools. For both developers and users, Bell stresses the fundamental importance of getting that data piece right. He notes, too, that its applicable advice no matter where individuals and organisations are in their AI journey. “There is the ability to start from any position on that journey,” says Bell. “It doesn’t have to be a big bang or a one-size-fits-all. No matter what, though, it is about the data. The agents, the automation, whatever it might be, is only going to be as good as the data that it can access.
“Step one is to understand the problems you’re looking to solve and figure out which data that system would need. We have capabilities that simply do exception reporting where you can implement predefined automations where your team has said ‘these are some processes that we execute on a regular basis, and we have the data, so automate it’. You can then move up the journey and say, ‘No, we’re ready to implement agents and we’re going to start using some proven native ones before going all the way to making our own.’’
“The good news is that some of the foundational requirements apply no matter where you start in the journey. Getting the data and having the right tools in place are going to benefit you across the whole journey. From Covid to more recent impediments to worldwide networks via trade war escalation, significant global interruptions and bottlenecks over the past several years have put enormous pressure on supply chains to adapt at pace. As far as disruptive influences go, agentic AI represents a welcome boon for those who can effectively wield its potential.”
“At Kinexions 2025, we had a presentation from ExxonMobil that noted how people typically think about disruptions as a negative thing, but our job is to build a supply chain that excels at managing those disruptions,” says Bell. “When we do, we have a competitive advantage. Our job at Kinaxis is to provide the tools, systems and capabilities to deliver that competitive advantage to our customers. Disruptions are going to occur. That’s a given. We don’t know what they might be, but they’re going to happen. If we’ve given you the ability to manage them effectively, that’s going to give you a strong competitive advantage.”
Diane Melul, Sanofi’s Head of Global Supply Planning, talks us through supply chain transformation at the pharmaceutical giant
SHARE THIS STORY
French multinational pharmaceutical leader Sanofi has quite the storied history. Having been the first global supplier of injectable polio vaccinations, it has a long-established reputation for driving disruptive, impactful and historic change.
Against a backdrop of volatility that has come to define the modern supply chain, Diane Melul, Sanofi’s Head of Global Supply Planning, is orchestrating a transformative strategy that will enhance the company’s supply chain rigor and flexibility while maximising its capacity for delivering its vital medicines to patients.
Speaking with SupplyChain Strategy at Kinexions 2025 in Austin, Texas, Melul hails the company’s digital twin solution as a turning point in creating an interconnected and robust global supply network.
Maestro enables Sanofi to simulate its global network across millions of hypothetical scenarios. The data and insights gleaned from the system have enhanced planning, agility, and integration across its supply chain network, and significant new efficiencies have been realised. Accuracy across planning has increased substantially, while real-time insights allow for optimised inventory management. The digital twin has also highlighted pain points across the production process, enabling targeted actions that have decreased process variability and reduced lead times across the cycle.
It’s a journey
“We started our journey something like eight years ago with the demand planning implementation, which has been quite successful,” says Melul. “We have around 110 markets and we’ve been deploying across all of them. So that was the first part, and then came the supply part, which is definitely more complicated to implement.
“One of the key points we’ve been learning is that effective integration is key across processes and the wider organisation. In recent implementations we’ve been working collaboratively across the business to ease the process, and we’ve been seeing much more adoption in everything because there’s clear interconnectivity.”
A key benefit for both supply chain and the wider business is the level of preparation that Maestro affords. Not only does its simulated scenarios provide crucial guidance for planning, but also for optimised reactions to surprise situations. “We love running these simulated scenarios,” continues Melul.
“That’s one of the benefits we’re getting across our complex network. We have around 40 manufacturing sites and we’ve got them connected with the markets and all the simulations we’re running. It’s allowing us to conduct a lot of parallel processing, and the decision making-process with regards to integrated business planning (IBP) is much easier than it was before we built this interconnection between different parts of the business through Maestro.”
Agility and resilience have also benefitted, especially where forecasting is concerned. “We also have a new process that will make sure we are more agile and reactive, with full visibility of the markets. As we have mapped manufacturing and markets, we can also get a full signal of what is coming next, the alerts, and how we can react. So that’s part of what we have embedded in our processes.”
Diane Melul, Sanofi’s Head of Global Supply Planning
A single source of truth
A considerable benefit to all of this is the establishment of a single source of truth that’s available across the global network, fostering greater accuracy but also stronger collaboration across what had been disparate and siloed business functions. “A single source of truth is really important,” Melul explains. “We are going beyond the supply chain, too, with a single source of truth that is transmitted through to finance teams and beyond.”
This heightened alignment allows for clearer and more confident decision-making, and greater communication across the business. Melul has overseen considerable efforts to ensure this opportunity for greater interconnectivity hasn’t gone to waste. “We have created strong standards, and we have to bring people together from across teams to work as one. Whether we’re talking about marketing, planning, site planners, supply planners, they’re all in the same team. It provides opportunities to learn from each other, and they have a sense of community that helps everyone to upskill and grow. That’s a big part of what we’re seeing.”
It’s not as simple as dropping a new tool in people’s laps and expecting seamless integration, of course, and Melul speaks candidly about the importance of managing such change effectively. “It’s a journey,” she says. “We have to make sure we are helping people to learn how to play with this tool, how to get the most out of it. We have to make sure they see the benefits, how it will positively impact their work, how it’ll impact our delivery for our patients, how it’s going to make sure that, every day, every time, our patients get their product on time.
“It’s really about making the link and showing them the end-to-end value where previous tools were not really giving us this visibility. Everyone was in their own silos, delivering to the next node without knowing what’s going next, and that’s no longer the case.”
Change management
It’s vitally important to create a sense of belief amongst teams when implementing tools like Maestro. Aligning process change, roles and responsibilities across the organisation and the tool is paramount, and Melul alludes to the sense that this groundwork can break the initial inertia that can be typical of these broad technological implementations. “We need to make sure we have strong and clear standards, that’s for sure, but we also need to listen to our people and make sure everything is aligned,” she explains. “People will then adopt the tool more readily when they see the value.
“Overall, that’s the philosophy we’re trying to get to: showing them the value, the use case, how others are doing. That’s the best way to really get motivation to go above and beyond to make use of new functionalities. You then don’t have to push so much.”
The implementation is not yet complete, with Sanofi’s vaccine manufacturing sites being the final frontier. For Melul, there’s excitement in being able to bring the learnings from the implementation thus far to this final stage. “It’s a long journey, but we’ve been learning, and we are targeting a bolder approach here to make sure we put everything together in one shot across vaccine manufacturing,” she enthuses. “That’s one of the learnings: the benefit comes quicker when the nodes are implemented in full. That’s what we’re targeting for the next implementation.”
The future
While that work is on the horizon, Melul’s attention stretches further. “Beyond that, we want to start investing more in artificial intelligence. We want to make sure we take advantage of new capabilities that can make the decision-making process more agile, to optimise the parameters, to get a proposal to override the master data. How are we doing in terms of inventory? Are we really setting the right parameters? Is the system capable of proposing something more interesting that could help us move in a new direction? That’s definitely the next stage for us after this implementation is complete.”
Here Melul demonstrates a forward-thinking mentality that has become essential to supply chain leaders in these challenging times. It’s a time where agility is vital, but also where huge opportunities have opened up for supply chain professionals to take a greater hand in broader strategic direction. “There is definitely less stability,” she agrees. “If you like having challenges to face and opportunities to find new solutions every day, it’s both interesting and a way to differentiate yourself. We have to find solutions every day.
“It’s interesting because there is no stasis; there is continuous reinvention. Maestro is a tool that will support all of this, but it’s not the only one. If we have everything in terms of process and tools working well, we can spend more time on being disruptive in the way we are working, we can be more disruptive in the approach and think outside of the box.
“In the last few years, with all these changes in the environment, we have learned how to be more disruptive in the way we approach the business, with positive and direct impact on the final business output: delivering for our patients. In the day-to-day, people want deliveries on time or sooner. Supply chain is making the difference, and we are playing a bigger role every day within the company. How can we make sure we deliver on those unexpected opportunities? How can the supply chain be more agile and be able to support those opportunities?
“We are seeing a real impact on business outcomes from that increased supply chain agility. I would say that the supply chain at Sanofi will continue to become more influential within the business. Sanofi’s evolution as a business means we will see the supply chain being more as an orchestrator, not only for the supply chain area, but for full end-to-end processes.”
For supply chain leaders looking to take on their own bold transformational projects, Melul’s advice is to make sure the foundations are properly laid. “First, of course, get strong master data,” she advises. “Make sure you go step by step. There will be a lot of ways to improve as you proceed. I believe that the adoption or transformation is easier when we get the time to explain where the benefits will be, and we can get simple initial plans that we can improve and enhance day after day. Our quick wins setup ensures we are prepared enough to proceed and move ahead to the next stage. The ambition can stay very high, but we need to make sure we have the step-by-step approach to work in an agile mode. And start simple, but start now!”
Lorenzo Romano, CEO of GCX Managed Services, explains the ways in which supply chain professionals can work around current challenges.
SHARE THIS STORY
The turbulence of 2025 has brought significant disruption to global supply chains, amplifying existing complexities and introducing new challenges. From a network management perspective, businesses are grappling with regional compliance standards, the security of third-party data and applications and the logistical difficulty of tracking assets worldwide, including in remote ‘dark spots’. These are no longer isolated technical concerns; they are central to business continuity and operational resilience.
Ongoing challenges, intensified by recent volatility, should prompt businesses to reassess their strategies. As cross-border operations become more critical, agility – both technological and strategic – will be essential to navigate shifting economic conditions. Those unable to adapt may find themselves facing further obstacles, especially those unable to differentiate or scale effectively. Reinforcing this point, research shows that 70% of businesses are planning to increase their investment in supply chain technology, driven by the promise of enhanced reporting, advanced analytics, improved system uptime and more seamless integration capabilities.
The role of MSPs in business resilience
Managed Service Providers (MSPs) are playing a pivotal role in helping businesses navigate this uncertainty. Their value extends beyond technical support to encompass strategic guidance and operational transformation. A recent Gartner study reveals that 61% of executives view technology as a key competitive advantage in supply chain operations, while 20% highlight the importance of emerging technologies in driving supply chain innovation. The report also emphasises the need to strengthen supplier relationships as a strategic priority.
In this context, MSPs are playing a pivotal role in helping organisations reassess and realign their supply chain strategies. They support efforts to diversify supplier networks, facilitate scalable technology adoption and cultivate strategic partnerships, all of which are essential for building resilience in the face of ongoing market volatility.
Securing the supply chain with Zero Trust
A key component of supply chain resilience is the adoption of a global Zero Trust framework. When supply chains span multiple jurisdictions and involve numerous third parties, traditional perimeter-based security models are no longer fit for purpose. Zero Trust continuously verifies every user, device and application, regardless of location, thereby minimising the risk of breaches and ensuring secure access to critical systems and data.
MSPs play a crucial role in implementing and maintaining these architectures, leveraging their established relationships with regional suppliers and vendors worldwide. This enables businesses to more effectively deploy Zero Trust frameworks and strengthen their defences against increasingly sophisticated threats.
Building ecosystems for long-term success
Success depends not only on technological infrastructure but also on the strength of a business’s vendor and partner ecosystem. MSPs contribute to building these by focusing on value-added services that go beyond traditional IT support. By cultivating collaborative relationships and aligning with partners who share a commitment to innovation and agility, businesses can better withstand disruption and maintain operational continuity.
While supply chain volatility is inevitable, it does not have to be debilitating. With the right blend of innovative technology, Zero Trust security and resilient partner ecosystems, businesses can remain agile and competitive. MSPs are central to this effort, helping organisations build the operational strength and adaptability needed to thrive. As 2025 continues to unfold, it will be the capacity for rapid adjustment and strategic foresight that defines long-term success.
SupplyChain Strategy sits down with Ronald Kleijwegt, CEO at Vinturas, to explore the impact of recent tariff changes and geopolitical disruptions on global supply chains.
SHARE THIS STORY
Donald Trump’s global trade war seems to be in a lull right now. Reciprocal tariffs between the US and China have paused, the US auto industry managed to compel the Trump administration to ease its levies on cars and vehicle components, and a successful trade deal between the UK and US has de-escalated transatlantic tensions somewhat. Friction between the US and EU, as well as with Canada to the north, remain high, however, and if there’s one thing the last four months have taught supply chain leaders, it’s that when it comes to the current US government, it’s unwise to take any amount of stability for granted.
To take stock — as well as to try and understand what supply chain leaders can do to navigate periods of intense disruption — SupplyChain Strategy sat down with Ronald Kleijwegt, CEO at Vinturas, a Netherlands-based company that develops supply chain network software intended to provide real-time end-to-end visibility for supply chain and logistics teams. While our discussion focused on the impact of recent tariff changes and geopolitical disruptions on supply chains Kleijwegt was keen to highlight the fact that supply chains have always dealt with unpredictability and pain points of one kind or another. Citing examples like the Fukushima earthquake and the Eyjafjallajökull ash cloud, Kleijwegt emphasised the importance of accurate data and technology for resilience to ensure that the supply chains of today survive to become tomorrow’s success stories.
SupplyChain Strategy: Ronald, could you help us set the stage a bit? I think it’s important to recognise that we’re operating in an increasingly unpredictable environment with a lot of pressures and headwinds. Then there’s always some specific context defining the exact moment we’re having these conversations. For example, in the last couple of days, we’ve seen restructuring in the US–China tariff relationship.
Still, uncertainty remains very high. Things are changing all the time. Could you give us a sense of where things currently stand with the latest tariff developments and what that means for organisations trying to stabilise their supply chains?
Ronald Kleijwegt: “Happy to. First of all, welcome to the world of supply chain! Maybe I’m getting a bit older, but like you said, today it’s about tariffs and trade relations with China. Tomorrow, it might be an earthquake somewhere in the world or another ash cloud grounding flights.
“Although I now run an IT software company, I spent most of my career managing large, complex supply chain operations globally. For example, I was deeply involved during the Fukushima earthquake, which had a massive impact due to sole sourcing of components in Japan. The same happened with the Icelandic ash cloud that shut down airspace.
“Now, we’re dealing with tariff changes in North America. There’s a 90-day grace period, but from a long-term supply chain management perspective, 90 days means very little. You’re still in reactive mode.
“Since COVID, the dynamics of global supply chains have intensified. Crises are no longer isolated—they’re overlapping and constant. To respond effectively, organisations need the right data and information, fast. With that, you can be agile and resilient.”
Ronald Kleijwegt, Vinturas CEO
SupplyChain Strategy:Absolutely. One other point is that these disruptions often bring ripple effects, like new regulatory hurdles or customs red tape. Could you speak to how organisations can deal with that increasing level of administrative complexity?
Ronald Kleijwegt: “It’s a good question, and the answer often depends on how governments choose to respond.
“In North America, for example, tariffs have been increased across the board. In my experience, it’s more effective when governments try to attract companies by offering incentives—like tax breaks or subsidies—not by creating blanket penalties.
“When I worked closely with governments, we had to educate them on how supply chains function. If you want to localise production, you need to lower duties on components and raise them on finished goods. That sounds obvious, but many countries still get it wrong.
“The US is now imposing tariffs across the board—including on components—which can be counterproductive. Then there’s the customs infrastructure. In some countries, like Germany, it’s still quite archaic, and delays in implementation disrupt supply chains even further. Policy decisions might be made at a boardroom level, but the operational side often lags far behind.
“A good example of a country doing things right is Morocco. They’ve successfully built a manufacturing ecosystem where over 65% of sourcing is local. This makes them highly competitive, especially with shipping access to South America and the US East Coast.
“Ultimately, companies can adapt to tariffs and regulatory shifts, but they need stability. You can’t build strategy around constantly shifting policies.
“At the end of the day, companies make decisions based on total landed cost, not just the price of production.
“Adidas, for example, adopted what they called Smart Manufacturing. Fast-moving products were produced closer to demand markets, while slower-moving items remained centralized, even if it meant slightly higher costs. It worked because the overall cost-efficiency improved.
“The problem isn’t just tariffs; it’s the constant change. You can’t build a company or strategy when the rules shift every 90 days.”
SupplyChain Strategy:Do you think we’ve entered a phase where economic policy is more deeply politicised?
Ronald Kleijwegt: “What we’re seeing in the US right now is pretty unprecedented.
“Historically, trade barriers and subsidies have always existed. Offshoring to China, for instance, was largely driven by subsidies that made manufacturing cheaper. Even the US took advantage of that.
“But politics and trade are now more openly intertwined. Still, even with sanctions—take Russia as an example—trade finds a way. Goods flow through Dubai, Turkey, Kazakhstan, and so on. You can’t stop trade entirely.”
SupplyChain Strategy: What do the next 12 to 18 months look like for supply chain organisations that want to improve visibility and resilience?
Ronald Kleijwegt: “We’re in an ongoing crisis environment—COVID, wars, trade issues. But one positive is that supply chain now has a seat at the boardroom table. That recognition is growing.
“Companies are also realising that visibility alone isn’t enough. They’re shifting from simple dashboards to full-scale network solutions that connect their entire ecosystem. That’s how you get high-quality data, and that’s how you make AI and automation work effectively.
“More companies are coming around. It’s not just about having the latest tech; it’s about transforming how supply chains operate.
“Change is coming. And, for those that embrace it, there’s a big opportunity.”
Koray Köse, Founder and Chief Analyst for Kose Advisory and Senior Fellow at GlobSEC’s GeoTech Research Center, discusses how to navigate a complex, chaotic world amid a disruptive and tumultuous geopolitical landscape
SHARE THIS STORY
35 years ago, the end of the Cold War in 1989 unleashed a wave of globalisation that fuelled unprecedented economic growth through trade, innovation, and economic imbalances. The US led this era, orchestrating a global order where Western economies pivoted to services and innovation, outsourcing manufacturing to Asia and the Global South.
Today, that order is unravelling. As we transition from the fifth Kondratiev Cycle’s digital revolution to the sixth cycle—powered by AI, quantum computing, space, and biotech—we face a profound recalibration of global power. At Kose Advisory, we call this the “Multipolar Resilience Recalibration Framework,” a strategic lens for navigating a world where new power blocs—China, Russia, BRICS, the Turkic belt, and a newly assertive European Union—challenge US dominance in trade, technology, and ideology.
This is not a mere transition; it’s a seismic reset. Governments struggle to regulate AI’s transformative potential, corporations grapple with fragmented supply chains, and nations slide into proxy and direct conflicts. Supranational institutions like the WTO and UN are losing relevance, undermined by bureaucracy and shifting priorities. In this multipolar chaos, data-driven insights—drawn from proprietary supply chain analytics and geopolitical foresight—reveal opportunities for those bold enough to act.
As we navigate this fractured landscape, one truth emerges: in chaos, we must create.
A changing world order: Power blocs and technological divergence
The emergence of assertive leaders—Donald Trump, Xi Jinping, Vladimir Putin, Recep Tayyip Erdoğan—reflects a deeper struggle: no major power, especially one with a divergent ideology, willingly cedes control over global trade or technology. China’s rise is stark. It controls 69% of global rare earth production and refining (US: 1%, Europe: 15%, USGS 2024) and leads in robotics, with 470 robots per 10,000 workers compared to the US’s 295 and Europe’s 219 (Germany: 429, IFR 2024). South Korea, with 1,012 robots per 10,000 employees, sets the global benchmark.
Meanwhile, China’s AI advancements—evident in Huawei’s Ascend chips and Baidu’s Ernie models—threaten US technological primacy, forcing a strategic recalibration. The US-China trade war exemplifies this shift. By April 21, 2025, US tariffs on Chinese imports hit 145%, with China retaliating at 125%. A fragile 90-day truce, effective May 14, 2025, reduced US tariffs to 30% and Chinese tariffs to 10%, with average rates at 51.1% (US on China) and 32.6% (China on US, PIIE 2025). Yet, legal challenges, including a May 28, 2025, US Court of International Trade ruling against tariff authority, signal ongoing volatility. China’s response—curtailing rare earth exports and imposing visa restrictions on US students—underscores the stakes.
Economic warfare, though less visible, is warfare.
The same principle applies at the corporate level: navigating both macro and micro shifts requires sharp insight and unbiased, sophisticated analytics utilising AI and advanced scenario planning and supply chain risk management technology (think of leading solutions like Exiger, apexanalytix, and few more). Kose Advisory’s Multipolar Resilience Recalibration Framework advises leaders to anticipate these shifts.
In a deeply interconnected world, even minor miscalculations can escalate into major disruptions—making strategic, informed decision-making not merely advantageous, but essential for resilience and relevance.
I believe the current US administration sees this moment as a last exit ramp. Miss that, and the US might lose its ability to shape its future. Ever since the World Wars, the US has dominated global trade rules, in part because European economies haven’t been strong enough to play that role. But now, China’s not just catching up—they’re launching AI breakthroughs, chip advancements and trigger market disruptions that challenge US dominance.
Consequently, these tariffs are more than short-term wins. They’re intended to reset the entire global framework—how we trade, how we build supply chains and how we think about technology, labor and social fabrics.
A blunt approach: Strategic adaptation in a tariff-driven world
If Biden’s Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act (UFLPA) was surgical by targeting China’s textiles, aluminum, and solar panel sectors with principled precision, Trump’s tariff strategy is a shock and awe therapy: it’s blunt, radical and it assumes collateral damage.
Supply chain leaders, in particular, must prepare for significant upheaval. First, that means moving past the shock. Too many companies are still waiting to “see where the chips fall.” That’s dangerous. Approaches like friendshoring must move quickly: Everyone wants to go to the “safe” zones, but if you wait too long, you’re at the back of the line. Mexico and Canada look like relative winners in this situation for anyone trading with the US. Trump knows Mexico is critical for manufacturing, and Mexico isn’t trying to dominate AI or control strategic assets like the Panama Canal.
Companies need to recalibrate quickly, even if it appears impossible. If your entire model is based on sourcing from China and selling in the US, you shouldn’t wait for tariffs to become permanent disruptors before adjusting. Yes, you’ll take short-term losses—but if you wait, you might not be able to find the capacity elsewhere, or you might not be able to afford the transition when capital becomes more expensive. Assume transformation pain and losses while you still can.
Right now, there’s still financing available, and interest rates—while high(er) than in the previous decade—are manageable. But that window may close quickly. Market manipulations can spike US bond yields overnight—done so by China which, in 2024, held an average of $772.5 billion in Treasury bonds, and is the second-largest foreign US debt holder, just behind Japan. If the Fed sees inflation and low unemployment, they won’t lower rates—no matter what Trump wants. That makes financing tougher.
Supply chain leaders must not panic, but they do need to act decisively. Assertive, educated and risk managing leaders will be positioned best. Identify the core driver of your business—whether it’s people, processes or technology—and rebuild around that in a region that offers stability for the next five or so years. Assume temporary losses, but protect yourself from catastrophic ones. Once this recalibration settles, we’ll enter a normalisation period. We will eventually enter the summer of the Kondratiev Cycle — a period of economic maturity and peak growth, where the core technologies of the cycle reach widespread adoption, driving productivity and profitability. AI and quantum computing are expected to drive growth through the 2030s, based on current technological trends.
But eventually, autumn will follow—a season of readjustment, where growth slows, financial cracks appear, and confidence begins to wane, possibly prompting renewed cooperation with former rivals to extend stability. By that point, you want to be in a strong position.
A new business triangle: Geopolitics, economics, technology
The traditional “people, process, technology” triangle no longer suffices. Success in a multipolar world demands a second triangle—geopolitics, economics, technology—with technology as the linchpin driving the sixth Kondratiev Cycle (AI, quantum computing, 2030s growth). Kose Advisory’s Multipolar Resilience Recalibration Framework integrates these triangles, enabling clients to balance operational excellence with strategic foresight.
Value chains succeed when they lead in both triangles—balancing operational excellence with strategic foresight—and keep their eyes on the day after tomorrow.
It’s no longer enough to optimise for efficiency alone. You need to understand which geopolitical blocs you’re operating in. There’s the US-anchored bloc, the emancipating North Atlantic/European bloc including the UK, the Eurasian axis led by Russia, the China-led bloc, the Turkic belt, and the BRICS nations, just to name a few of the most powerful and are diverging.
If you aim to operate across multiple blocs, your supply chain must be architected to handle that complexity and not all blocs are compatible. Some are fundamentally at odds.
Companies need to identify those blocs and build supply chains that align accordingly. And it’s no longer purely about geography—it’s also about technological and ideological compatibility. There’s a growing phenomenon known as the ‘balkanisation of technology.’ Think of it like electrical adapters in different countries… even though coding standards might be similar globally, the rules around how and where you run your tech are diverging. For instance, China strongly discourages state-run companies from running on US cloud infrastructure. They have to use a Chinese cloud provider, like Alibaba. So if you want to do business in China, you’re not just dealing with different regulations—you’re potentially rebuilding your entire tech stack. Another recent example, such as US restrictions on AI chip exports to China (reported in May 2025) or China’s retaliatory visa restrictions for US students, illustrate ongoing decoupling.
Economically, different blocs are entering divergent growth and recession cycles. If you’re operating across multiple regions, your supply chain must be elastic, adaptive, and agile enough to respond to each environment’s unique dynamics. In some cases, this may require decoupling your business operations entirely. A global tech firm, for instance, may find it necessary to develop parallel manufacturing, compliance, and data infrastructures—one for Western markets and another for China—just to maintain market access. In an increasingly fractured landscape, some countries may even say: “If you’re operating in one bloc, you’re not welcome in ours.” Tech transfer restrictions and IP risks are no longer hypothetical—they’re strategic realities. As a result, companies are being forced to choose sides and rearchitect their business models accordingly. Risk management must become your core competency.
The end of an era: Seizing opportunity in chaos
Globalisation, as we knew it, is over. The mantra of “people, process, technology” has given way to raw, lean effectiveness: what you produce, where you produce it, and how you secure it, with efficiency as a critical but secondary factor.
Kose Advisory’s Multipolar Resilience Recalibration Framework equips leaders to thrive in this chaos by prioritizing agility and foresight. Capital is critical. If you have access to it now, use it to make the necessary structural changes. In a recession, forecasting revenue becomes increasingly difficult, and the risk of failure escalates significantly – so will financing your business and investments into the day after tomorrow.
In the end, you’ve got two choices: You may die trying, or certainly die not trying. As the Turkish saying goes, “Cesurlar bir kez ölür, korkaklar her gün ölür”—the brave die once, but cowards die every day.
The future favours those bold enough to shape it.
By Koray Kose, Founder and Chief Analyst for Kose Advisory and Senior Fellow at GlobSEC’s GeoTech Research Center.
Tüpraş: Fostering sustainable operations There are few better examples of procurement’s transformation from back-office function to strategic imperative than at…
SHARE THIS STORY
Tüpraş: Fostering sustainable operations
There are few better examples of procurement’s transformation from back-office function to strategic imperative than at oil and petrochemical company Tüpraş, the largest industrial enterprise in Turkey that operates four refineries located in İzmit, İzmir, Kırıkkale, and Batman, with a total annual crude oil processing capacity of over 30 million tonnes. Since its privatisation in 2006, as Koç Holding’s leading company in energy sector, its success has been supported by the contributions of its overhauled procurement function.
Tüpraş’s procurement function has played a pivotal role in adopting innovative technologies, while its long-term strategies concerning ESG initiatives and further advancements in technology are also deeply reliant on this function. Effectively capturing, harnessing, and fostering the potential of procurement across such an extensive business operation is an immense challenge. Keen to learn more about the leadership behind Tüpraş’s procurement-focused successes, CPOstrategy sat down with four key players in the company’s roster.
“Procurement has truly become a strategic partner to the business,” states Göksel Baydar, the company’s Supply Chain Executive Director, “It’s no longer just a cost-saving function but plays a critical role in driving innovation, managing risks, and supporting the overall business strategy. Our procurement strategy is centred around creating value for the company by leveraging data and insights to make informed decisions.”
SEKO Logistics – building supply chain resilience through standardisation and engagement
Venditti heads up the company’s supply chain operations, with over 30 years’ experience in the field across a huge breadth of industries and logistics specialisms. “I never envisioned staying in this business,” he says of starting out in logistics with a grocery chain. “All of a sudden the more I was in this business, the more I realised I was enjoying the opportunity. I became fascinated with all the intricacies of how a product moves from point A to point B.”
As tariffs come into effect for many of the US’s major international economic partners, 3PL finds itself again bracing for impact. We speak to Mike Venditti, Former VP of Supply Chain at SEKO Logistics, who can see their impact already. “I do see a lot more of what I would call nearshoring, or bringing business within the states, than I saw prior,” he tells us.
Plus, we have three exclusive interviews from the Kinexions event in Texas earlier this year. Jennifer Dorsch, Syensqo, Diane Melul, Sanofi and Andrew Bell, Kinaxis provide the expertise, plus we have a behind-the-scenes review of the event itself.
Johnny Ivanyi, Global Head of Logistics at Bayer Crop Science, on managing the complexity of today’s supply chain amid a digital transformation and sustainability boom.
SHARE THIS STORY
Today’s supply chain is full of challenges.
Disruptions such as geopolitical tensions, climate change and the lingering impact of the pandemic have all had their respective impact on organisations and their strategies. As a result, supply chain and procurement leaders have been propelled to the top of the c-suite and are making key, strategic decisions to drive tangible impact on a company’s strategy. Quite the rise to the top for a function traditionally hidden away out of sight.
Supply chain transparency
According to Johnny Ivanyi, Global Head of Logistics at Bayer Crop Science, one of the main areas he is focused on revolves around improving the transparency and visibility of the entire end-to-end supply chain. “I want to remove silos between system and process because Bayer to improve the performance of the operation as a global company,” he tells us. “The big question is how you can transform these dots of information into complete end-to-end connectivity and we call this ‘Smart Centre.’ You have to build transparency but also at the same time you have to ask how you can ensure real-time tracking in order to make the right decision. How can my team on the ground and the field make the right decision at the right time?”
The Bayer Crop Science division is a world-leading agriculture enterprise with businesses in seeds, crop protection. The crop protection/seeds operating unit markets a broad portfolio of high-value seeds, while also providing extensive customer service for sustainable agriculture. The global supply and logistics team manages a large worldwide and local network of LSPs and suppliers to provide the ingredients necessary to make their products.
Data-driven supply chain management
In 2024, Bayer Crop Science chose a solution to provide their Supply Command Centre. Bayer joined the Digital Supply Chain Network to take advantage of a large and growing ecosystem, bringing efficiency, reliability, agility and predictability to their global supply chain operations. Speaking at the time of the announcement in 2024, Ivanyi said: “We have great expectations that this new platform will support us to improve our customer experience and our logistics operations throughout the entire global supply chain network.”
Ivanyi joined Bayer in August 2019 and today leads the global supply chain and logistics strategy. As part of his role, he is driving the logistics transformation across regions by identifying, assessing and implementing innovative, best-in-class strategy methods and new technologies. These include Global Transportation Management Solutions (TMS), Global Warehousing Management Solutions (WMS), Last Mile Visibility, and Logistics Smart Centres, such as business intelligence and data analytics. He explains that another important item on his agenda today is change management amid the rise of new innovations entering the marketplace. “We have different generations in logistics so how do you share with your teams that there is a change in the mindset of the way of working? It’s not about show-and-join experience, but about making the right decisions with data,” says Ivanyi. “The final element is data connecting with generative AI (GenAI). The big challenge is balancing and prioritising everything.”
GenAI journey
Indeed, GenAI has become one of the biggest buzzwords in the supply chain and procurement space amid a significant industry-wide boom. Automation and the acceleration of new digital tools are transforming how companies operate and do business. However, one of the biggest questions within the industry today is how mature is this technology and how many use cases are there? In Ivanyi and Bayer’s case, they can back it up.
“We actually have several use cases — at least four or five in logistics and supply chain that we’re actively working on,” he reveals. “One key use case is maximising on-time delivery in our go-to-market strategy, from our distribution centres to customers. We’re leveraging machine learning and generative AI to analyse provider performance over the last two to three years, helping us predict their reliability today. For instance, if a provider has shown consistent delays in a particular route, we can anticipate issues and take proactive measures.
“Another use case is within warehouse operations. Even though our organisation operates on a 3PL outsourcing model, we’re working on improving real-time warehouse visualisation—connecting inventory management with payment performance. The goal is to bridge the gaps between systems, improving operational efficiency.
“A third major initiative is track-and-trace visibility for our 40,000 ocean containers worldwide. We rely on manual uploads to track container locations across multiple providers and platforms. We are exploring how GenAI and automation can eliminate human intervention while ensuring seamless system integration. The objective isn’t to replace people, but rather to enhance system interoperability and reduce manual workload. These are three of our most critical use cases, and while we have several proofs of concept underway, these remain top of mind for us right now.”
Mitigating challenges
Bayer is partnering with Gartner on its digital roadmap, and following a recent in-depth conversation, how to unleash the power of data was heavily discussed. According to Ivanyi, there are several key areas tied to success within data analytics. “If you have the right data, clearly understand your use case, and define your desired outcomes, you create a strong foundation for success. These three elements—data, use case clarity, and outcome alignment—are crucial,” he tells us. “We also believe in a step-by-step approach, starting with proof of concept. Rather than tackling everything at once, we begin with a single warehouse or distribution centre and scale up from there. However, the biggest challenge remains data, especially given the complexity within our ecosystem. As we transition to S/4HANA, we must also integrate various satellite systems.
“In my view, the key to generative AI success is having the right data and a clear vision. When these align, they drive meaningful outputs and impactful business outcomes. You can have cutting-edge technology powering your GenAI, but without high-quality data as the raw material and a clear framework to measure results, you’re setting yourself up for challenges. If you don’t know how to validate your data, there will be gaps.”
Sustainability drive
Alongside digital transformation, a second key topic dominating boardrooms and conferences today is sustainability. The business world has shifted and both the expectations of the consumer and global legislation dictate that greener strategies are the way forward, especially with the United Nations’ 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development in the background. But Ivanyi is optimistic that things are moving in the right direction for Bayer and the wider industry. “I believe we are on the right track,” he says. “We are making significant progress and putting in a great deal of effort to drive meaningful outcomes. Our first priority is establishing the right metrics to measure CO2 emissions globally. By implementing a standardised metric, we can define our baseline and track progress toward our 2030 sustainability goals.
“Secondly, we are embedding sustainability into every aspect of continuous improvement. As I mentioned before, we are exploring ways to align digital platforms with sustainability opportunities. It’s not just about cost efficiency—we also prioritise customer experience, which is a core obsession at Bayer, while ensuring sustainability is a fundamental part of our decision-making process.
“In fact, we already have use cases in the field where real-time decisions are being made based on CO2 emissions. For example, when planning transportation from point A to point B, our Transportation Management System (TMS) can calculate mileage and estimate the CO2 emissions for a given route, enabling us to make informed, eco-conscious decisions. Ultimately, it’s about integrating sustainability into our platforms and daily operations. Every use case we develop should not only drive operational improvements but also align with our broader sustainability goals.”
However, reaching sustainability targets isn’t easy and is impossible to achieve alone. Ivanyi believes that ensuring alignment and mutual understanding with partners is a key piece of the puzzle. “A crucial aspect of collaboration is working with our partners to develop the right solutions while fostering a strong sustainability mindset,” he explains. “The key is collaboration, step by step, with transparency at the core. We need to be open about our internal goals, the opportunities we see, and where we believe improvements can be made. Our partners should align with these sustainability objectives so that we’re all moving in the same direction. Ultimately, in the world of logistics, success comes down to how well you connect with your partners. At the end of the day, they are the ones putting the wheels on the road, so building a strong, clear collaboration with them is essential to driving progress.”
Brighter future
Looking ahead, the global investment in new technologies is not going to die down anytime soon. With the supply chain and logistics space set to be digital-focused for the foreseeable future, Ivanyi explains the biggest hurdle will be tailoring digitalisation to each individual organisation because all are built differently. “There’s no turning back—everyone is moving toward digital transformation,” he tells us. “Of course, this requires changes in processes and systems, but more importantly, it requires a shift in mindset. I always say it’s about moving ‘from data to behaviour.’ It’s not just about collecting information—it’s about using it to drive smart decision-making.
“Think of it like a pilot in a cockpit. The key is having the right metrics and insights at your fingertips, enabling you to make the best decisions—whether they’re focused on customer experience, operational performance, or strategic direction. More and more, companies are investing in digitalisation because it’s the only way forward. But success doesn’t just come from implementing new technology; it comes from training teams and fostering a mindset that embraces this transformation.
“Another critical element is differentiation. There’s no one-size-fits-all solution for companies operating on a global scale. You can’t apply the same tailored approach everywhere, but at the same time, there isn’t a single universal strategy that works for all. The key is striking the right balance—adapting to regional needs while maintaining a cohesive digital strategy.
“One thing is clear: digital transformation is inevitable. The real question is where each company focuses its efforts—whether in warehousing, transportation, inventory, or beyond. Everyone is on this journey; the difference will be in how mature and strategic their approach is.”
Cyrus Gilbert-Rolfe, Chief Commercial Officer at Kezzler, dives into how supply chain professionals can prepare for the future by standardising their data.
SHARE THIS STORY
In today’s world of fragmented value chains and increasing uncertainty, supply chain disruption is no longer an exception – it’s sadly, often, the norm. Whether due to global conflicts, climate events, pandemics, or regulatory pressure, businesses must now operate with agility and foresight. And at the heart of this transformation lies a simple but critical need: data.
More specifically, the ability to capture, share, and interpret granular supply chain data in real time is becoming a cornerstone of operational resilience, sustainability, and regulatory compliance. That’s where EPCIS 2.0, GS1’s visibility data standard, comes into play.
Unlike its predecessor, EPCIS 2.0 reflects the reality of modern supply chains. It supports richer, more structured data, enabling interoperable traceability across systems, stakeholders, and borders.
Digital traceability is no longer optional
The demand for traceability is growing exponentially. Consumers expect to know where their products come from, under what conditions they were made, and how they can be reused or recycled. Regulators, particularly in the EU, are implementing frameworks like the Digital Product Passport (DPP) to enforce such transparency.
These shifts introduce massive data requirements that legacy systems were never designed to handle. Fragmented systems, paper-based processes, and non-standard formats not only increase inefficiencies, but they also make compliance, sustainability, and recall management nearly impossible to scale.
EPCIS 2.0 is built to address this. It provides a common language for supply chain events, allowing businesses to capture detailed, event-based data such as where an item was shipped, under what temperature conditions, or which batch of raw material was used. This level of insight can be the difference between a swift product recall and a full-blown crisis.
From compliance to circularity: What EPCIS 2.0 enables
The relevance of EPCIS 2.0 extends far beyond compliance. Its core capabilities are based on capturing the ‘what, when, where, why, and how’ of each product movement or transformation, making it a foundational tool for the circular economy.
Sustainability: By embedding certifications, sustainability claims, and environmental data into digital events, companies can provide transparent proof of product provenance and lifecycle impacts.
Recall and risk management: When a problem arises, whether a contaminated food ingredient or faulty component, companies can immediately isolate and trace the affected batches, minimising financial and reputational damage.
Product lifecycle management: By tracking items from production through repair, resale, and recycling, EPCIS 2.0 supports extended producer responsibility and enables efficient returns or refurbishment programs.
Crucially, this level of traceability is achieved not through bespoke integrations or proprietary software, but through global standards, enabling seamless interoperability across borders and industries.
A real-world example: Building a data marketplace at scale
The journey toward end-to-end digital traceability can be complex. But when done right, the benefits extend far beyond logistics.
Take the case of Migros Group, Switzerland’s largest retailer. Facing challenges around fragmented data, inefficient returns processes, and lack of supply chain visibility, Migros set out to modernise its operations – not through piecemeal tools, but through the creation of a centralised Logistics Data Marketplace based on EPCIS 2.0.
This initiative involved:
Assigning unique digital identities to each returnable transport item (RTI), enabling precise tracking and reuse.
Automating data capture using RFID, which reduced reliance on manual entry and minimized errors.
Capturing EPCIS event data for key steps like aggregation, shipping, and receiving – allowing for full visibility of every batch, pallet, and shipment.
The result? Improved shelf availability, reduced waste, faster goods receiving, and a stronger foundation for sustainability reporting. Most notably, the data was not siloed – it was made available through a collaborative platform where all stakeholders, from manufacturers to distributors, could access the same real-time insights.
How supply chain leaders can prepare
While EPCIS 2.0 is technically advanced, its real power lies in its simplicity: using shared standards to enable shared visibility. But to implement it successfully, companies need to follow some strategic steps:
Start with your business problems: Whether it’s improving inventory accuracy, meeting regulatory demands, or enabling product take-back schemes, your use case should drive your data model – not the other way around.
Map your critical process steps: Identify where visibility matters most. For example, in a cold chain, temperature monitoring at transit points may be critical. In manufacturing, the transformation of raw materials into finished goods is key.
Model visibility events: Using EPCIS’s event types you can structure how each step is tracked, verified, and shared.
Use the Core Business Vocabulary (CBV): Adhering to standardised vocabulary ensures your data can be understood and used by partners and regulators alike.
Enable interoperability through Digital Link: Combining EPCIS 2.0 with the GS1 Digital Link standard allows serialized product data to be directly embedded into on-pack codes, creating a bridge between physical products and digital data.
Looking ahead: A foundation for resilience
The convergence of regulation, consumer expectation, and technology is changing how businesses think about supply chains. What was once an operational back end is now a strategic asset – central to reputation, revenue, and resilience.
By adopting EPCIS 2.0, companies are not simply responding to change – they are laying the groundwork for a future-ready infrastructure. This approach enables real-time, data-driven decision-making, facilitates transparent product journeys that help build consumer trust, and allows for faster, more accurate responses to disruptions. Additionally, it fosters smarter collaboration across supply chain networks, ensuring all stakeholders can operate with a shared understanding and greater agility.
The stakes are high, but the opportunity is greater. For those willing to embrace data standardisation and traceability, EPCIS 2.0 offers a clear and powerful path forward.
Dave Howorth, Executive Director at global supply chain and logistics consultancy, SCALA, discusses the ways in which food scarcity can be adjusted to.
SHARE THIS STORY
Empty supermarket shelves are becoming increasingly common in the UK; they act as an unsettling reminder of just how fragile our food supply has become. From climate-driven crop failures abroad to shifting political alliances and trade tariffs, the systems we rely on to stock our fridges are under increasing pressure. Once optimised for speed and cost-efficiency, today’s global food supply chains are straining under the weight of unpredictable and often overlapping crises.
The UK is heavily reliant on food imports, which renders it particularly vulnerable. Disruptions abroad can lead to ripple effects on domestic prices, availability, and consumer confidence. It’s imperative for retailers, food manufacturers, and logistics providers to reassess sourcing, transportation, and forecasting strategies to ensure food security for the long-term.
Climate and trade disruptions
Recent research underscores the vulnerability of specific crops. For example, a report by Christian Aid warns that climate change poses a severe threat to bananas, the world’s most consumed fruit and a dietary staple for over 400 million people. Alarmingly, by 2080, nearly two-thirds of banana-growing areas in Latin America and the Caribbean may become unsuitable. This is due to rising temperatures, extreme weather, and climate-induced pests. And this is not the first crop which is vanishing from UK shelves; recent reports highlight that oranges, grapes, and even tinned sardines have all been in short supply, demonstrating the very real threat of food scarcity.
Simultaneously, Trump’s tariffs could exacerbate the UK’s challenges when it comes to accessing affordable imports. Whilst the recent US-UK trade agreement has introduced certain concessions, significant challenges persist. Crucially, tariffs can lead to higher prices for imported goods, affecting both producers and their consumers in turn. Combined, these factors contribute to a volatile food system which could struggle to deliver consistent, affordable supply.
Building resilience: strategic imperatives
The good news is that a strategic, long-term approach to sourcing can help cultivate food security. The following approaches can make all the difference when it comes to building this resilience.
1. Data-driven forecasting
Advanced analytics and scenario planning are critical tools in navigating changing circumstances. AI-powered forecasting models can assess historical sales trends, climate patterns, political risk indicators, and market signals, enabling supply chain leaders to anticipate potential shortages and make informed sourcing and stocking decisions. However, accurate forecasting depends on quality data, necessitating transparency and collaboration across the entire supply chain to ensure everyone is working from the same point of ‘truth’.
2. Diversified sourcing
Relying on a single region or supplier for essential goods is a recipe for future disruption. Developing multi-sourcing strategies that include a mix of global, regional, and local providers can enhance resilience – ensuring that if one supplier can’t provide, a contingency is already in place to meet demand. While this approach introduces a level of complexity, it enables agility in responding to disruptions – whether by shifting to alternate trade partners or tapping into contingency inventories.
3. Collaborative resilience
The pandemic only underlined the necessity of supply chain collaboration and agility. Joint planning between manufacturers, retailers, and logistics providers can enable smarter demand sensing, shared transport solutions, and strategic stockholding that protect availability and the flow of product during turbulent times. Initiatives like shared visibility platforms and collaborative planning forums facilitate a shift from reactive to proactive resilience-building.
4. Nearshoring considerations
Interest in nearshoring or reshoring food production is growing as businesses seek to reduce reliance on vulnerable global trade routes. While challenges such as higher labour and land costs exist, nearshoring can offer greater control, shorter lead times, and reduced exposure to geopolitical risk. However, its feasibility depends on product type, resource availability, and long-term infrastructure investment. As such, nearshoring needs to considered as one component of a broader resilience strategy that is unique to each business.
Strengthening the foundations of food supply
To navigate the road ahead, businesses should shift from an efficiency-first mindset to one that equally prioritises endurance and adaptability. This entails investing in forecasting tools, diversifying sourcing strategies, embracing collaboration, and considering structural changes like nearshoring. Food scarcity is not inevitable – but avoiding it requires rethinking the supply chain.
SupplyChain Strategy descended upon Austin, Texas, to join the supply chain leaders keeping the world moving at Kinexions 2025 –…
SHARE THIS STORY
SupplyChain Strategy descended upon Austin, Texas, to join the supply chain leaders keeping the world moving at Kinexions 2025 – Kinaxis’ flagship event spotlighting the next leap in autonomous, AI-powered orchestration.
From agentic AI to a unified data foundation accelerated through its collaboration with Databricks, Kinaxis showed how it’s turning orchestration from aspiration to execution – with the speed and certainty today’s businesses demand.
Early morning and the sun was blazing outside the palatial Fairmont Hotel, in downtown Austin. Inside, there was a palpable excitement as a thousand attendees of Kinexions congregated for breakfast. We certainly felt honoured to be representing SupplyChain Strategy courtesy of Kinaxis. Kinaxis are the software gurus who have both transformed supply chain through their Maestro platform. They have also attracted the leading lights of the function from many of the world’s biggest companies. ExxonMobil, Eaton, Volvo Cars, Colgate-Palmolive, Merck & Co., General Motors, National Instruments, and Schneider Electric have all come to Texas.
Kinexions started as it meant to go on. The headline ‘A Revolution’ dominating the screens behind the huge, purple-tinted stage as the keynote speakers walked on to huge applause. Bob Courteau, Interim CEO, Kinaxis, Mark Morgan, President, Commercial Operations, Kinaxis and Andrew Bell, Chief Product Officer, Kinaxis kicked proceedings off with a blistering and inspirational set of presentations. The message was clear: true orchestration, meaning a fully connected, always aware, and-able-to act-instantly supply chain – is finally within reach. This places supply chains firmly at the table as strategic value creators and, crucially, as protectors of business.
It was a morning session that truly set the tone of this three-day event. Concerns raised by Kinaxis’ 45,000 global users – including tariffs, labour shortages, cyber-attacks and the effect of disruption on investment – were front and centre of this event with myriad symposiums, workshops and presentations that showcased how Kinaxis’ Maestro can orchestrate and empower fully-connected supply chains globally. Indeed, the tariffs on imported goods into the US dropped during Kinexions and so the timing of this conference, entirely devoted to the bolstering of supply chain operations during highly uncertain times, seemed somewhat inspired. In short, those who are transforming are surviving and outperforming.
Unified data
Kinaxis is transforming too, we were informed, as the new partnership with Databricks was unveiled. Kinaxis Maestro and Databricks’ Data Intelligence Platform have combined to power faster insights, unified data and scalable AI across global supply chains, enabling organisations to unify their data, accelerate AI adoption, and respond to change with speed and confidence. This collaboration meets growing demand for more agile, data-driven supply chains and strengthens Maestro’s supply chain data fabric. In short, this move is helping companies coalesce data from core systems like inventory and procurement, alongside external inputs such as meteorological patterns and market movement, all within one single source of governed truth, ripe for innovation. As supply chains continue to evolve, this collaboration positions both companies to lead the next era of AI-powered transformation, where decisions are faster, disruptions are less disruptive, and performance is driven by unified data.
Linked to the foundational collaboration between Kinaxis and Databricks was the second huge unveiling at Kinexions: agentic AI. Guests were shown just how easily they could create and deploy intelligent agents using an intuitive GenAI interface to enhance decision-making, respond to disruptions faster and optimise workflows, through a powerful, in-development feature of Maestro. These are agents that go beyond surfacing data to deliver real-time insights and perform actions like addressing exceptions, managing supply allocation, or adjusting safety stock. There were numerous workshops taking place over the three days where clients could get their hands on the new tools and see just how easily they could transform their supply chain operations through AI. As was stressed throughout Kinexions, this is something that is happening right now.
A community of innovation
Kinaxis places real value on keeping the dialogue open with its clients and that’s the core motivation behind Kinexions, North America and its APAC and EMEA sister events set to take place in Tokyo and Amsterdam later this year. Indeed, during our time in Austin, we were lucky enough to sit down with supply chain leaders from Sanofi, IBM, Qualcomm and Syensqo as well as leading lights from Kinaxis. You can read the interviews from those discussions, and more from Kinexions, in next month’s SCS.
The quality of the guest speakers during the three days was incredible. Staale Gjervik, President, Supply Chain, ExxonMobil discussed how the giant is bringing orchestration to its multinational supply chain, solidifying ExxonMobil’s position as a global leader by establishing an enterprise-wide global supply chain organisation. Elsewhere, Global Director of Strategy and Planning for GM, Vijay Bharadwaj and Director of Supply Chain, Alexander Heavin shared how they are now able to run a global S&OP process to better serve customers and “stay on the road to success”.
Diego Pantoja-Navajas, Managing Director, Enterprise AI Value Strategy at Accenture and Chris Reynolds, Senior Director, Digital Supply Chain Planning & Intelligence at Pfizer provided a thought-provoking discussion on how multi-agentic AI is transforming the pharmaceutical supply chain. Abhijit Pattewar, Senior Manager, Global Modelling & Network Design at Schneider Electric – the leader in sustainable energy management and digital automation – delivered an engaging talk on emerging techniques for reducing CO2 emissions without sacrificing efficiency or growth.
Paying it forward
One of the standout discussions at this year’s Kinexions was an inspiring lunch session hosted by Lizet Tymon, VP Supply Chain, Rehlko and Rozena Dendy, Global Sales & Operations Planning Leader, ExxonMobil designed to celebrate, empower, and connect women who are making a difference in their workplaces and communities. Candid stories of the moments when mentorship, support, and solidarity helped them break barriers and build bridges to success will resonate with the audience for years. Each participant wrote down one action they committed to taking to support another woman, as part of the Pay-It-Forward Commitment. “Let’s build a legacy of women helping women, together!”
One woman who has long been an inspiration is real estate mogul and business expert Barbara Corcoran who presented ‘How to build your business through troubled times and prosper’. Corcoran, currently a Shark on ABC’s hit reality show, Shark Tank, knows that bad times are the best times to move ahead. Indeed, she survived and prospered amid 18% interest rates, the bankruptcy of New York, the subprime mortgage crisis, and the tragedy of 9/11. In this session, Barbara shared “lessons from the trenches” to demonstrate her leadership methodology on how to adapt quickly, pivot, and turn every obstacle into the new opportunity it really wants to be. It’s an ethos she has certainly embodied through her career, evident in the establishment and success of The Corcoran Group, started with a mere $1,000 loan.
And the winner is…
The winners of the 2025 Kinaxis Customer Awards were also announced in Austin, further cementing links between Kinaxis and its community. “These awards honour companies and individuals pushing the boundaries of supply chain innovation, efficiency and sustainability.”
ExxonMobil, Sanofi, Schneider Electric, and British American Tobacco (BAT) were recognised for their excellence in supply chain transformation. Additionally, Hanu Gadila (Merck & Co.) received the Champion Award, and Jeffrey Jones (Qualcomm) was honoured with the Lifetime Achievement Award for their industry contributions.
2025 Kinaxis Customer Award Winners
Pioneer Award: ExxonMobil Recognising companies that have implemented Kinaxis within the past three years. ExxonMobil is changing how the industry applies sales and operations planning. They’re leading the way in fuels, setting a new standard for Advance Planning Solution capabilities for the industry.
Champion Award: Hanu Gadila, Merck & Co. Honoring individuals demonstrating leadership, vision, and perseverance in supply chain transformation. Hanu Gadila has enhanced Merck’s use of Kinaxis Maestro™, optimising planning capabilities and efficiency through collaboration and advocacy.
Lifetime Achievement Award: Jeffrey Jones, Qualcomm Recognising long-term contributions to the supply chain industry. A steadfast Kinaxis advocate for nearly 20 years, Jeffrey Jones has championed Maestro, supporting industry-wide transformation. Jones stated, “It has been a privilege to work alongside such talented professionals and to contribute to the evolution of our industry. I look forward to continuing our journey of innovation.”
Excellence Award: Sanofi Awarded for measurable business impact through supply chain strategy. Sanofi is modernising its supply chain to reach best-in-class performance for unleashing its ambition to become the world’s leading immunology company. By leveraging digitalisation and tailored Kinaxis Maestro implementations, Sanofi has enhanced agility, resilience, and efficiency, enabling faster decisions, better risk mitigation, and seamless end-to-end operations.
Impact Award: Schneider Electric Recognising positive environmental and social contributions. Schneider Electric, the leader in sustainable energy management and digital automation, successfully conceptualised incorporating emerging CO2tools & techniques of Maestro for achieving growth and profitability with planet-friendly practices.
Innovation Award: British American Tobacco (BAT) Highlighting innovative applications of Kinaxis technology. BAT co-developed the first-ever production wheel and interchangeability functionalities, enhancing constraint management, SKU transitions, and automation.
Parting thoughts
As a veteran to many events such as Kinexions, it was refreshing to feel a jolt of genuine excitement at an event that was showing how things can actually change today, rather than in the future. This wasn’t an exercise in hypothesis, it was a call to action. If you want to harness what AI can do in orchestrating your supply chains in these unpredictable times, then act. Now.
As the four floors of symposiums, workshops and speeches were wrapping up, there was no time for rest for the guests, as it was left to none-other than the three-time Grammy-award-winning and Austin-born, Nelly to finish things off to a rapturous reception from the crowd. Hot In Herre boomed around the room, Nelly spraying the crowd with water, as another highly successful Kinexions drew to a close. It was an event that will live long in the memory. And as we departed the hospitable Austin and the incredible team behind Kinexions, it was clear that we would have to return.
Kinexions 2025 is made possible by its platinum sponsors Accenture, Capgemini and Scott Sheldon; and gold sponsors 4flow, Genpact, Microsoft, Google Cloud and Spinnaker SCA. For more information about Kinexions, including Kinexions EMEA 2025 and Kinexions APAC 2025, please visit www.kinexions.com.
It’s impossible not to be inspired by the energy at a DPW event. DPW Amsterdam 2024 was buzzing with that…
SHARE THIS STORY
It’s impossible not to be inspired by the energy at a DPW event. DPW Amsterdam 2024 was buzzing with that same energy, its attendees soaking in information and inspiration from speakers, peers, other experts. We caught up with Rujul Zaparde, Co-Founder and CEO of Zip, at the event to dive into the procurement landscape and chat about the specific qualities DPW brings to the sector.
Zaparde is the Co-Founder and CEO of Zip. At the beginning of Zip’s journey, Zaparde and his fellow founder, Lu Cheng, based the company around their own experiences as end-users of the procurement process. They took their lived confusion around having multiple intakes for a contract, for the purchase request, and all the different complicated components of the process, and created a solution.
“And so, we started Zip and created the category of intake and procurement orchestration. We’re very grateful to have been named the leader in the category,” says Zaparde, in reference to having just been named a category leader in IDC’s first ever Marketscape for Spend Orchestration.
So, as is often the case, procurement is something Zaparde fell into. In this case, he got involved with procurement specifically to solve pain points. Prior to Zip, he was a Product Manager and Cheng was an Engineering Leader, both at Airbnb; they knew very little about procurement. “We were just end-users,” he explains. The upside of this was that they were able to come into the industry fresh, without the baggage and legacy issues that can come with being in a sector for a long time.
UX first
“At Zip, we really try to take a user experience first approach,” Zaparde continues. “What we found is the highest leverage change you can make in any procurement organisation is to make it easier for your employees to actually adopt and follow whatever the right process is. If you do that, then all of finance, procurement, accounting, and even IT find that they’re suddenly swimming with the current, not against it. And you can’t do any of that unless you solve for user experience.”
Taking away problems, the way Zip does, also takes away a barrier to ambition. The theme of DPW Amsterdam 2024 was 10X, a term on the lips of many across all sectors. Once immediate issues and pain points are addressed, 10X is something businesses can aspire to, with many talks and workshops during DPW Amsterdam focusing on how to approach this.
Getting the mindset right
For Zaparde, 10X thinking is a necessity for growth. “You have to aim for 10X to even end up at something X,” he explains. “That requires ambition. I also think that when you think in terms of 10X, and your mindset is angled towards incremental change, you’re much more open to thinking of solutions that are perhaps a little more risky. It changes your perspective.”
A mindset shift needs to happen before anything else. This involves considering the needs of procurement and the wider company, having a north star in mind, and then breaking changes down to an incremental level.
“Then you can start to think about the steps you need to take to get there,” Zaparde explains. “A big component of this is bringing along your peers and stakeholders across every function that’s tangential and critical to the core procurement workflow and path.”
Innovating for good
The work Zip does is indicative of the shift towards continuous improvement and advanced technology that procurement has been going through in recent years. There are things that are possible now that weren’t possible even a year ago, thanks to the vast innovations being made. One of the hot topics right now is generative AI, something that’s opening up a world of possibilities.
“It’s the elephant in the room right now,” says Zaparde. “With the capabilities that gen AI unlocks, you can automate a lot more. That allows you to cut down a lot of the transactional and operational work that procurement and sourcing organisations are doing. Procurement is tired of the status quo. It’s been an underserved function for over 20 years, and I’m glad that’s finally changing. I feel privileged for myself and Zip to be part of the conversation, and that we’re seeing all these amazing changes happening.”
Zaparde believes we’re already seeing the benefits of the major changes that have occurred over the last couple of years in procurement. In fact, he knows this, because Zip has helped its customers save around $4.5bn of spend over the last two years, which is an astonishing statistic.
“One customer of ours, Snowflake, achieved over $300m in savings alone,” Zaparde continues. “We’ve seen tangible benefits already. The way procurement is evolving isn’t a hypothetical thing – it’s really happening.”
Fragmentation on fragmentation
The key, again, is overcoming base level issues for the sake of evolution. This is precisely what Zip provides, after all. But sometimes, the issue is at a data level. Unclean data is something that technology leaders are talking about a great deal right now, with some feeling that it holds them back from implementing new technology. Zaparde believes that businesses should be questioning why their data isn’t clean from the start, rather than worrying about trying to cleanse existing data.
“You don’t just clean your data – the real question is why is your data not clean in the first place?” he muses. “You have to have a clean entry point for it. I don’t think I’ve ever spoken to a Fortune 500 CPO that said they had clean data. I think it’s because of the upstream processes in intake and orchestration. If all the cross-functional teams – the IT review, the legal review, the finance – are being manually shepherded by the procurement operations organisation, then how can you possibly end up with clean data?
“People are keying the same information into multiple systems, which might mean they answer in similar – but different – ways. So you end up with fragmentation on fragmentation. But if you have one single door to that data, you’ll be able to drive only clean data, because it’s a funnel. If you let everyone have different swim lanes that never intersect, you won’t have clean data.”
As 2025 approaches, Zip has multiple product capabilities and features coming up that Zaparde and his team are very excited about. This includes leveraging gen AI, something we’re seeing incredible utilisation of across the sector.
For Zaparde, attending events like DPW Amsterdam to talk about what Zip does and interact with peers and clients alike is a joyous part of his job. “DPW is really accelerating the rate of change in the procurement industry. That’s very much needed, and it’s energising to see so many incredible people from the procurement world in one place. I love spending time with these forward-thinking procurement leaders at this event.”
Certain procurement pain points can prove debilitating for a business, freezing it in its tracks when it’s trying to grow…
SHARE THIS STORY
Certain procurement pain points can prove debilitating for a business, freezing it in its tracks when it’s trying to grow and improve. This is where companies like Candex are able to step in and turn a headache into something so simple, it requires no further thought.
Danielle McQuiston is the Chief Customer Officer at Candex. She’s been with the fintech startup for five years, spending two decades prior to that working in procurement at Sanofi. Candex is a technology-based master vendor that allows customers to engage with and pay one-off or small suppliers without setting them up in their system. This means that the system doesn’t get clogged up with suppliers that are rarely or never going to be used again.
“We’re primarily used for what companies consider tail spend, and we typically deliver it as a punchout catalogue for a really simple user experience,” McQuiston explains. That ability to support lots of customers was what drew her to the role. “Coming to Candex, I was very excited about what they were doing and wanted to help as many companies as possible.”
Addressing tail spend
That ability to address tail spend in a unique way is the main thing that differentiates Candex. It’s an enormous problem for procurement professionals. The way Candex delivers it is through a digital plug-and-play solution, removing the need to be dependent on human intervention. “It’s a horizontal solution for any good or service, and it’s available in over 45 countries now,” says McQuiston. “It becomes part of the customer’s ecosystems and leverages the P2P process. It’s super compliant, and allows a lot of control.”
With this tool in place, Candex’s customers are able to gain much better control over their smaller purchases, defining what is allowed to be purchased. For many, this tool allows them to put tighter restrictions on purchases than their e-procurement systems are able to do. Additionally, Candex runs suppliers through screenings every day, which generally doesn’t happen for small, rarely-used suppliers.
“We run really detailed compliance and sanction screening against all those vendors, taking away a really daunting task from customers,” McQuiston states. “Customers probably check those suppliers once when they’re being set up, but then they never look at them again. Every day, we’re checking them, and keeping an eye on them when our customers can’t.”
Candex’s reporting is extremely detailed, and provides customers with the kind of real-time visibility they wouldn’t normally get – even in their own systems. Reports are generated weekly or monthly, including the diversity status of suppliers. This is data that a lot of clients then feed directly into their Power BI tools and data lakes, meaning they’re able to integrate it seamlessly into their other data.
Cleaning up the data
The whole purpose and aim of Candex’s tool is to make life easier for its customers, streamline its processes, and improve efficiencies. To that end, standardisation is key when it comes to business improvements, and that includes preparing data prior to implementing new technologies and processes. When it comes to ensuring a business’s data is healthy – before launching into major tech changes – accepting the necessity of making foundational change is key.
“Data cleansing processes are ugly, cumbersome, and long – and everyone has to do them,” McQuiston comments. “But you have to accept that you’re going to have to do something, if you want to get a handle on your spend. First and foremost, you need to standardise the way you name things, the way you put data in the system, and you need a really strict discipline around that. All of those things will make backend processes a lot easier.”
It’s just one of many considerations CPOs need to bear in mind when seeking out technology solutions and implementation. Modern procurement departments have a seat at the wider business table now, and what they do impacts the entire business. So when it comes to utilising solutions for the sake of the business at large, there are many factors to think about.
“As with any data or technology, it’s all about garbage in and garbage out,” says McQuiston. “Any advanced technology should be used with caution and viewed with a critical eye. You have to start with knowing what you want out of it.
“A lot of times, people put technology in place because it looks interesting, but you need to start with the problem and work backwards. If the issue is user experience, you need to make sure that whatever you’re implementing focuses on a positive UX. If the problem is unclean data, you need to make sure you’re putting in place all the foundational elements you need to make that better. Always start from the perspective of implementing a technology based on a problem, rather than the other way around.”
Improving UX in 2025
It’s a seriously dynamic time to be involved in procurement right now, as evidenced by the intense buzz around us at DPW Amsterdam as we sit with McQuiston. As we look ahead, she envisions that procurement will have an increasingly powerful impact on user experience. This is particularly important at a time when tasks are becoming increasingly automated, with less and less direct human interaction.
“We’re also seeing a pretty big leap forward in terms of best practice sharing amongst our clients,” says McQuiston, something that events like DPW also encourage. “For Candex, a big theme of 2024 has been getting our clients together to share best practices and information, helping them to develop further expertise in the field. 2025 will have more of the same, but there’s now a higher level of maturity out there in the way customers are considering tail spend. As people continue to onboard solutions, it will be interesting to see how that impacts the UX in relation to Candex. We’re always looking for ways to make our tool more user-friendly and add better functionality.”
All of this is why Candex’s customers love the company. On a base level, Candex takes a complex pain point and makes it simple. In a broader sense, the reason Candex is becoming so popular is the way it works with people. “The most common feedback we get from customers and suppliers is that we’re great to work with because we’re so flexible,” says McQuiston. “We hired a team of procurement experts, so our team is made up of people who really understand the pain of our clients, and can anticipate their fears, their needs, and cater to those.”
We caught up with Shachi Rai Gupta from ORO Labs to discuss the importance of orchestration in procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
Simplifying procurement in smart ways is the ultimate goal for ORO Labs. Utilising the best of AI, ORO Labs aims to implement procurement orchestration across sectors, creating an experience that is simultaneously automated, augmented, and humanised.
Shachi Rai Gupta is VP Strategy at ORO Labs, with a wealth of transformation and technology experience behind her. Rai Gupta’s sharp eye on procurement has allowed her to witness the rise and fall of various trends, and understand what the sector needs as it – along with technology – evolves.
We caught up with Rai Gupta at the DPW NYC Summit back in June, a special North American version of the event. Procurement trends, especially AI and orchestration, were very much the theme of the day, prompting lively conversations amongst some of the world’s most influential procurement leaders.
Procurement as a net positive experience generator
For Rai Gupta, the trends right now are guided by the fact that procurement has more of a strategic and evolved role than ever, giving the function the opportunity to have a great impact on the enterprise bottom-line and the environment and community at large
“Procurement is morphing into a function where one of its biggest responsibilities is to be a net positive experience generator,” she explains.
“Procurement really is a service function for the whole business stakeholders. We, as procurement professionals, need to see things through the lens of the business. This includes what issues the business is trying to solve, and meeting the business where it’s at for good collaboration.
“It’s also important to make this experience as easy as possible, rather than cumbersome and time intensive. That needs to be catered and customised to the individual business segments.”
Prioritising the planet
Another area Rai Gupta is seeing talked about a lot is sustainability. This topic has, for some, been sidelined a little in favour of advanced technology. But it’s just as important as it’s always been, and it’s vital to keep the discussion alive – especially in procurement.
“More and more, companies are realising the impact they’re having on the environment,” Rai Gupta explains. “It’s an increasing priority on all our agendas. The technology is still nascent in that space, in the sense that there aren’t good ways to do benchmarking or tracking. That’s going to be an interesting space to watch out for.”
The next generation
Another hot topic of the DPW NYC Summit was the talent shortage. We at CPOstrategy discuss this topic a lot with procurement professionals, and there’s no one answer for fixing the issue.
“There’s a dearth of good digital talent,” Rai Gupta states. “The skillset you need today in procurement is very different from what we’ve had before. To be able to leverage that, to really make use of the procurement teams you have and the operational model you want, it’s a different challenge. The structure of your team is more important than ever.
“While that shortage is there, when you do have the right people in place in procurement, that’s where the department shines,” Rai Gupta adds. “That’s where procurement becomes a group of trusted advisors for the business, providing proactive opportunities. We wear a lot of hats in procurement, and we’re stepping up to a new level of evolution.”
Advanced tech for good
And, of course, AI and orchestration are terms on everyone’s lips right now – procurement included. AI is, in Rai Gupta’s words, “a solver”. Many of the blockages and challenges procurement is experiencing as it evolves can be solved, or at least aided, by AI and orchestration. “There’s so much tech out there,” Rai Gupta states. “AI is one such possibility. Every segment of procurement comes with its own risks and requires its own expertise and tool sets.
“To manage that whole ecosystem is where that orchestration comes in. There’s a real beauty in this because it’s collaborative. It makes the whole bigger than its parts.”
We caught up with Danielle McQuiston from Candex to discuss why procurement is risk-averse, and how the business can help.
SHARE THIS STORY
Candex, a B2B fintech company, has been going through some exciting changes recently. In the five years that Danielle McQuiston – its Chief Customer Officer – has been with the business, it’s gone from its venture round to A series in 2021 and into B series, which it closed out in 2023. Its goal is to make life easier for procurement professionals across sectors. This is because having trusted services at their disposal is one step towards changing procurement’s risk-averse reputation.
Candex’s value proposition is as a tech-based master vendor that helps enterprise buyers engage and pay small and irregular vendors through an easy, quick, streamlined process. The obvious ‘low-hanging fruit’ use case at most enterprise organisations is to use Candex to avoid setting up new vendors for small, infrequent purchases.
While tackling this low-hanging fruit demonstrates an immediate benefit, Candex is now taking it a step further. It’s helping enterprise clients understand the additional benefits and value that they can get from the solution. We caught up with McQuiston at the DPW NYC Summit in June, an event which featured innovative solutions in procurement. In particular, AI.
Creating and avoiding risk
“The companies that only go for the easy wins still have tens of thousands of suppliers that they hold in their vendor master. They don’t closely manage them and really don’t know them,” McQuiston says. “At some point, these companies have onboarded a supplier to make a small purchase. When they do, they do minimal checks on the vendors since the purchase is small or one-time only. But now that ‘small’ vendor is in the company’s system for anyone to engage with – sometimes forever. These companies are left with little-known and unmanaged vendors taking up 80% of their vendor master. This, in turn, creates risk for the enterprise.”
Candex can mitigate this risk and empower companies to focus more on strategic relationships. It does this by helping companies offboard their non-strategic vendors, and engage vendors only as needed. Businesses can do this with the confidence that Candex applies robust compliance screening and third-party diligence to all vendors as part of its standard processes.
As a result, Candex has started helping clients realise how they can reach their initial objectives of deriving more value by lowering risk exposure. By helping them focus on strategic suppliers, they can increase their working capital, accelerate the speed of doing business, and support their supplier diversity programs.
“All those aspects are where my focus is currently,” McQuiston explains. “Along with that, over the next few years, we will continue to make the process even more user-friendly. We’ll also further develop our solutions to meet the ever-changing commercial, compliance, and security landscapes. We can make the system even more intuitive, and help our customers streamline internal processes so things are faster and more cost-effective.”
The roadblocks
Implementing technology solutions to improve procurement is the name of the game across the sector, after all. It was talked about extensively at DPW NYC in June, where we spoke to McQuiston about Candex and trends. Unfortunately, there’s a roadblock for the sector, which is that procurement is risk-averse.
McQuiston explains. “We work primarily with Fortune 2000 companies, and I can’t tell you how many I’ve met up with who have outright told me they’re risk-averse. They all think that’s unusual, but they all say it and most of them are the same. It doesn’t matter if you’re in pharmaceuticals or consumer goods or banking – everyone is in the same boat regarding risk.”
This is because, as a function, procurement was created to ensure security of supply, controlling both quality and cost. “Procurement was born out of the supply chain world with a focus on direct spend. Out of the need to make sure prices don’t go up – and, in fact, go down,” McQuiston continues.
“Procurement has always been the enforcer of the financial rules. That’s the only way they were able to have an impact on the business initially. Now, procurement wants a seat at the table and is able to more broadly bring value to the business. In return, businesses are asking procurement to ease their role as the enforcer in order to have that seat. This is tough for procurement because, by nature, they’re nervous about losing control since that is how they have added value in the past.”
Hope is here
This may be a challenge, but the march of change isn’t stopping. There’s hope in the air. This is thanks to companies like Candex, as well as the arrival of new technologies. For example, artificial intelligence, which the business world is increasingly looking to leverage.
“AI is the whole theme of this conference,” McQuiston said of DPW NYC. The event spawned many fascinating conversations, not to mention encouraging ones. As the business world utilises technology better, procurement is only going to get better. And AI can help support procurement teams as they look to calibrate their solutions and right-size their approach to risk, efficiency, and value-add for the business.
“I’m very interested to see how innovative solutions like Candex, as well as AI solutions, become disruptors – in a good way,” says McQuiston. “A lot of other solutions that have tried to enter the procurement space have struggled to really break in and push for significant change.
“However I believe that if you solve a real problem and have good technology, you will be successful. AI may be able to really help further support technology solutions in their mission to simplify the procurement stack and positively address user experience challenges,” McQuiston concludes.
Shelley Salomon, VP of Global Business, Amazon Business, discusses her company’s commitment to fostering gender diversity in procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement’s gender imbalance isn’t new.
Traditionally, the function was regarded as a male-dominated profession. But change is afoot, in more ways than one. While a digital transformation amidst technological innovation is well-publicised, another evolution is underway within the workforce.
Gender diversity has become an important component of many company strategies globally. While progress to encourage more women into procurement has already started. There still remains an imbalance, particularly among those holding leadership positions. With current statistics suggesting around one in four leadership positions are held by women, there is still room for improvement.
So, is progress happening quickly enough? Shelley Salomon, VP of Global Business at Amazon Business, discusses her organisation’s commitment to fostering gender diversity and how women can reach parity in procurement.
In your opinion, where is procurement today in terms of women’s representation in 2024?
Shelley Salomon: “Women’s representation in procurement has seen progress these past few years, but there remains room for further improvement. Gartner’s data shows that women comprise 41% of the supply chain workforce. It’s encouraging to see greater gender diversity within the industry.
“While these statistics are encouraging, they also highlight ongoing challenges. Particularly at the leadership level. Only 25% of leadership roles are held by women. This disparity underscores the need for sustained efforts to promote gender diversity and support women’s ascension to senior positions within procurement.
“My perspective on this trend is one of cautious optimism. The progress we see is promising, reflecting a growing recognition of women’s unique contributions to procurement roles. Diverse perspectives and gender equity are vital for effective decision-making and problem-solving. Additionally, multiple credible studies show that companies with the greatest gender balance in the C-suite are likelier to achieve above average financial results. However, much work must be done to ensure these advancements translate into lasting change.”
While progress to encourage more women into the workforce seems to be underway, there is still a major disparity in the number of women leaders in procurement. What is the best way to go about rectifying this?
Shelley Salomon: “I believe there’s a significant opportunity to welcome more women into procurement leadership roles. By establishing robust mentorship and sponsorship programmes, organisations can provide invaluable guidance, support, and networking opportunities. Thus empowering women to thrive in their careers and gain visibility within the organisation. Investing in inclusive leadership development programmes is essential. These initiatives focus on building inclusive skills and readiness for leadership roles, continuing to foster a more inclusive and dynamic workforce.
“In my opinion, implementing inclusive hiring practices that actively promote gender diversity, such as using diverse hiring panels and conducting blind recruitment processes, is essential to minimising biases.
“Lastly, setting clear, measurable goals for increasing the number of women procurement leaders and regularly reporting on progress to hold leadership teams accountable can drive meaningful change. By taking these proactive steps, organisations can create a more equitable environment that supports the advancement of women into leadership roles within procurement.”
Supply chain 4.0 – where preparedness and opportunity meet in the digital supply chain
SHARE THIS STORY
Supply chains matter. One break in the link and manufacturers can be left with costly disruptions that bring the entire operation to a standstill – and the problem isn’t going away soon. According to McKinsey research, disruptions lasting a month or longer now happen every 3.7 years on average. Whether it is issues securing raw materials, a steep rise in shipping costs, labour shortages, geopolitical conflicts, or sustainability concerns, the pressure is mounting on manufacturers to diversify their supplier partnerships and introduce more flexible operations. For manufacturers determined to create more resilient supply chains, Andrew Newton, Business Central Consultant at Columbus UK, argues that a digital transformation of supply chains will be integral to the industry’s ongoing survival.
Industry 4.0 has been the main driving force behind recent supply chain transformation with the introduction of IoT technologies such as cloud, data analytics, and AI throughout the manufacturing ecosystem. This includes smart factories that enhance manufacturing with Industry 4.0 tech and smart products offering internet-based services.
It’s now time for the supply chain to step up to the 4.0 digital plate. Market leaders, particularly in the automotive and electronics sectors, have already launched digital transformation initiatives to establish flexible and high-performing supply chains. And manufacturers of all sizes can learn from their example on how to achieve sustainable change.
When disruption is constant, an organisation’s preparation for supply chain changes will provide a significant competitive advantage. From effective data connectivity to reshoring operations, operationalising AI, and implementing a long-term sustainability agenda – successful manufacturers must be able to incorporate these factors into supply chains to drive innovation and redefine how products are created, developed, and delivered to meet evolving consumer demands.
Unearth actionable findings within the data haystack
Many businesses now have extensive data archives spanning several years, including substantial sales orders and operational performance records but the ability to extract maximum value from this data remains a common challenge. Manufacturers want to establish robust connections with shop floor assets to unlock enhanced operational efficiency and make more informed decisions. However, many lack the data-related skills to successfully link their machinery or manage the influx of data streams from sensors.
This is where the introduction of business intelligence dashboards with Supply Chain 4.0 can offer real-time production insights to inform decisions, boost efficiency, cut costs, and refine product quality.
The convergence of operational technology (OT) and information technology (IT) adds to the data challenge, particularly where legacy equipment is still in use. It is important to recognise that the solutions being implemented require tailored approaches due to the unique demands of each manufacturing organisation. Developing applications within a business can be tricky, with not every business having the in-house data skills to do this.
Custom applications that don’t require extensive coding expertise can address this digital skills gap. Versatile solutions that combine low-code services, self-service analytics, and automation for instance, can make it easier for manufacturers to create applications that precisely align with their specific needs, boost efficiency, and innovate in the process. The establishment of a reliable data environment with Supply Chain 4.0 ensures that manufacturers can enhance decision-making and operational efficiency, all while reducing costly errors.
Operationalise AI to stay one step ahead
AI has left a mark on every industry and when it comes to the manufacturing landscape, the story is no different. Already many businesses are using AI tools to process real-time data from shop floor sensors to provide manufacturers with immediate insights and action, especially if quality measures breach thresholds. But the capabilities of AI don’t stop at detection.
Manufacturers must consider many factors in production and delivery, such as demand versus capacity and how much materials cost along the supply chain – and this is where unsupervised AI can be a useful tool for risk identification and market trend forecasting.
For instance, AI can suggest preferred suppliers to purchase from based on their supply chain history or issue alerts for impending weather events affecting supply chains. Social media analytics enabled by AI can also be used to project patterns to better understand where the market is heading but it can’t fully predict the future. Instead, the role of AI with Supply Chain 4.0 is to help manufacturers identify shifting consumer interests and trends, spot market trends relating to offerings or brand, and forecast waning or growing interest in product types.
I want it now! Proximity sourcing can help meet customers’ changing expectations
As supply chain disruptions become part of the new business environment, it’s time for manufacturers to end the reliance on disparate and siloed operations and instead look to nearshoring as the answer.
Customer expectations around delivery times are changing, with 62% of UK consumers now expecting next-day delivery when ordering online – an expectation that traditional offshoring business operational models now struggle to match. Yes, regional or local supply chains can be more expensive and add another level of complexity, but they do allow for greater inventory control and bring the product closer to the end customer, which reduces overall lead times. This reduction with Supply Chain 4.0 ensures that manufacturers can promote higher customer responsiveness and allows for constant improvement and innovation based on consumer feedback.
Nearshoring also provides an opportunity to clamp down on miles covered and will help manufacturers introduce a circular approach to operations. With over 4 in 5 UK adults recognising their role in lessening their environmental footprint, it is clear that the manufacturing industry needs to mirror this popular attitude – and technology will play a key role here. Automation techniques for instance can improve traceability and visibility over the entire product line, highlighting how businesses use and waste materials, along with how they can reuse products for better forecasting and reduce fossil fuel usage and pollution.
Particularly in the food industry, conscious consumers will base their buying behaviour on transport miles and the environmental impact of the product’s journey. If manufacturing businesses are able to clearly share this information with transparent supply chains, they will not only open themselves up to a larger customer pool but will also play a major role in tackling environmental challenges in the industry.
Long-term commitment to sustainability goals
Nearshoring is certainly one way that manufacturers can become more sustainable but with customer sustainability expectations rising, companies now have to show a long-term commitment to creating greener supply chains.
Many businesses are making efforts to report on internal sustainable efforts such as energy consumption but extending reporting down the supply chain poses challenges, such as effectively reporting on a supplier’s energy usage. To achieve a comprehensive sustainability profile, this reporting must span the entire supply chain.
Supply Chain 4.0 brings sustainability reporting tools that provide comprehensive tracking and analysis of environmental and social impacts, which will enable manufacturers to make informed decisions, ensure regulatory compliance, and communicate sustainable practices transparently. Manufacturers are looking to achieve this connectivity, particularly in linking shopfloor equipment usage with sustainability goals.
Leading organisations are pushing for data standardisation among their supply chain suppliers but this brings its own set of pros and cons. Increased standardisation can make the supply chain more efficient and easier to review, potentially reducing a company’s risk. However, there’s more work needed to establish this standardisation.
As public and regulatory interest grows, having a clear view of supply chain processes will become even more important. In the short-term, expect leading companies to keep investing time and effort to better organise their supply chain data.
Supply Chain 4.0 – where preparation and opportunity meet in the digital supply chain
Digital transformation is a long and complex journey but preparedness plays a key role in achieving optimal outcomes. Through the process of transformation, manufacturers can more effectively adapt to ever-shifting business conditions and evolving customer demands with Supply Chain 4.0, all while maintaining a competitive edge.
The issue remains that each manufacturer faces their own unique scaling challenges that require a calculated approach to processes, planning, and implementation to create a sustainable business model. Often companies have growth ideas but lack a clear path to achieve them. The identification of key supply chain trends will set apart the laggards from the market leaders
Businesses have been forced to navigate and adapt to these challenges to ensure continuity, limit interruption and reduce risk
SHARE THIS STORY
From Brexit to the pandemic and the current geopolitical conflict, the supply chain industry has faced a flood of challenges in recent years. This has caused disruption to supply chains. Businesses have been forced to navigate and adapt to these challenges to ensure continuity, limit interruption and reduce risk.
Alice Strevens, Director Human Rights and Social Impact, Mazars
As part of this, it’s increasingly important for businesses to ensure they have robust human rights due diligence processes in place. These processes support companies in their decision-making during crises, and help them identify risks in their supply chains. This ultimately protects them in both stable and unstable times.
Human rights and environmental due diligence provides a basis on which to address environmental, social and governance issues that impact supply chain resilience. Companies that respond to crises with an approach based on due diligence are more likely to protect their relationships with suppliers. Plus, they get to mitigate the impact on workers in their value chain. An example of this is during the Covid-19 pandemic. Many companies saw buyers abruptly cancel orders, request refunds in full and pause orders for months. With many suppliers facing reduced sales at the time, it led to questions as to whether businesses were working alongside suppliers. Or taking advantage of the circumstances to get reduced costs.
It’s important to learn from these lessons to build strong sustainable supply chain strategies. This will help businesses remain resilient both in stable times. And in the face of significant events. There isn’t a perfect formula. However, the concept of double materiality (i.e. considering sustainability matters from both the perspective of the impact on people and the environment, and the perspective of the financial risks and opportunities to the business) is helping businesses to assess sustainability-related risk strategically.
Supplier engagement will ensure long-term success
Building a sustainable supply chain for the long-term requires engagement and collaboration with supply chain partners. Long-term relationships can provide a basis to share challenging risks and impacts transparently. Human rights and environmental due diligence foregrounds the importance of engagement and collaboration to mitigate identified risks and build resilience.
The responsible supply chain strategy should be integrated into the overarching sourcing strategy and supplier engagement approach. Delivery against the strategy should be built into performance targets and incentives. Regular reviews of impacts, targets and KPIs should be conducted at board level. Making use of the latest technological developments, including assessing their risk for social/environmental concerns and measuring and tracking performance. This will help companies stay ahead and be prepared in their processes.
An evolving regulatory landscape calls for preparedness
Another important point to keep in mind is the legislative landscape. This is especially pertinent in the EU, as the rules will make previous voluntary standards now mandatory and will impact large companies. This includes those in their supply chain, including in the UK.
Companies should therefore look to base their strategies on the authoritative voluntary frameworks on conducting human rights and environmental due diligence. Primarily the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises on Responsible Business Conduct. This will set them up for meeting legislative requirements down the line. For example, Mazars and Shift co-wrote the UNGP Reporting Framework, which provides a framework for companies to adopt responsible practices, and manage human rights risks.
The future of supply chain is now
Ultimately, companies and suppliers should work together to ensure collaboration and a robust strategy which takes all parties into consideration. Listening to feedback and promoting good communication between stakeholders will ensure smooth sailing during the business-as-usual times. And the more tumultuous periods.
Implementing long-lasting strategies and creating resilience to risks will increase business’ market access and promote their financial value. Thus ensuring that they deliver quality goods and gain loyalty among suppliers.
Recent research conducted by InterSystems highlights a critical challenge within supply chain organisations in the UK and Ireland
SHARE THIS STORY
Recent research conducted by InterSystems highlights a critical challenge within supply chain organisations in the UK and Ireland: nearly half (47%) cite their dependency on manual processes for data collection and analysis as their primary technological hurdle. This reliance not only leads to inaccuracies and delays in accessing data but is also a significant barrier to the adoption of artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML), which almost one in five (19%) anticipate will be the trend that most impacts their supply chain.
Mark Holmes, Senior Advisor for Supply Chain, InterSystems
For AI and ML adoption to be successful, models must be fed healthy, unified data. This requires supply chain organisations to move away from manual data collection and analysis and adopt a robust data strategy to underpin their efforts. This data strategy will sit at the heart of AI and ML initiatives but will also play a bigger role in the business’ overall operational strategy.
Developing a smart data strategy
A smart data strategy should encapsulate three things: data collection, analysis, and integration into organisational operations. This is where technology like the smart data fabric comes in, helping supply chain businesses to do all three things and bring their data strategy to life.
Built on modern data platform technology, the smart data fabric creates a connective tissue by accessing, transforming, and harmonising data from multiple sources, on demand. In particular, smart data fabric technology allows supply chain businesses to leverage usable, trustworthy data to make faster, more accurate decisions.
With a wide range of analytics capabilities, including data exploration, business intelligence, and machine learning embedded directly into the platform, supply chain businesses will also gain new insights and power intelligent predictive and prescriptive services and applications faster and easier.
Once these solid data foundations are in place, supply chain organisations can begin to unlock the real potential of AI and ML to augment human decision-making.
Applying AI and ML across the supply chain
The use of AI and ML can deliver operational change across supply chain organisations, from improved demand sensing and forecasting, to optimised fulfilment. For instance, SPAR, the world’s largest food retailer consortium, has turned to ML to solve some of the difficulties it was experiencing in streamlining and optimising end-to-end fulfilment processes in stores across Austria.
Operating in the extremely fast moving food and beverage sector, and with more than 600 merchants in Austria, SPAR Austria required a better way to help managers of local stores control their inventory. It consequently deployed ML for real-time sensing of demand shifts to optimise replenishment and strengthen its supply chain network. This has significantly improved on shelf availability (OSA), demand forecasting, productivity, and time to decision. In turn, it also helped SPAR increase revenue and efficiencies.
ML can also be used for production planning optimisation, using different constraints including transportation cost, or component inventory allocation to improve fill rate and optimise product shelf-life, productivity, cost, and revenues. Additionally, with access to AI and ML-driven prescriptive and predictive insights, organisations will be able to reroute or resupply at the drop of a hat, helping to maintain operations, achieve on-time in-full (OTIF) metrics, and ensuring customer satisfaction.
The automation and optimisation of these different processes also has a material impact on those working in supply chain operations. It transforms their work from reactive to proactive efforts. With less time spent on processing, more time is freed up for strategic thinking to improve fill rates and lower transportation costs, for example, making their role more rewarding and value-adding.
A strategic approach to AI-driven transformation
The transformative potential of AI and ML in supply chain management hinges on a smart data strategy that moves beyond manual processes to a seamless integration of robust data collection, analysis, and usage. By adopting smart data fabric technology, supply chain organisations can resolve their primary technological hurdles, transitioning from reliance on inaccurate and delayed data to leveraging real-time, actionable insights that fuel AI and ML initiatives. This strategic shift not only enhances operational efficiency and decision-making but also paves the way for predictive and prescriptive capabilities that dramatically improve demand forecasting, inventory management, and overall supply chain responsiveness.
The success stories of companies like SPAR Austria demonstrate the profound impact of integrating AI and ML into supply chain operations. These technologies both optimise operational tasks and empower employees by shifting their roles from mundane, reactive tasks to strategic, proactive engagements that add significant value to their organisations. By adopting a smart data strategy and embracing these advanced technologies, supply chain businesses will realise benefits that extend beyond operational efficiencies to include improved customer satisfaction, increased revenue, and a stronger competitive edge.
Without a critical supplier, entire operations for an organisation can come to a halt.
SHARE THIS STORY
Most modern organisations rely heavily on their supply chain partners to deliver their products and services. In the case of critical suppliers, organisations might not be able to provide most of their products and services without them. Resilience is key!
In some cases, without a critical supplier, entire operations for an organisation can come to a halt. For example, if the point-of-sale (POS) service provider is down at a retailer, they cannot bill their customers. Disruptions can strike unexpectedly, causing significant financial losses, operational challenges, and reputational damage.
Over the last few years, supply chain disruptions have gained much more executive attention due to Covid-19 and geopolitical conflicts, but they have been happening all the time even before.
In this article, Robin Agarwal, Head of Supply Chain and Operations Services at 4C Associates explores the importance of resilience in supply chains and practical strategies to enhance it.
Supply chain disruptions can happen due to many reasons, some of the most common are:
Financial disruption
A critical supplier suddenly going out of business is the biggest nightmare for senior supply chain executives. In most cases, the organisation should have alternate options, but it can take weeks, if not months, to ensure the return to business as usual. I have seen in many of my clients, procurement and supply chain executives spending weeks and weeks of dedicated time to resolve supplier bankruptcy issues while suffering significant disruption in their operations and financial losses.
Even smaller cash flow problems can take a toll on supplier performance, where I have seen suppliers not being able to fulfil the orders as needed as they are not able to pay on time for their operations and supply chain.
Reputational damage
Organisations today face intense scrutiny from the media, customers, and increased ESG regulations. A negative ethical or social incident (child labour, environment violations etc.) within your supply chain, especially when it comes out in public, has a huge reputational impact on the organisation. Executives have to react quickly in such cases and make changes to ensure integrity in their supply chain. During the horsemeat scandal I saw significant resources at my food manufacturing client going into reviewing the supply chain and marketing money going into assuring the customers.
Legal risks
Geopolitical tensions and sanctions can impact suppliers’ ability to deliver goods or risk. Organisations operating with global supply chains need to assess and mitigate these risks. Complex manufacturing organisations saw massive disruptions in their supply chain in the aftermath of Ukraine-Russia war. A major area of focus for organisations today is scrutinising their supply chain for dependency on BRICS nations.
Natural disaster
We all know what happened during the Covid-19 pandemic and how it prompted organisations to review their supply chain strategy. However, this is not a new issue. For example I was part of a risk and resilience project for a major automotive original equipment manufacturer (OEM) that was commissioned in the aftermath of Floods in Thailand paralysing their supply chain.
Tier –N supplier disruption
Most of the big suppliers have complex supply chains. Any impact on these Tier 2, 3 suppliers can create a significant impact as well, depending on how mature is your supplier resilience. This is the most common issue I come across. While most organisations consider these as their supplier problem, when happen, they need to bear the impact as well.
The list above is not exhaustive and there are many other complex issues, ranging from cyber disruptions to boats carrying goods stuck in the Suez Canal.
The false sense of security
Many organisations operate under the assumption that supply chain disruptions won’t happen to them. They focus on cost efficiency and day-to-day operations, neglecting proactive risk and resilience management. However, this reactive approach can be detrimental when disruptions occur as there is no framework to deal with such disruptions. In these cases, senior management has to spend a significant amount of their time while incurring higher costs. And longer time to recover than their competition.
Risk monitoring tools: Necessary but insufficient
There are many tools available to supply chain professionals today from getting financial assessments of their suppliers, sanctions watch, to supplier ESG ratings. These risk monitoring tools help identify potential issues, but they often lack real-time predictive capabilities. Organisations receive retrospective alerts, leaving them scrambling to respond. Additionally, false alarms can lead to decision paralysis.
At the time of Carillion’s bankruptcy, none of these tools were able to give any actionable warning to the companies. Also, most organisations have an extensive risk framework for onboarding a new supplier, but they don’t have an effective risk framework once the supplier is in operation. And dependency increases over time with warning signs, if any, ignored.
The case for resilience
Resilience is the antidote to vulnerability. While organisations cannot predict every risk event or control how the events unfold, it is in their gift to build adaptive capacity to withstand shocks and recover swiftly. Here are some of the basics for how organisations can enhance supply chain resilience:
Supply market resilience
Overreliance on a single supplier or a geographic location affects resilience. Organisations should consciously diversify their supplier base, even if it means higher short-term costs. Also, they should know the alternate suppliers that operate in the market and have relationships with them even if they have no immediate plans to change suppliers. It would not only enhance resilience, but also help improve cost.
Know your supplier
Understand the key dependencies with your supplier including within their supply chain. A mature organisation should know the key people to reach out to in case of disruption. And who they should even bring on board if the supplier goes bust.
Contingency Planning
Develop clear contingency plans for various disruption scenarios. These plans should outline roles, responsibilities, and escalation procedures. Ask your suppliers about their contingency plans and how they will ensure business continuity when various risk scenario unfolds.
Operational Resilience
Have Contingency-SOP instructions in place. Capture the specifications and know-how on what suppliers are delivering so alternate options can be switched on swiftly if needed.
However, just having contingency plans written is not enough. Contingency plans must be stress-tested for viability and supply chain and business stakeholders ‘fire-drilled’ through those plans, so they are aligned on key steps when disruption happens, and precious time is not wasted arguing about the next steps. True resilience is an organisational culture and employees at all levels should understand their roles during disruptions.
An ongoing process
As concluded by Christopher Jones, Procurement Director at Alstom, “Resilience planning needs to be an ongoing process, your supply base and requirements are constantly evolving. Having stress tested plans means that when disruption lands your teams are ready to act and deal with the issues.”
Supply chain disruptions are inevitable, but organisations can minimise their impact through resilience. By embracing proactive risk management practices and fostering a resilient culture, organisations can navigate disruptions with confidence and stay ahead of the competition.
While environmental and climate change used to be the main topic of discussion, human rights and supply chains have taken over
SHARE THIS STORY
In recent years, supply chains gained momentum as the leading social issue for companies to address. While environmental and climate change used to be the main topic of discussion, human rights and supply chains have taken over. This is partly due to the scandals and allegations of exploitative labour practices from multinational companies. But also due to the increased public awareness of the role companies play in determining the management of their own supply chains.
Social sustainability
The shift to focus on social issues acknowledges the profound impact that supply chains can have on our communities, labour rights, and societal well-being. Progress has been made in greening supply chains, but addressing social sustainability is a complex challenge yet to be achieved. A holistic approach that integrates social responsibility in a meaningful way into every aspect of the supply chain is the way to go. Then businesses can make a difference in the long-term.
Understanding the social issues in supply chains
First and foremost, we need to understand what the risks and impacts are in supply chains. These largely depend on the industry and the part of the world where a given company works. Social sustainability in supply chains encompasses fair labour practices, human rights protection, community engagement, diversity and inclusion, and ethical sourcing. Building social sustainability requires a more thorough look at these issues:
Labour related issues
Labour exploitation
Supply chains often involve complex networks of subcontractors and suppliers. This can lead to challenges in monitoring and ensuring fair labour practices. Exploitative conditions such as low wages, long hours and unsafe working conditions can be prevalent, especially in industries like manufacturing and agriculture.
Worker welfare
Ensuring the well-being of workers throughout the supply chain is essential. This includes addressing issues around child labour, forced labour, discrimination, lack of access to essential benefits like healthcare. Issues around exploitation and worker welfare are especially troubling in the gig economy or in sectors with seasonally contracted workforce.
Labour rights violations
Encompassing the restriction on freedom of association and collective bargaining. I have had several clients whose subcontractors employed workers without employment contracts, completely violating local labour laws.
Human rights risks
Ethical sourcing
Companies face challenges in ensuring that their supply chains are free from human rights abuses, modern slavery, human trafficking and exploitation. Ethical sourcing policies and enhanced due diligence can screen out suppliers who can’t comply with legislation.
Conflict minerals
Sourcing minerals from conflict-affected regions can contribute to human rights abuses and armed conflict. Companies can implement measures to trace the origin of minerals and avoid financing conflict or further contribute to human rights violations.
Indigenous rights
Many supply chains involve land acquisition for resource extraction in areas inhabited by indigenous communities. Respecting Indigenous rights, including land rights and cultural heritage is crucial to avoid access restrictions to natural resources.
Community and land-related aspects
Land displacement
Though, we previously mentioned land issues in relation to indigenous people, supply chains might lead to land grabs from other communities. Proper consultation, compensation and resettlement plans are necessary to mitigate the negative impacts on affected communities.
Community engagement and development
Enterprises have the responsibility to contribute positively to the communities where they operate. In certain developing countries, these manufacturing facilities provide the only ‘good’ jobs and communities rely on them economically. Engaging with the communities and supporting local development through CSR programs is a popular way for companies to build lasting relationships.
Strategies and Tools for Enhancing Social Sustainability
Achieving social sustainability in supply chains requires a multifaceted approach that integrates social considerations into every stage of the supply chain lifecycle. When I work with my clients, I always look at three key pillars: legal requirements, voluntary standards, and management systems.
Legal requirements
The EU’s adoption of the new directives specifically targeting human rights and environmental impacts in supply chains adds to the long list of legal requirements companies need to follow to address modern slavery risks and practice corporate responsibility globally. Most of the legislation is not prescriptive in terms of what needs to be done exactly. But they do require companies to enforce corporate level standards on suppliers. Some companies have started including standard contractual clauses that require suppliers to follow legislation and adhere to the company’s policy on social topics.
Voluntary standards and certifications
There is a wide variety of voluntary standards and certifications that companies can explore on their social sustainability journey beyond legal compliance. Plus, there are certifications on Fair Trade, SA8000, Ethical Trading Initiative (ETI) Base Code and decent work. There are also some more sector specific standards and certifications such as ethical fishing for food producers. It is up to companies to decide if they want to improve their practices by updating systems in line with best practices.
Supplier collaboration
Supplier collaboration through the provision of capacity building and training are great tools to raise awareness on labour rights, health and safety, diversity and inclusion and support suppliers to establish their own traceability systems. Typically, the supplier code of conduct is a legal requirement, but it could be extended to include more detailed expectation. These might include labour standards, human rights, environmental practices and ethical business conduct.
I would consider community investment through CSR programs as a voluntary initiative that allocates resources towards community development. It is ideally driven by the needs of locals and might include a combination of paying for services and providing training or education.
Management systems
Company management systems include the collection of policies, processes and management plans. Most of the policies are legal requirements as per my previous points. However, there can be additional policies focusing on areas where the company is exposed to risks in the supply chain. For example, HR policies typically include minimum age requirements.
Although, if the risk of child labour is relevant to the company, they might decide to have a separate policy on the prohibition of child labour. Following on from this example, a management plan would identify the risk of child labour. Whether it is for direct employees, contractors or subcontractors. This will describe a process to verify, record, audit and report on the age of workers. Supply chain specific management plans might include traceability and mapping, a supplier management plan, a supply chain risk assessment plan etc.
Stakeholder enagagement
The other important aspect of a company’s management system is stakeholder engagement and complaints management. Effective stakeholder engagement can facilitate the feedback mechanism from communities and workers in the supply chain.
Creating socially sustainable supply chains is not just a moral imperative. It is also a strategic business imperative in today’s interconnected world. If we prioritise social responsibility by embedding it into the operations, businesses can mitigate risks, enhance reputation and create value for society. Ultimately, building social sustainability requires a collective effort involving businesses, governments, civil society and other stakeholders.
We need to work together towards common goals to create supply chains. Not only to deliver economic value but also promote social justice, equity and dignity for all.
Ildiko Almasi Simsic is a social development specialist and Founder of E&S solutions which has developed the world’s first E&S specific research assistant – myESRA™.
Satya Mishra, Director, Product Management at Amazon Business, discusses how CPOs have become an important voice at the table to drive digital transformation and efficient collaboration.
SHARE THIS STORY
Harnessing efficiency is at the heart of any digital transformation journey.
Digitalisation should revolve around driving efficiency and achieving cost savings. Otherwise, why do it?
Amazon is no stranger to simplifying shopping for its customers. It is why Amazon has become a global leader in e-commerce. But, business-to-business customers can have different needs than traditional consumers, which is what led to the birth of Amazon Business in 2015. Amazon Business simplifies procurement processes, and one of the key ways it does this is by integrating with third-party systems to drive efficiencies and quickly discover insights.
Satya Mishra, Director, Product Management at Amazon Business, tells us all about how the organisation is helping procurement leaders to integrate their systems to lead to time and money savings.
Many people shop on Amazon. What is Amazon Business, and how is it related to procurement?
Satya Mishra: “More than six million customers around the world tap Amazon Business to access business-only pricing and selection, purchasing system integrations, a curated site experience, Business Prime, single or multi-user business accounts, and dedicated customer support, among other benefits.
“I lead Amazon Business’ integrations tech team, which builds integrations with third-party e-procurement, expense management, e-sourcing and idP systems. We also build APIs for our customers that either they or the third-party system integrators can use to create solutions that meet customers’ procurement needs. Integrations can allow business buyers to create connected buying journeys, which we call smart business buying journeys.
“If a customer does not have existing procurement systems they’d like to integrate, they can take advantage of other native tools, like a Business Analytics dashboard, in the Amazon Business store, so they can monitor their business spend. They can also discover and use some third-party integrated apps in the new Amazon Business App Center.”
Why would a customer choose to integrate their systems? Are CPOs leading the way?
Satya Mishra: “By integrating systems, customers can save time and money, drive compliance, spend visibility, and gain clearer insights. I talk to CPOs frequently to learn about their pain points. I often hear from these leaders that it can be tough for procurement teams to manage or create purchasing policies. This is especially if they have a high volume of purchases coming in from employees across their whole organisation, with a small group of employees, or even one employee, manually reviewing and reconciling. Integrations can automate these processes and help create a more intuitive buying experience across systems.
“Procurement is a strategic business function. It’s data-driven and measurable. CPOs manage the business buying, and the business buying can directly impact an organisation’s bottom line. If procurement tools don’t automatically connect to a source of supply, business buying decisions can become more complex. Properly integrated technology systems can help solve these issues for procurement leaders.”
Satya Mishra, Director, Product Management at Amazon Business
Beyond process complexity, what other challenges are procurement leaders facing?
Satya Mishra: “In the Amazon Business 2024 State of Procurement Report, other top challenges respondents reported were having access to a wide range of sellers and products that meet their needs, and ensuring compliance with spend policies.
“The report also found that 52% of procurement decision-makers are responsible for making purchases for multiple locations. Of that group, 57% make purchases for multiple countries.
“During my conversations with CPOs, I hear them say that having access to millions of products across many categories through Amazon Business has allowed them to streamline their supplier quantity and reduced time spent going to physical stores or trying to find products they’re looking for from a range of online websites. They’ve also shared that the ability to ship purchases from Amazon Business to multiple addresses has been very helpful in reducing complexity for both spot-buy and planned or recurring purchases. Organisations may need to buy specific products, like copy paper or snacks, in a recurring way. They may need to buy something else, like desks, only once, and in bulk, at that. Amazon Business’ ordering capabilities are agile and can lessen the purchasing complexity.”
How should procurement leaders choose which integrations will help them the most?
Satya Mishra: “At Amazon Business, we work backwards from customer problems to find solutions. I recommend CPOs think about what existing systems their employees may already use, the organisation’s buying needs, and their buyers’ typical purchasing behaviors. The buying experience should be intuitive and delightful.
“Amazon Business integrates with more than 300 systems, like Coupa, SAP Ariba, Okta, Fairmarkit, and Intuit Quickbooks, to name just a handful. With e-procurement integrations like Punchout and Integrated Search, customers start their buying journey in their e-procurement system. With Punch-in, they start on the Amazon Business website, then punch into their e-procurement system. With SSO, customers can use their existing employee credentials. Our collection of APIs can help customers customise their procure-to-pay and source-to-settle operations. This includes automating receipts in expense management systems and track progress toward spending goals.
“My team recently launched an App Center where customers can discover third-party apps spanning Accounting Management, Rewards & Recognition, Expense Management, Integrated Shopping and Inventory Management categories. We’ll continue to add more apps over time to help simplify the integrated app discovery process for customers.
“Some customers choose to stack their integrations, while others stick with one integration that serves their needs. There are many possibilities, and you don’t just have to choose one integration. You can start with Punchout and e-invoicing, for example, and then also integrate with Integrated Search, so your buyers can search the Amazon Business catalog within the e-procurement system your organisation uses.”
Are integrations tech projects?
Satya Mishra: “No, integrations should not be viewed as tech projects to be decided by only an IT team. Integrations open doors to greater data connectivity and business efficiencies across organisations. Instead of having disjointed data streams, you can connect those systems and centralise data, increasing spend visibility. You may be able to spot patterns and identify cost savings that may have gotten lost otherwise.
“It’s not uncommon for me to hear that CPOs, CFOs and CIOs are collaborating on business decisions that will save them all time and meet shared goals, and integrations are in their mix of recommendations.
“One of my team’s key goals has been to simplify integrations and bring in more self-service solutions. In terms of set-up, some integrations like SSO can be self-serviced by the customer. Amazon Business can help customers with the set-up process for integrations as well.”
How has procurement transformed in recent years?
Satya Mishra: “Procurement is no longer viewed as a back-office function. CPOs more commonly have a seat at the table for strategic cross-functional decisions with CFOs and CIOs.
“95% of Amazon Business 2024 State of Procurement Report respondents say the purchases they make mostly fall into managed spend. Managed spending is often planned for months or years ahead of time. This can create a great opportunity to recruit other stakeholders across departments versus outsourcing purchasing responsibilities. Equipping domain experts to support routine purchasing activities allows procurement to uplevel its focus and take on higher priorities across the organisation, while still maintaining oversight of overarching buying patterns. It’s also worth noting that by connecting to e-procurement and expense management systems, integrations provide easy and secure access to products on Amazon Business and help facilitate managed spend.”
What does the future of procurement look like?
Satya Mishra: “Bright! By embracing digital transformation and artificial intelligence to form more agile and strategic operations, CPOs can influence the ways their organisations innovate and adapt to change.”
Anthony Payne, Chief Marketing Officer of HICX, tells us how working collaboratively with suppliers on sustainable procurement practices could act as an organisation’s competitive advantage.
SHARE THIS STORY
Sustainability isn’t just a ‘nice to have’ anymore – businesses don’t have much of a choice in the world of 2024.
With ESG regulations now locked in place, organisations must comply or risk significant penalties. In order to achieve sustainability objectives more effectively and efficiently, collaborating with suppliers represents a real opportunity to get there faster.
When businesses work with suppliers to reach sustainability goals, they need access to the most accurate supplier data possible. However, obtaining this data isn’t necessarily straightforward. Ultimately, suppliers own it and need to provide it.
This means it is in a business’s interest to form and maintain a great working relationship with suppliers.
Anthony Payne, Chief Marketing Officer of HICX, the supplier experience platform, discusses the benefits of being supplier-centric and how giving brands a better experience adds value to organisations.
What is the link between businesses collaborating with suppliers, and suppliers being able to give them helpful sustainability information?
Anthony Payne: “There is a direct link. A good supplier experience makes it easier to communicate with suppliers because it allows for collaboration, whereas the opposite can harm communication efforts. For example, when businesses need ESG information, many will survey a broad group of suppliers even though the questions don’t apply to everyone. This is easier for the business. But it means every supplier who receives the survey must investigate whether it applies to them. The experience is more likely to frustrate suppliers than to help them offer the best information.
“Rather, we can help suppliers to help us by communicating better. The way forward is to segment suppliers into groups and send them only relevant requests. This creates a more positive experience in which suppliers are better able to provide helpful information.”
What about their motivation to help sustainability efforts – does this also rely on supplier experience?
Anthony Payne: “Yes, because if the culture of the business-supplier relationship is one in which each party looks out for themselves, then suppliers won’t be terribly motivated to offer the most helpful ESG information. It’s just human nature. Whereas if a business creates an environment in which suppliers can collaborate with them, then they’re more likely to become a customer-of-choice. This is a status worth having. A recent HICX survey showed that while 49% of suppliers would go the extra mile for their biggest customer, as many as 73% would make the effort if this was a customer-of-choice.
“Ultimately, if businesses give their suppliers a good experience, then more suppliers should be willing to provide helpful ESG information – even if it means spending a bit more effort.”
What are some of your most effective strategies and best practices to building a future-proof ESG framework?
Anthony Payne: “Businesses can futureproof their ESG frameworks by viewing suppliers as value-adding partners. This principle suggests three ways to engage suppliers…
“First, have a corporate mindset in which every employee views every supplier as a valued partner. If COVID-19 taught us anything it’s how much we rely on suppliers. When the pandemic hit, non-strategic suppliers such as providers of IT equipment and protective personal equipment suddenly became as central to operations as those who supplied the main ingredients. If we take the view that ‘all suppliers matter’, then it becomes easier to treat them all as partners in the same eco-system and we can work together towards common goals.
“Then, through this lens, we can market to suppliers. In customer marketing, a business would require a certain action from customers – such as getting them to buy a product, read a newsletter or attend an event – and so would motivate this behaviour. Similarly, in procurement, we can appeal to suppliers in a way that encourages them to participate in ESG activities, for instance, by providing helpful carbon emission information.
“One way to encourage the desired behaviour with suppliers is to segment them into the appropriate categories and send them only necessary messages. This is what a marketer would do with customers. By viewing suppliers as partners and introducing supplier marketing and segmentation, you can improve suppliers’ experience and get the most from them.”
What are the biggest barriers that organisations face to delivering more sustainable practices within their organisations?
Anthony Payne: “Once supplier data has been captured, however, the challenge continues because it must be maintained as a golden source of truth. Not having accurate supplier data is a major barrier to delivering sustainable practices because it means that businesses cannot see who all their suppliers are and what they’re doing.
“Thankfully, with robust onboarding and data management in place, businesses can keep their supplier data up-to-date and accurate so that it can inform good sustainability decisions.”
What is the best way for procurement teams to assess and prioritise the suppliers they work with? How do you juggle environmental impact vs value to company?
Anthony Payne: “The best way to assess and prioritise suppliers is to have visibility. Businesses need to know who all their suppliers are and what they’re doing, at any given time. Only once leaders are informed, can they make the best environmental decisions.
“It’s imperative to manage environmental impact with suppliers, regardless of how much value they bring a company. Apart from the moral obligation to protect the environment, businesses also have their reputations to consider. An environmental infringement that gets exposed – no matter how deep in the supply chain it might occur – is very likely to cause reputational damage, which can have a knock-on effect on sales and share price.
“In addition to brand reputation, businesses can also face expensive fines, if their suppliers are found to fall short of environmental regulations.”
What are the challenges and opportunities when it comes to supplier diversity?
Anthony Payne: “The challenge is to source the right suppliers in the first instance and then be able to report on their activity. We know that finding diverse suppliers in the UK can be difficult. While the US market is more mature, supplier diversity is growing here. Considering this, many suppliers that could qualify as “diverse” are not yet certified. Additionally, when diverse suppliers are indeed certified, there is no guarantee that their skillsets will match your needs.
“Thankfully there are ways in which businesses can proactively grow their networks of diverse suppliers. For starters, leaders can equip people within the organisation who work with suppliers, to find diverse suppliers by educating them and putting policies in place. Further, there are practical steps one can follow – such as defining the criteria for what qualifies a supplier as diverse in various territories and then finding the right businesses by searching online directories, desktop research and asking for recommendations.
“Once suppliers that are considered to be diverse are indeed found, they bring much value. Apart from being able to make a positive sustainability impact, the expectations of regulators, shareholders and consumers can be met. The by-product of this is a positive reputation which has economic benefits.
“The opposite logic also applies, and failing to capture supplier diversity value becomes a missed opportunity. For instance, when third-party expectations to support supplier diversity are missed, this can damage brand reputation which hurts sales figures and share price. Also, the unique offerings that diverse suppliers can offer will be missed, and with it the chance to make an impact. Therefore, it’s sensible to make the most of the diverse suppliers that you worked so hard to find.”
Do you have any tips for readers who want to make the most of the diverse suppliers they have sourced?
Anthony Payne: “Yes, you can start by knowing that it’s possible to make the most of the diverse suppliers you find. You can do this by following a stepped approach.
“Start by onboarding new suppliers who are considered ‘diverse’ with processes that reliably capture their information. This way, your diversity programmes can be well-informed. It’s hugely valuable to be able to tell, at the touch of a button, where a particular supplier might be based. Also, what qualifies them as ‘diverse’? And while they might hold diversity status today, how can we be sure it still applies tomorrow?
“With all the right information collected at the start of each relationship, then it’s a good idea to instill processes that drive everyone who works with suppliers to spend more with those who are considered as diverse. As more diverse suppliers join the organisation, then you need to keep their data accurate. Do this by digitally transforming the procurement landscape to make master data a priority. With robust processes, it’s possible to maximise your relationships with all suppliers.”
How optimistic are you about the future of ESG within procurement?
Anthony Payne: “I am very optimistic about the future of ESG within procurement, because, we’re seeing the supplier experience movement grow in the UK and the US. For instance, we’re seeing new job roles come out in this area as the principle is popularised. And we know that having good Supplier Experience Management programmes in place sets up business to procure in the most ESG-friendly way possible.
“And so, with Supplier Experience Management becoming increasingly popular, we believe that the future for sustainability is bright.”
DHL Group’s Erik-Jan Ossewaarde discusses the power of partnerships in the transition towards a green supply base, and how proactively fostering supplier relationships contributes to a more sustainable ecosystem…
SHARE THIS STORY
It’s hard to believe we’ve reached the 50-issue landmark. It’s been such an incredible journey and thank you to every single person who has helped us along the way! And our 50th issue has a suitably fitting cover story with which to mark this moment.
DHL Group’s Erik-Jan Ossewaarde discusses the power of partnerships in the transition towards a green supply base. And how proactively fostering supplier relationships contributes to a more sustainable ecosystem
Procurement has an important role to play in applying supplier sustainability initiatives in most organisations. We all know that. But, if you want to understand what that looks like in practice and how you transform the function to deliver on that promise, you could do a lot worse than spending time with Erik-Jan Ossewaarde and his strategy, sourcing, and procurement colleagues in his global cluster, as we were lucky enough to. Their job is to play a crucial role in delivering on the near-unmatched sustainability commitments set out by world-leading logistics company DHL Group to reach its goal of net-zero carbon emissions by 2050.
We speak to Özer Ergül, Group Head of Procurement at Aquila Group, about the way the business is leveraging its position to influence suppliers and improve ESG across the board
Investment and asset development company, Aquila Group, is one that takes sustainability seriously. It invests in and develops clean energy and sustainable infrastructure assets, meaning a focus on ESG is baked into the business with more than 15 years’ experience focused on climate change. And for Özer Ergül, Group Head of Procurement at Aquila Group, it’s the perfect canvas for his passions and expertise to come together.
Ergül’s background is a mixture of aerospace, automotive, and for the last two decades, energy. He started off his career as an Air Force officer and moved into the automotive world in the 1990s, just as the sector was undergoing huge and exciting changes. “Those early roles shaped my way of working, my way of thinking,” Ergül explains. “They showed me how to solve problems collaboratively, and I still use those tools and that knowledge to this day.”
Plus, we have fascinating exclusives with procurement leaders at Amazon Business Services, HICX and many, many more. Plus, all the latest news and events affecting procurement and its practitioners.
Landry Giardina, Sanofi’s Global Head of Clinical Supply Chain Operations Innovation & Technology talks data-driven performance, resilience, agility and operational excellence within the clinical supply chain area…
SHARE THIS STORY
It’s a packed issue this month. Here’s a roll call of just some of this month’s exclusive content…
Landry Giardina, Sanofi’s Global Head of Clinical Supply Chain Operations Innovation & Technology talks data-driven performance, resilience, agility and operational excellence within the clinical supply chain area…
Sanofi has a mission: to chase the miracles of science to improve people’s lives, and sometimes that means starting over with Plan B, Plan C, or even Plan Z. To do so means to work across the most complex disciplines to solve problems, to push the boundaries and not be afraid to take smart risks, and to dedicate everything to making life better for people everywhere. None of that happens without continuous and groundbreaking R&D and clinical trials to prove the medicines and vaccines it creates are safe and efficient for millions of people around the world. Which makes Landry Giardina and his colleagues’ jobs absolutely essential.
Werfen: Procurement and supply chain excellence through teamwork
Don Perigny, Director Supply Chain, at Werfen, a Specialised Diagnostics developer, manufacturer and distributor, reveals how a strong work culture can achieve incredible success during challenging times.
“It takes a village to raise a child,’ purports a famous African saying. It’s certainly a phrase that has struck a note with Don Perigny, Director Supply Chain at Werfen. For Perigny, the ‘village’ is Werfen’s supply-chain and procurement team, although he does extend the sentiment to Werfen’s wider network, including its suppliers and partners, who have kept the former professional sportsman busy at the company for over 21 years.
Werfen is a worldwide leader in the area Specialised Diagnostics for Hemostasis, Acute Care, Transfusion, Autoimmunity and Transplant. The Company also has an OEM division, focused on customised diagnostics. Werfen’s annual revenue exceeds $2bn with a worldwide workforce of 7,000, operating in approx. 35 countries and more than 100 territories through its network of distributors.
We join Perigny at his office in Bedford, Massachusetts. He’s just back from a week at Werfen’s San Diego offices, where he spent some quality time with his extended (work) family. And it’s soon clear that the people, the culture and what Werfen does for the world is crucial to Perigny and the wider workforce at the company.
Plus, we have expert-driven analysis on hot topics such as AI in supply chain, tackling global regulations and how to encourage more women into supply chain and procurement.
CPOstrategy cover star this month is Kristina Andric, Supplier Manager IT at Tetra Pak and recent CIPS Young Talent winner, who discusses the procurement landscape from her perspective and how Tetra Pak is nurturing young procurement leaders like her…
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s cover star is Kristina Andric, Supplier Manager IT at Tetra Pak and recent CIPS Young Talent winner, who discusses the procurement landscape from her perspective and how Tetra Pak is nurturing young procurement leaders like her…
As a household name in food processing and packaging, Tetra Pak stands by having a customer-centric, strong, and competent procurement function.
As a result, it’s always working hard to evolve, which includes seeking out new procurement talent wherever possible. This is how Kristina Andric, Supplier Manager IT, became part of the team and kick-started an exciting career.
Andric started working at Tetra Pak in 2018 via a trainee programme called Future Talent. The programme lasted two years and gave trainees the opportunity to understand Tetra Pak from multiple perspectives. Andric was rotated throughout different parts of the organisation and across different geographies, the idea being to give young people a holistic view of the company before taking on a permanent role.
“Embracing change marked my career since the beginning,” she reflects. “My curious nature thrives on the opportunity to engage in diverse experiences and continuous learning. Challenges motivate me and develop my potential, so every change has been to my benefit. I’ve enjoyed it all.”
Elsewhere, we also have fascinating insights into procurement hot topics such as optimising tail spend with Simfoni and Kearney, amplifying procurement’s influence with Arkestro, while Box looks at The Art Of Procurement As A Change Agent. Plus, we detail 5 ways of tackling procurement’s talent shortage and discuss being prepared for future pandemics…
Timothy Woodcock, Director of Procurement at CordenPharma, discusses the new wave of change following acquisition and amid transformation
SHARE THIS STORY
We have a bumper issue of fascinating exclusives this month!
Corden Pharma: Powering Change
Timothy Woodcock, Director of Procurement at CordenPharma, discusses the new wave of change following acquisition and amid transformation
Change is here, get busy. Indeed, some organisations are further along a transformation journey than others. For CordenPharma, a Contract Development and Manufacturing Organisation (CDMO) partner, they are right on track.
CordenPharma supports biotech and pharma innovators of complex modalities in the advancement of their drug development lifecycle. Harnessing the collective expertise of the teams across its globally integrated facility network, CordenPharma provides bespoke outsourcing services spanning the complete supply chain, from early clinical-phase development to commercialisation. Recognised as a key partner to the pharma industry, CordenPharma provides state-of-the-art know-how, an integrated product offering end-to-end capabilities from early-stage development to commercial large-scale manufacturing.
A closer look
Timothy Woodcock has been the Director of Procurement at CordenPharma since October 2022 and is based in Basel, Switzerland. He explains that since joining over a year ago, while it was a “good start”, he admits to discovering some surprises after closer inspection. “There was a lot of information to get to grips with at the start and it was spread wide and thin,” he tells us. “But the team is certainly key and they have helped me pull it together through solid collaboration and engagement. Of course, there were a few surprises in the process realm, but that’s what makes this challenge so interesting to me.”
carbmee: Carbon management for complex supply chains
Prof. Dr. Christian Heinrich, Co-Founder at carbmee, discusses his organisation’s journey to being the trusted solution provider for carbon management.
carbmee means carbon excellence for complex supply chains. It is the carbon management solution for automotive, manufacturing, chemical, pharmaceuticals, medtech, hi-tech, logistics, and FMCG industries. Whether to assess emissions holistically throughout the entire company, product or suppliers, carbmee EIS™ platform can create the transparency required for uncovering optimal emissions reduction potential and at the same time, stay compliant with upcoming regulations like CBAM.
carbmee’s journey
Christian Heinrich has been the Co-Founder at the organisation since January 2021. While some executives end up in procurement and supply chain by mistake, for Heinrich he affirms it was “always” the industry for him. As far as he’s concerned, collaboration is a big piece of the puzzle and Heinrich points to his diverse experience in a range of different industries and sectors which have helped him along the way to forming carbmee.
“This was actually one of the reasons my co-founder Robin Spickers asked me to leverage my supply chain knowledge,” he says. “Robin had expertise in sustainability areas like Product LifeCycle Assessments and I had that in procurement and supply chain. We connected together and created carbmee to have scope 1, 2 and 3 solutions for carbon accounting and carbon reduction, which also combines the lifecycle analysis.”
Zorana Subasic, Director SEERU & PSCoE Cluster Procurement at Hemofarm A.D. reveals how a glocal approach is transforming procurement at the pharmaceutical…
Zorana Subasic is all about people. She heads up procurement for Hemofarm, the largest Serbian exporter of medicinal products, with a share of more than 70% of the total pharmaceutical. It sells pharmaceutical products on four continents in 34 states and, since 2006, has been part of the multi-national pharmaceutical giant STADA Group.
Meeting the challenges
Zorana explains that her priority is focusing on people, both within her team and in the wider company, a priority that has been even more important during the last few challenging years and has impacted her leadership style. ”These are areas that were new for me – managing people in ‘business as usual’ times is completely different to what we’ve been through in the last two or three years. It has affected people, and how it was for me to manage people in difficult times – understanding the challenges around us and making sure that people also understand the challenges.”
Onur Dogay, CPO at Elon Group, reflects on a year of procurement evolution and making the function an indispensable partner to the organisation…
A lot can happen in a year. Just ask Onur Dogay. In late summer 2022 he arrived in Sweden from his native Turkey to take the helm of a complex and evolving procurement environment at Elon Group AB, the Nordic region’s leading voluntary trade chain for home and electronic products. That he joined just a month after a significant merger that cemented the company’s market-leading position was no coincidence. Rather, Dogay was brought on board with a specific mission: use his industry experience and passion for transforming procurement to sustain the company’s market status while spearheading growth in new areas of retail and electronics.
And he hasn’t slowed down since. In little over 12 months, Dogay has overseen a procurement evolution that includes setting a new data strategy that’s aligned with the broader company vision, shifting procurement’s role to be less transactional and more of a strategic business partner, improving communication and partnerships both internally and externally with suppliers, and overseeing the greater use of data and technology to enhance forecasting and planning capabilities.
A seasoned procurement professional
A glance at Dogay’s CV to date leaves little surprise at his success. He is a seasoned procurement professional, with more than 20 years’ experience in procurement leadership positions working across internationally dispersed teams in Europe. “My background is particularly strong in retail, consumer electronics, telecom, and IT business units,” he explains, “including at Arcelik, one of the world’s largest manufacturing companies, and also for one of the biggest retailers in Europe, MediaMarkt. At the time of the merger in 2022 here at Elon Group, this experience, as well as the good relationships I had with many of the suppliers and brands we work with now, was the perfect match for the company.”
Microsoft: A sustainable supply chain transformation
In the past four years, Microsoft has gained more than 80,000 productivity hours and avoided hundreds of millions in costs. Did you miss that? That’s probably because these massive improvements took place behind the scenes as the technology giant moved to turn SC management into a major force driving efficiencies, enabling growth, and bringing the company closer to its sustainability goals.
An exciting time
Expect changes and outcomes to continue as Dhaval Desai continues to apply the learnings from the Devices Supply Chain transformation – think Xbox, Surface, VR and PC accessories and cross-industry experiences and another to the fast-growing Cloud supply chain where demand for Azure is surging. As the Principal Group Software Engineering Manager, Desai is part of the Supply Chain Engineering organisation, the global team of architects, managers, and engineers in the US, Europe, and India tasked with developing a platform and capabilities to power supply chains across Microsoft. It’s an exciting time. Desai’s staff has already quadrupled since he joined Microsoft in 2021, and it’s still growing. Within the company, he’s on the cutting edge of technology innovation testing generative AI solutions. “We are actively learning how to improve it and move forward,” he tells us.
This month’s exclusive cover story features a fascinating discussion with Dhaval Desai, Principal Group Engineering Manager at Microsoft, regarding a massive and sustainable supply chain transformation at the tech giant…
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s exclusive cover story features a fascinating discussion with Dhaval Desai, Principal Group Engineering Manager at Microsoft, regarding a massive and sustainable supply chain transformation at the tech giant…
In the past four years, Microsoft has gained more than 80,000 productivity hours and avoided hundreds of millions in costs. Did you miss that? That’s probably because these massive improvements took place behind the scenes as the technology giant moved to turn SC management into a major force driving efficiencies, enabling growth, and bringing the company closer to its sustainability goals.
Expect changes and outcomes to continue as Dhaval Desai continues to apply the learnings from the Devices Supply Chain transformation – think Xbox, Surface, VR and PC accessories and cross-industry experiences and another to the fast-growing Cloud supply chain where demand for Azure is surging. As the Principal Group Software Engineering Manager, Desai is part of the Supply Chain Engineering organisation, the global team of architects, managers, and engineers in the US, Europe, and India tasked with developing a platform and capabilities to power supply chains across Microsoft. It’s an exciting time. Desai’s staff has already quadrupled since he joined Microsoft in 2021, and it’s still growing. Within the company, he’s on the cutting edge of technology innovation testing generative AI solutions. “We are actively learning how to improve it and move forward,” he tells us.
We also have some inspiring and informative content from supply chain leaders and experts at Schneider Electric, Smart Cube, Protokol, Red Helix and Astrocast. Plus, expert predictions for 2024 from leading supply chain leaders, as well as a round-up of the best events this year has to offer!
This month’s cover story features Fiona Adams, Director of Client Value Realization at ProcurementIQ, to hear how the market leader in providing sourcing intelligence is changing the very face of procurement…
And below are just some of this month’s exclusives…
ProcurementIQ: Smart sourcing through people power
We speak to Fiona Adams, Director of Client Value Realization at ProcurementIQ, to hear how the market leader in providing sourcing intelligence is changing the very face of procurement…
The industry leader in emboldening procurement practitioners in making intelligent purchases is ProcurementIQ. ProcurementIQ provides its clients with pricing data, supplier intelligence and contract strategies right at their fingertips. Its users are working smarter and more swiftly with trustworthy market intelligence on more than 1,000 categories globally.
Fiona Adams joined ProcurementIQ in August this year as its Director of Client Value Realization. Out of all the companies vying for her attention, it was ProcurementIQ’s focus on ‘people power’ that attracted her, coupled with her positive experience utilising the platform during her time as a consultant.
Although ProcurementIQ remains on the cutting edge of technology, it is a platform driven by the expertise and passion of its people and this appealed greatly to Adams. “I want to expand my own reach and I’m excited to be problem-solving for corporate America across industries, clients and procurement organizations and teams (internal & external). I know ProcurementIQ can make a difference combined with my approach and experience. Because that passion and that drive, powered by knowledge, is where the real magic happens,” she tells us.
ASM Global: Putting people first in change management
Ama F. Erbynn, Vice President of Strategic Sourcing and Procurement at ASM Global, discusses her mission for driving a people-centric approach to change management in procurement…
Ripping up the carpet and starting again when entering a new organisation isn’t a sure-fire way for success.
Effective change management takes time and careful planning. It requires evaluating current processes and questioning why things are done in a certain way. Indeed, not everything needs to be changed, especially not for the sake of it, and employees used to operating in a familiar workflow or silo will naturally be fearful of disruptions to their methods. However, if done in the correct way and with a people-centric mindset, delivering change that drives significant value could hold the key to unleashing transformation.
Ama F. Erbynn, Vice President of Strategic Sourcing and Procurement at ASM Global, aligns herself with that mantra. Her mentality of being agile and responsive to change has proven to be an advantage during a turbulent past few years. For Erbynn, she thrives on leading transformations and leveraging new tools to deliver even better results. “I love change because it allows you to think outside the box,” she discusses. “I have a son and before COVID I used to hear him say, ‘I don’t want to go to school.’ He stayed home for a year and now he begs to go to school, so we adapt and it makes us stronger. COVID was a unique situation but there’s always been adversity and disruptions within supply chain and procurement, so I try and see the silver lining in things.”
SpendHQ: Realising the possible in spend management software
Pierre Laprée, Chief Product Officer at SpendHQ, discusses how customers can benefit from leveraging spend management technology to bring tangible value in procurement today…
Turning vision and strategy into highly effective action. This mantra is behind everything SpendHQ does to empower procurement teams.
The organisation is a leading best-in-class provider of enterprise Spend Intelligence (SI) and Procurement Performance Management (PPM) solutions. These products fill an important gap that has left strategic procurement out of the solution landscape. Through these solutions, customers get actionable spend insights that drive new initiatives, goals, and clear measurements of procurement’s overall value. SpendHQ exists to ultimately help procurement generate and demonstrate better financial and non-financial outcomes.
Spearheading this strategic vision is Pierre Laprée, long-time procurement veteran and SpendHQ’s Chief Product Officer since July 2022. However, despite his deep understanding of procurement teams’ needs, he wasn’t always a procurement professional. Like many in the space, his path into the industry was a complete surprise.
But that’s not all… Earlier this month, we travelled to the Netherlands to cover the first HICX Supplier Experience Live, as well as DPW Amsterdam 2023. Featured inside is our exclusive overview from each event, alongside this edition’s big question – does procurement need a rebrand? Plus, we feature a fascinating interview with Georg Rosch, Vice President Direct Procurement Strategy at JAGGAER, who discusses his organisation’s approach amid significant transformation and evolution.
Our exclusive cover story this month features a fascinating discussion with UK Procurement Director, CBRE Global Workplace Solutions (GWS), Catriona Calder to find out how procurement is helping the leader in worldwide real estate achieve its ambitious goals within ESG.
As a worldwide leader in commercial real estate, it’s clear why CBRE GWS has a strong focus on continuous improvement in its procurement department. A business which prides itself on its ability to create bespoke solutions for clients of any size and sector has to be flexible. Delivering the superior client outcomes CBRE GWS has become known for requires an extremely well-oiled supply chain, and Catriona Calder, its UK Procurement Director, is leading the charge.
Procurement at CBRE had already seen some great successes before Calder came on board in 2022. She joined a team of passionate and capable procurement professionals, with a number of award-winning supply chain initiatives already in place.
With a sturdy foundation already embedded, when Calder stepped in, her personal aim focused on implementing a long-term procurement strategy and supporting the global team on its journey to world class procurement…
We grab some time with Adam Brown who leads the Technology Platform for Procurement at A.P. Moller-Maersk, the global logistics giant. And when he joined, a little over a year ago, he was instantly struck by a dramatic change in culture…
Government of Jersey: A procurement transformation journey
Maria Huggon, Former Group Director of Commercial Services at the Government of Jersey, discusses how her organisation’s procurement function has transformed with the aim of achieving a ‘flourishing’ status by 2025…
The procurement team at Corio on bringing the wind of change to the offshore energy space. Founded less than two years ago, Corio Generation already packs quite the punch. Corio has built one of the world’s largest offshore wind development pipelines with projects in a diverse line-up of locations including the UK, South Korea and Brazil among others.
The company is a specialist offshore wind developer dedicated to harnessing renewable energy and helps countries transform their economies with clean, green and reliable offshore wind energy. Corio works in established and emerging markets, with innovative floating and fixed-bottom technologies. Its projects support local economies while meeting the energy needs of communities and customers sustainably, reliably, safely and responsibly.
Felix Schmitz, Head of Investor Relations & Head of Strategic Sustainability at Klöckner & Co SE explores how German company Becker Stahl-Service is leading the way towards a more sustainable steel industry with Nexigen® by Klöckner & Co.
This month’s cover story sees us speak with Brad Veech, Head of Technology Procurement at Discover Financial Services.
Having been a leader in procurement for more than 25 years, he has been responsible for over $2 billion in spend every year, negotiating software deals ranging from $75 to over $1.5 billion on a single deal. Don’t miss his exclusive insights where he tells us all about the vital importance of expertly procuring software and highlights the hidden pitfalls associated.
“A lot of companies don’t have the resources to have technology procurement experts on staff,” Brad tells us. “I think as time goes on people and companies will realise that the technology portfolio and the spend in that portfolio is increasing so rapidly they have to find a way to manage it. Find a project that doesn’t have software in it. Everything has software embedded within it, so you’re going to have to have procurement experts that understand the unique contracts and negotiation tactics of technology.”
There are also features which include insights from the likes of Jake Kiernan, Manager at KPMG, Ashifa Jumani, Director of Procurement at TELUS and Shaz Khan, CEO and Co-Founder at Vroozi.
This month’s exclusive cover story features a fascinating insight into the procurement function at lighting giant, Signify.
A forward-thinking enterprise constantly reevaluating and adapting its operations against an ever-changing landscape, Signify has recently transformed its procurement function. And so we join Luc Broussaud, Global Head of Procurement/CPO and Arnold Chatelain, Transformation Program Director for Signify’s Procurement Organization to see why, and how, they have evolved procurement at the company.
Signify is a global organisation spread over all continents and Luc heads up the procurement function. According to Luc, he and his team no longer engage in traditional transactional procurement, but instead leverage digitalisation to deliver competitive prices as well as what they call ‘concept saving’, “Which is how we redesign or improve our product; leveraging the knowledge of our suppliers to make it cheaper, more efficient, easier to manufacture and install, and more sustainable for the planet.”
Luc joined Signify in 2018, after being the CPO of Nokia (based in Shanghai) and has always been working within procurement. He joined Signify with a broad skillset and a wealth of experience. “I joined because the people I talked to, from the COO to the CEO and CFO were all incredibly knowledgeable and passionate about procurement,” he reveals. Read the full story here!
Not only that, but we also have some incredible insights from procurement leaders at Heijmans, Datadog, HICX, DPW, ProcureCon Asia and SourcingHaus Research! Plus, the very best procurement events of 2023.
We look into the need for a supply chain reset amidst inflation concerns, supply uncertainty, geopolitical issues and sustainability drives.
SHARE THIS STORY
Today’s supply chains are under pressure like never before.
Amidst inflation concerns, supply uncertainty, geopolitical issues and sustainability drives, the modern supply chain is having to think twice about the way it operates. It means companies are rethinking their supply chain strategy as well as the materials they source and the suppliers they work with. But such significant change doesn’t come easy and isn’t necessarily cheap either. Indeed, these factors have led to the necessity of a great supply chain reset. But this is no easy fix. It impacts the entire business model, from strategy, marketing and design all the way through packaging, storage and transportation.
Supply Chain Revolution
The first part of a supply chain overhaul is rationalising the portfolio. A major review of the product portfolio could reveal what is profitable to make or sell. In many industries, the combined effect of the rising cost of products, logistics, carbon charges for border crossings and frequent supply disruptions is increasing the cost-to-serve, reducing gross margins and making it unprofitable to hold inventory as a buffer.
Leading companies look for ways to improve communications among the supply chain, leadership, sales, and other commercial teams so that supply chain leaders clearly understand the trade-offs required to win in the market. The most successful companies are also involving other key stakeholders in the supply chain balance equation discussion, including finance, R&D, regulatory, sustainability, and procurement. This ensures everyone understands all the implications of the proposed overhaul, particularly what can actually happen.
COVID-19 disruptions pushed companies to reorient their supply chains around resilience. According to Bain & Company, management at one global apparel firm recognised early on that this would require a transformation that would have ripple effects across other parts of the business. In order to make the correct decision, it pulled together a cross-functional strategy team that included the heads of supply chain, finance, sustainability, consumer insights, and the product’s business unit. The team saw the supply chain redesign as an opening to not only boost resilience but also responsiveness and sustainability. It found reducing reliance on any one location would provide insulation from supply disruptions, and making its products closer to customers would speed up delivery and shrink the supply chain’s carbon footprint.
Design to delivery and beyond
Taking a detailed view of the entire product journey, from design to delivery and beyond, can also help to simplify sourcing, by standardising as many elements as possible, reducing the range and specification of materials used for production and packaging. This means fewer suppliers and components, which lowers the exposure to disruption. Companies should investigate whether it’s possible to use less material and/or more recycled content, and whether this can reduce total cost of manufacture.
Today, chief supply chain officers balance multiple conflicting needs of cost, service, sustainability, agility and resilience. As a result of increasingly international trade complexity and the need to manage a widening range of risks, it’s difficult to determine where products should be manufactured and sold. While the onshoring versus offshoring versus friendshoring debate remains, it is further complicated by issues such as sustainability, trade wars, agility and, increasingly, visibility.
In the era of mass offshoring, manufacturers have enjoyed the huge scale efficiencies of large manufacturing centres in low-wage countries. For a wide range of products, there is a now a considerable and visible shift to get closer to the end customer, to ensure a faster response to changing consumer demands, while avoiding tariffs, cutting logistics costs and reducing carbon footprint.
Looking ahead, supply chain has little choice. It can’t stand still and wait for the next black swan event to unfold – companies must be more resilient and fluid. A great supply chain reset may not just be a “nice to have” anymore.
In EY’s January 2023 European CEO Outlook Survey, it was discovered European CEOs expect short-term challenges but have reason for optimism.
SHARE THIS STORY
Today’s CEO faces unprecedented challenges like never before and is tasked with navigating choppy waters.
Amid global uncertainty caused by a potential recession and on the back of war in Ukraine and disruption caused by COVID-19, it can feel overwhelming for even the most experienced leaders.
A positive horizon?
Despite this, consulting giants EY has discovered reason for optimism in its January 2023 CEO Outlook Pulse survey which includes 390 responses from CEOs across Europe. While the survey found 98% of respondents are indeed expecting a global recession, the majority of European CEOs (52%) anticipate it to be temporary and not a persistent one. These figures are a greater percentage than CEOs worldwide (48%) who point to more long-term optimism for the global economy among European CEOs.
According to the survey, 47% of European respondents believe this recession will be different from previous slowdowns. The recent crisis is more driven by myriad geopolitical challenges and an ongoing fallout from the COVID-19 pandemic compared with previous recessions primarily as a result of financial and credit market factors. Many CEOs are aware of this difference and acknowledge the necessity for new and sustainable approaches that build resilience in uncertain times.
In EY’s last survey in October 2022, ongoing pandemic-related concerns such as supply chain issues were the most important topics. However, since then supply chain pressures have eased to some extent with data from S&P Global Purchasing Managers’ Index (PMI) showing improvement. Only 32% of European CEOs now cite supply chains as the key issue which is down from 41% in October. Given inflationary pressures and the upward movement in interest rates, European CEOs are increasingly focusing on the policies and steps they believe European governments should take to help businesses mitigate the downturn.
About 35% of European respondents, in comparison to 32% globally, consider uncertain monetary policy and increasing cost of capital as the biggest challenge to growth. With inflation beginning to decline in November 2022 after 17 months of upward trajectory, CEOs are closely following central bank activity for potential course changes.
A strategy change
In response to the current recession, EU policymakers are considering more dovish economic recovery proposals instead of top-down austerity rules seen during the sovereign debt crises a decade ago. This includes rethinking debt rules to help countries navigate this downturn. Alongside this, EU governments now face pressure on how to handle the discontent of people protesting against the rising cost of living crisis and questions still remain on how extensively they will intervene. In particular, governments are reluctant to pursue austerity measures as a result of protests from the crisis 10 years ago. Meanwhile, for CEOs, financing will continue to be a challenge as a result of increased capital costs that are set to persist which disrupted growth plans.
European CEOs have learned from previous financial crises and recognise that it is essential to think of new and sustainable strategies to capitalise on the opportunities.
What is the way forward?
According to EY, there are five directives which are worth exploring over the next few years.
Investing in operations European CEOs identify investing internally to boost operations as extremely important. Risk isn’t only about extraordinary events; day-to-day operational failures can also lead to losses, regulatory action and reductions in share prices. Operations such as finance, accounting and supply chain have emerged as the top priority area of investment for European CEOs (41%).
Recognising disruption and accelerating digital transformation
Amid ongoing global pressure to embrace new technologies and a digital transformation, COVID-19 further accelerated a trend toward digitalisation. Around 38% of European CEOs (in line with 37% globally) are looking to invest in digital transformation, data and technology to emerge stronger from this downturn.
Developing a strong environmental, social and governance (ESG) strategy
Businesses need to ensure ESG processes are moved to the centre of business strategy. Sustainability, including net zero and other environmental issues, as well as societal priorities, is one of the key areas that European CEOs identify as a need for more investment.
Nurturing talent
Despite the recession, the labour market remains tight in Europe. European CEOs are weighing cost management options, with 37% considering a move to contract employment and 38% planning on reducing learning and development investments. About one third are also considering a restructuring of their workforce compared with global and Americas CEOs (36% and 42%) considering the same approach.
Portfolio transformation
Looking ahead, portfolio rebalancing is expected to be a key theme as CEOs will be compelled to make bold decisions regarding their business portfolio. During a recession, companies must critically assess what their core businesses are, what their focus should be and where they can create value by spinning out or selling non-core assets. Some 93% of European CEOs consider prioritising restructuring opportunities as an important initiative in the next six months.
Our exclusive cover story this month features Alan Rankin, Chief Procurement Officer at STADA, who discusses his company’s journey to offering a best-in-class procurement function.
Few industries can say that statement with certainty. But for the pharmaceutical industry during the COVID-19 pandemic, finding a solution quickly was non-negotiable.
Indeed, Alan Rankin, Chief Procurement Officer at STADA, acknowledges the role his sector played in helping to combat one of the biggest health crises of all time. He says the COVID-19 period made him “extremely proud” to be part of the industry. “The pharmaceutical industry worked hard to come up with a solution during a time when governments struggled to cope with what happened,” he recalls. “The industry had a real impact on the world being able to handle the situation and not going into financial meltdown. That alone makes me so proud to be in this space.”
Today, STADA stands as a renowned manufacturer of high-quality pharmaceuticals. The firm operates with a three-pillar strategy consisting of consumer healthcare products, generics and specialty pharmaceuticals. Its consumer healthcare brands such as Hedrin, Nizoral, Grippostad and Zoflora are among the top sellers in their respective product categories…
Not only that but we also have fascinating discussions involving all the hot topics around the procurement function at the moment, with George Schutter, Former Chief Procurement Officer at the District of Columbia, Noemie Chetty, Director of Procurement of the Seychelles’ Public Utilities Corporation (PUC) and Trevor Tasker, CEO at EMCS Industries. Plus, Bob Booth Senior Partner, Finance & Supply Chain Transformation at IBM Consulting details how AI could affect the procurement function. “We are now witnessing a tipping point in the application of AI at real scale, and CPOs are wondering how this impacts them and their colleagues. This article aims to equip CPOs and their teams with some ideas to consider and some pointers on applying AI in a professional capacity to their company,” he reveals.
Welcome to the launch issue of CEOstrategy where we highlight the challenges and opportunities that come with ‘the’ leadership role
SHARE THIS STORY
Our first cover story explores how Vodafone is leveraging strong leadership to drive the collaborations enabling businesses to champion change management and better use technology.
Welcome to the launch issue of CEOstrategy!
Tasked with accelerating business growth, while building the synergies across an organisation that can drive innovation to meet diverse customer needs and keep revenues on track, the modern CEO must be mentor, marshall and motivator on the journey to success.
“Leadership is purpose, it’s why do you do the things you do…”
Our cover story throws the spotlight on Vodafone US CEO David Joosten; also Director for Americas & Partners Markets at Vodafone Business, he talks to CEOstrategy about leading from the front and setting the standards to deliver growth while keeping employees and customers happy.
“People follow leaders that are honest about themselves. If you can reflect on what you’ve done well, but also where you need to improve it can inspire others to do the same.”
EMCS Industries Ltd: How a CEO can navigate change management
“Why hire talent and then tell them what do? You have so much to learn from the great people you hire. Micromanaging is not management, and it’s certainly not leadership. Let your people thrive!”
Read our interview with EMCS Industries Ltd CEO Trevor Tasker for more thought-provoking insights on leadership from the shifting tides of the marine industry in this maiden issue.
How to be an authentic leader
“At the most basic human level, everyone knows what it’s like to feel heard by another person, and how that changes our behaviour. It can help anger and sadness subside and enable us to start seeing things differently. So, when employees are being listened to by their leaders, it can only help how an organisation operates.”
Dr Andrew White, director of the Advanced Management and Leadership Programme at the University of Oxford’s Saïd Business School and host of the Leadership 2050 podcast series, explores transformative approaches to leadership for the modern CEO.
How can CEOs drive forward culture change around diversity and inclusion?
Diane Lightfoot, CEO of Business Disability Forum, explores the changing the narrative around diversity and inclusion in the workplace.
“Disability is still often parked in the “too difficult” box when it comes to Diversity, Equity and Inclusion. Employers are often afraid of doing or saying the wrong thing and as a result, do or say nothing. As a CEO, the stakes feel (and often are) higher. That high profile platform can feel daunting at the best of times; when tackling an unfamiliar topic, it can feel positively overwhelming. But what we do and say as senior leaders has a huge impact. Indeed, it is critical in driving change.”
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g-TRCm1dv6o
Also in this launch issue, we get the lowdown on agile ways of working from Kubair Shirazee, CEO of Agile transformation specialists Agilitea. Elsewhere, we speak with Nirav Patel, CEO of the consultancy firm, Bristlecone – a subsidiary of Mahindra Group and a leading provider of AI powered application transformation services for the connected supply chain – who discusses the challenges facing CPOs and supply chain leaders in our uncertain times. And we analyse the latest insights for CEOs from McKinsey and Gartner.
Jolyon Bennett, CEO of Juice, discusses how sustainability has moved to the forefront of his organisation’s operations
SHARE THIS STORY
A green approach is quickly transitioning away something that is ‘nice to have’ to an essential component of a company’s strategy.
To Jolyon Bennett, who heads up UK tech accessories manufacturer Juice, being environmentally friendly is non-negotiable. Bennett has transformed the mobile phone accessories sector, having consistently introduced a series of quality, vibrant and consumer-focused products to market, ranging from portable power banks through to super-fast chargers.
He takes us under the bonnet of his firm’s sustainability drive.
You have recently removed all single-use plastic from your entire product range – why?
Jolyon Bennett (JB): “Why wouldn’t you? Single-use plastic is one of the biggest polluters in manufacturing – it uses 3% of the entire planet’s oil consumption. This year, it’s forecast that there will be 50kg of plastic waste for every single one of the eight billion human beings on planet earth – that’s a lot! Consumers, manufacturers and brand owners like myself all need to get on board with the fact that we’re going to need to use and re-use plastic packaging to make different things.
“Why have we done it? Because it’s totally the right thing to do. We need to stop making so much plastic and we need start reusing what we’ve already got. We need to stop cutting down trees in order to make paper and cardboard – let the trees grow and re-use what we’ve got. It just makes sense on a planetary level to stop consuming quite so much and start being just a bit more content with what we’ve got. Why do we need to make ‘new new new’ all the time?”
What have you used instead of virgin plastic?
JB: “We’re reusing, reusing, reusing. Did you know that recycled plastic – depending on its quality and density – can be recycled and re-used between seven and 200 times. Isn’t that unbelievable? It’s such an amazing material. Plastic is a vibe, and we should be re-using it. Juice is using post-consumer waste such as Evian bottles to make speakers, old milk cartons to make power banks and so much more!”
Why do you love plastic?
JB: “I just think we’ve got a lot of it so why not reuse it? I admire the material because it’s so durable – it’s an incredible scientific breakthrough to be able to make something that’s not only waterproof and heatproof but lasts for up to 3,000 years. There are so many different elements that make plastic a great material. I would prefer it if we didn’t have any, but that’s not going to solve the current (and ever-growing) problem of plastic waste finding its way into our oceans, and burying it isn’t the answer either. The problem is with us humans is that we just shy away from the truth – l don’t want to shy away, I want to face these problems head on and meet the challenge.”
Has Juice taken a financial hit to make this happen?
JB: “As an example, we sell around three million cables a year (based on last year’s figures) and each piece of packaging that we are making using post-consumer waste costs us between $0.15 and $0.25 more, so as a minimum, our increased cost for doing this is almost half a million dollars. But I still think it’s the right thing to do. Money is made up – the world could end and money would no longer matter, so let’s stop making decisions based purely on money and let’s start making decisions based on the right thing to do.”
How do you rate the overall quality of the ‘Eco’ products compared to the ones they have superseded?
JB: “There is absolutely no difference whatsoever, so I rate them just as highly.”
Do customers really want these eco products or is this more for your own conscience?
JB: “I don’t suffer from guilt so in that respect I don’t feel driven by my conscience to do this – doing the right thing has its own gravity and its own way of whisking you forward. Generally, I believe that people and businesses that do the right things will prosper. I’m a firm believer in the philosophy of ‘do the right thing and good things will happen’ so it’s a strategic choice to do something that has a positive impact because positive things attract positive things. While not every consumer or every retailer is especially interested in our sustainability drive, I do think this is shifting slightly. Maybe I do have a conscience, but the reality is that it’s the right thing to do, and the right thing gets rewarded in the end.”
Are retailers keen to stock them?
JB: “We haven’t given them a choice! We changed all of our products because we wanted to and we are adamant that even though the materials we are using are different, our products still perform just as well, if not better.”
Should other tech brands follow suit?
JB: “Of course they should, and we would happily help them do so. We’re willing to introduce other tech brands to our suppliers and guide them through the same process we’ve taken, sharing our knowledge – including the hurdles we’ve overcome – because it’s the right thing to do. I don’t understand why any brand would want to continue producing virgin plastic when they don’t have to, it just doesn’t make any sense to me.”
What advice would you give to other brands wanting to embark on this process of removing single-use plastic from their products?
JB: “Do it. Stop messing about – get on with it and do it. Although it may cost you a bit more in the short term, we’ve proven that consumers do generally buy more of your products if you are making the right decisions towards the environment, so you will reap this extra cost back whilst also doing the right thing.”
What is next for Juice?
JB: “I want Juice to be a brand that limits its impact. We’re currently doing this with our manufacturing and through our supply chain and the way that we conduct ourselves in general. I want to start releasing products that have a positive impact on humans as well as the planet – I’m a firm believer that everyone can win. There will always be a demand for technology, so I don’t believe that we should be fighting against it, however, I would very much like to see people taking their technology off grid.
“My dream is to be able to take every mobile phone on planet earth off grid and start generating our own personal electricity. I want to create products that link to your activity – imagine if you could run 5k and the kinetic activity could generate enough energy to a charge a device such as a phone or a laptop while you do it? I’m interested in organic solutions to current chemical problems such as organic battery cells using salt water and algae as a storage method of electricity – so much so that we’re currently in discussions with a photosynthesis harvesting electronics brand about using photosynthesis as a charging capability!
“I want to get more connected with nature and I think you can have it all – I think we can still enjoy modern technology as well as the beautiful world around us. If we can utilise our intelligence in the right way, we can all live in a perfectly harmonious symbiotic relationship with amazing technology products and a sustainable environment for all wildlife.”
Procurement is in a state of flux. Against a backdrop of economic uncertainty, the procurement landscape is volatile and requires…
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement is in a state of flux.
Against a backdrop of economic uncertainty, the procurement landscape is volatile and requires agility to navigate turbulent waters. But, despite significant disruption could there still be opportunity?
Simon Whatson, Vice President of Efficio Consulting, is optimistic about the future of digital procurement and despite a challenging few years he is confident of a successful bounce back. He gives us the lowdown on the direction of travel for digital procurement in 2023.
As an executive with considerable experience in the space, we’d love to learn more about your background and how you ended up in procurement. Why was this the specialism for you and how did you get involved to begin with?
Simon Whatson (SW): “I think the one-word answer of how I came into procurement was accidental. I studied maths at university, with a year in France, before I began looking for different roles to apply for.
“Eventually, I was offered a position with a big plumbing and heating merchant with global operations. I worked in that supply chain team for two and a half years. Although it was called supply chain, a lot of the work was procurement, which involved negotiating with suppliers. It was after that stint there, that I discovered consulting and joined a boutique procurement consultancy. Now I am onto my third consultancy and I’m very happy here!
“In terms of why I’ve stayed, one of the success factors in procurement is being able to work cross-functionally. Procurement doesn’t own any of the spending that it is responsible for helping to optimise. It must work with other functions and the spend owners. I quite like the people side of that, building relationships, almost selling internally to bring teams together. That really appeals to me and is a key reason why I’ve been very happy in procurement.”
As we move into exploring procurement today in 2023. The space is filled with challenges and complexities. You only need to look at the last few years. Covid, war in Ukraine, inflation – how would you describe the world’s recent challenges and their effect on the industry and what do you feel CPOs and leaders can do to combat these issues?
SW: “I would flip it around and say that these are not so much challenges but rather opportunities for procurement. When I started my career 18 years ago, procurement was often fighting to get a voice and there were complaints that procurement was not represented at the top table, but the war in Ukraine, inflation, COVID and ESG, these are things which are now on the C-suite agenda and procurement is ideally positioned to help companies face those challenges. If you think about COVID and the war in Ukraine, procurement is in a privileged position to help with this.
“I see some procurement functions that prefer to do what they know, which focuses on the process and transactional side. However, there are also many forward-thinking CPOs and procurement professionals out there, that have really seized this opportunity of being on the C-suite agenda and drive the thinking and the solutions to some of these big challenges we’re seeing.”
Although new technology in procurement has been around for well over a decade, digitalisation has become so much more of an important topic. How would you sum up where procurement and supply chain are in terms of digital transformation today?
SW: “It’s a bit laggard, but digital transformation is difficult, and we have to recognise there are some real trailblazers. There are some firms doing some fantastic things in digital to produce better outcomes. If you contrast your experience when you’re buying something in your private life, it’s much easier than 20 years ago. You can get access to a wealth of pre-sourced things, whether it’s food, a holiday, a car, or a book. You can see reviews of what other people think of these things.
“But when you go into your workplace as a business user and you want to buy something, it doesn’t quite work like that yet. You often have to fill in a form, send it off and wait for them to come back to you. They might come back a little bit later than you were hoping and might tell you that they don’t have that part on the supply frameworks. I think people sometimes get confused about how it can be so easy to buy something as large as a car or a holiday on their sofa at home, but when they want to buy something at work, it seems to be quite cumbersome. Digital can help a lot with that, but it is incumbent on organisations and procurement functions to figure out how to recreate that customer experience that we’ve become accustomed to in our private lives.”
With a new generation of leaders growing up with technology, some might say that it could be a key driver in helping to speed the adoption in procurement along. Is this something you would agree with or what would you point to as a key driver?
SW: “I do think that it will act as one of the catalysts for further digital transformation in organisations, because if procurement doesn’t manage to recreate that customer experience that the new generation expects, then they won’t use procurement going forward and will look to bypass it.
“The analogy that I’ve used previously in this case is one of travel agents. I remember as a child, my parents were able to take us on holiday and I remember the whole process. We would walk into town to the travel agent, and look at some of the brochures of options. They often then had to phone the various airlines or resorts on our behalf. They might not be able to get through, so we’d have to come back the next day. I remember as a child being quite excited by the whole process but actually, thinking back, it was quite cumbersome. You compare that to now, with being able to review online, and you can get instant answers to your questions. It’s not a coincidence that travel agents don’t really exist anymore.”
How much of a challenge is it to not get caught leveraging technology for technologies sake? How important is it to stay true to your approach and be strategic?
SW: “We conducted a study of many procurement leaders and CPOs a few years ago, and one of the things that we found was that about 50% of procurement leaders admitted to having bought technology just on the basis of a fear of missing out, without any real understanding of the benefits that technology was going to bring. That was a real shock and a revealing find because technology is not cheap, and its implementation is quite disruptive. If you’re purchasing a system because everybody else is using it, then there could be some pretty costly mistakes. It is really important to make sure that when buying technology, it is because the benefits are fully understood.
“My advice to companies when looking to digitalise is own your data, visualise that data, and manage your knowledge. If you can focus on getting those things right in that order, and make your technology decisions to support that goal, then that’s a much better way of thinking about it rather than just jumping in and buying a piece of technology.”
It’s clear that the procurement space is an exciting, but challenging, place to be. What do you think will play a key role in the next 12 months to push the digital conversation further to take procurement to the next level?
SW: “Looking forward, one thing that procurement needs to do and continue to do is attract the best people. Ultimately, people are what makes an organisation, and it is what makes a function successful. I think procurement has often not looked for the right skills in the people that it employs. Traditionally, it’s looked for people with procurement experience and while they are valuable and required, we also need leadership potential. People who think a bit more outside the box and aren’t so process driven. A lot of what procurement has done in previous years has been process driven, so if you’re just limiting your search of people to those that have had procurement experience, you’re inevitably going to end up with a lot of people who are process driven.
“I think being bolder and recruiting people from different backgrounds with different skill sets is the way to go. If procurement can ‘own’ the ESG space, that will help with the younger generation see procurement make a difference. I think that’s one thing that will be key to success going forward.”
Check out the latest issue of CPOstrategy Magazine here.
Paul Farrow, Vice President of Hilton Hotels’ Supply Management, sits down with us to discuss how his organisation’s procurement function has evolved amid disruption on a global scale
SHARE THIS STORY
The hospitality industry has endured a rough ride over the past few years.
Following the COVID-19 pandemic which stopped the world in its tracks and now with millions facing a cost-of-living crisis, it’s been a period of unprecedented disruption for those involved in the space and beyond.
But it’s a challenge met head-on by Paul Farrow, Vice President of Supply Management at Hilton Hotels, and his team who have been forced to respond as the world continues to shift before their eyes.
Farrow gives us a closer look into the inner workings of his firm’s procurement function and how he has led the charge during his time with Hilton Hotels.
Could we start with you introducing yourself and talking a little about your role at Hilton Hotels?
Paul Farrow (PF): “I’m the Vice President of Hilton’s Supply Management, or HSM as we call it. I’ve been with Hilton Hotels for 12 and a half years, and my role is to head the supply chain function for our hotels across Europe, the Middle East and Africa.
“Over the past few years, Hilton has grown rapidly and has now got 7,000 hotels in over 125 countries globally. What is really exciting is Hilton Supply Management doesn’t just supply Hilton Hotels and the Hilton Engine because we also now supply our franchisees and competitive flags. While we have 7,000 hotels globally, Hilton Supply Management actually supplies close to 13,000 hotels. That’s an interesting business development for us, and a profit earner too.”
You’re greatly experienced, I bet you’ve seen supply chain management and procurement change a lot in recent years?
PF: “The past two to three years have been tremendously challenging on so many industries but I’d argue that hospitality got hit more than most as a result of the Covid pandemic. Here at Hilton, supply management was really important just to keep the business operational throughout that tough time, but I’m delighted to say we’re fully recovered now.
“Looking back, it was undoubtedly difficult, and you only have to look at the media to see that we’re now going through a period of truly unprecedented inflation. On top of the normal day job, it’s certainly been a very busy time.”
Hospitality must have been under an awful lot of pressure during the pandemic…
PF: “Most of our teams as a business and all functions have worked together far more collaboratively than ever before through the use of technology and things like Microsoft Teams and Zoom. Trying to work remotely as effectively as possible changed the way we all had to think and the way we had to do. Now we’re back in the workplace and in our offices, we’re actually looking to take advantage of that new approach.”
Inflation, rising costs, energy shortages, as well as drives towards a circular economy means it’s quite a challenging time for CSCOs and CPOs right now, isn’t it?
PF: “Those headwinds have caused and created challenges of the like that we’ve not seen before. The war in Ukraine and Russia has meant significant supply chain disruption and supply shortages of some key ingredients and raw materials. China is a significant source of materials and they’re still having real challenges to get their production to keep up with demand.
“All the local and short-term challenges are around energy and fuel pricing, so throughout the supply chain that’s been a major factor to what we’ve had to deal with. On top of that is the labour shortages. We rely heavily throughout the supply chain and within our business to utilise labour from around the world. In my region, particularly from say Eastern Europe as well as other businesses all fighting for a smaller labour pool than we had before. We are fighting with the likes of the supermarkets, Amazon’s, not just other hotel companies to capture the labour pool we need both in our properties but also within our supply chain supplies themselves.
Hilton operates a rather unique procurement function, doesn’t it?
PF: “We trade off the Hilton name because our brand strength is something that we are able to utilise and we’re very proud of, but we’ve also got additional leverage by having that group procurement model.
“We’ve got essentially two clients. We’ve got our managed estate which is when an owner chooses to partner with Hilton, they’re signing a management agreement because they want the benefit and value of the Hilton engine. That could be revenue management, how we manage onboarding clients and customers through advertising, as well as the other support we give in terms of finance, HR, marketing and sales as well as procurement.”
HSM is a profit centre and revenue driver through its group procurement model but how does this work?
PF: “Our secret sauce is our culture. It’s our people and that filters across all of our team members and indeed all of our functions. The key strategic pillars are the same for health and supply management around culture, maximising performance and so on as they are across the overall global business.
“Across our 7,000 plus hotels, the majority are actually franchised hotels because that’s the legacy of what still is the model in the US. When I joined Hilton 12 and a half years ago, the reverse is true where nearly all of our hotels in Europe, Middle East and Africa, and indeed in Asia Pacific, were and are managed. In the Europe, Middle East and Africa regions right now we’re building up close to a 50/50 split between managed, leased and franchised.”
What has pleased you most about the roll-out of the HSM?
PF: “It’s certainly not been easy because we’ve got 70 countries that sit within our region here in EMEA and Hilton’s penetration in those individual countries is very different. We may have 100 hotels in one of those markets and only one or two in specific countries. Our scale and our ability to get logistics solutions is different by market.
“Getting everyone on board to what we want to achieve to our guests and to our owners means we have to pull different levers. We have very effective brand standards. If you’re signing up to Hilton, you’re signing up to delivering against those brand standards that we believe are right for our organisation.”
What kind of feedback have you had from your clients?
PF: “Integrity is in our DNA, and we work very closely with our suppliers who we value as partners. These are long-term relationships, and we work hand in hand because we have to see that they’re successful so that we can be successful – it’s really important to what we do and we constantly look for feedback.
“With our internal and our external customers, we’ll have quarterly business reviews and so we’ll get that feedback through surveys where we are asking them to tell us what we do well and what we could do better. Our partners are now asking what additional value can you do to bring support to our organisation through ESG? So that’s what’s on the table now when it wasn’t before. But it’s not just that – it’s about the security of supply competitiveness, competitiveness of pricing, and a whole bunch of other very important things as well.”
Looking to the future, what’s on the agenda for the next few years?
PF: “We’re out there meeting and greeting people in person and there’s always new opportunities that make things exciting in what we do and how we work. Innovation’s very high on our agenda and we’re very proud of what we do in food and beverage. In non-food categories, it’s about how we support our owners and our hotel general managers to find that competitive edge and do the next big thing ahead of our competitors.”
Anything else important to know?
PF: “One thing we’ve been able to take full advantage of is how we’ve been able to grow our business by bolting on new customers. I think it’s fantastic that our competitors choose to use Hilton Supply Management because they benchmarked what our capabilities are and how competitive we are.
“Another key part of the agenda is environmental, social and governance (ESG) sustainability. Responsible sourcing and everything that sits within that is front and centre of what we do. Within that you’ve got human rights, animal welfare, single use plastics as well as general responsible sourcing like managing food waste. The list is very long, but they’re all very important.”
Check out the latest issue of CPOstrategy Magazine here.
CPOstrategy catches up with Sam de Frates, who has been leading procurement transformation at Mars, Incorporated, to discover how one of the world’s largest enterprises has put people at the heart of its plans…
SHARE THIS STORY
Our exclusive cover story this month, sees us catching up with Sam de Frates, Vice President, Commercial – Europe, CIS & Turkey at Mars, Incorporated, and the leader of procurement transformation at the company, to discover how one of the world’s largest enterprises has put people at the heart of its plans…
Talk of technological change and digital transformations often excludes the most vital tools in delivering meaningful value within an enterprise: the people. Because new tools, processes and capabilities only truly maximise their value if they are shaped by the very people that require their services. The adoption of technology without the human touch can be an expensive opportunity missed.
An experienced procurement leader who has worked at some of the largest companies on earth, de Frates joins us for a chat from his London office to discuss how digital procurement at Mars has evolved under his guidance, whilst the company undergoes cross functional changes at scale – a hugely significant transformation with Mars Associates and its suppliers at its heart…
Elsewhere, we also we discuss the hottest topics within the procurement function, with Paul Howard, Chief Commercial Officer at New Zealand Defence Force and Manuele Burdese, Sr Director, Head of Business Insights & Analytics Strategic Sourcing & Procurement, Bristol Myers Squibb. Plus, we have some incredible insights from Efficio, Ivalua and Hilton Supply Management.
Here are 10 of the most important leadership skills that CEOs need to demonstrate in 2023.
SHARE THIS STORY
In today’s world, a CEO needs to be lots of things to different people. The importance of having the leadership skill to being able to lead through unprecedented disruption was highlighted by the COVID-19 pandemic and helped to define what makes a good CEO.
Here are 10 of the most important leadership skills that CEOs need to demonstrate in 2023.
1. Clear communication
Communicating effectively with employees is one of the most vital skills any leader can have. By adopting a transparent mindset, it leaves little room for miscommunication or misunderstandings. But rather than just being eloquent, CEOs should deliver meaningful content too. A CEO needs to be able to communicate the essence of the business strategy and the methodology for achieving it.
2. Strong talent management strategy
People are the most important component of all businesses. CEOs who are able to recruit and retain key employees have a greater chance of increasing productivity and efficiency. After recruiting good people, the key to retaining them is by harnessing a positive work environment that empowers employees to succeed.
3. Decision-making
As a leader, thinking strategically to make effective decisions is vital to the success of an organisation. Making decisions is a key part of leadership as well as having the conviction to stand by decisions or agility to adapt when those decisions don’t have the required outcome. While all decisions might not be favourable, making unpopular but necessary calls are important characteristics of a good leader.
4. Negotiation
Negotiation is a fundamental part of being a CEO. In a top leadership position, almost every business conversation will be a negotiation. Good negotiations are important to an organisation because they will ultimately result in better relationships, both with staff inside the company and externally. An effective leader will also help find the best long-term solution by finding the right balance and offering value where both parties feel like they ‘win’.
5. Creativity and innovation
Being quick-thinking and ready to explore new options are great skills of a CEO. Creative leadership can lead to finding innovative solutions in the face of challenging and changing situations. It means in the midst of disruption, of which it has been increasingly prevalent, leaders can still find answers for their teams. Creative CEOs are those who take risks and empower employees to drop outdated and overused practices to innovate and try new things that could lead to greater efficiency.
6. Agility
Without agility over the past few years, businesses would have failed. CEOs were forced to embrace remote working following the advent of the COVID-19 pandemic whether they liked it or not. Now, faced against a potential recession, these macroeconomic events are unavoidable and have to be managed carefully. Effective leaders will have their fingers on the pulse and ready to respond to changes.
7. Strategic forecasting
Creating a clear path forward is essential to achieving uninterrupted success. The ability to look into the future and identify trends and issues to then react to is vital. Good CEOs are able to plan strategically and make informed decisions to set goals and plan for the future easily.
8. Delegation
CEOs can’t do everything. A leader tends to be pulled in a number of different ways every day and it is impossible to be on top of everything. This means the importance of bringing in a team of people who are trusted and skilled in their respective areas of expertise. Successful CEOs are expert delegators because they recognise the value of teamwork and elevating those around them.
9. Approachability
An approachable CEO who welcomes conversation and is an active listener will help employees feel at ease raising issues or concerns. This approach will help build strong relationships with staff and customers and encourage a healthy culture which is beneficial to employee retention. Leaders with strong, trusting and authentic relationships with their teams know that investing time in building these bonds which makes them more effective as a leader and creates a foundation for success.
10. Growth mindset
If a CEO arms themselves with a growth mindset it allows them to meet challenges head-on and evolve. This shines a light on improving through effort, learning and persistence. As others may back down in the face of adversity and upheaval, successful CEOs will strive to move forward with confidence. Those with a growth mindset are unlikely to be swayed as they have the tools needed to reframe challenges as opportunities to grow.
We look into the supply chain production process of Easter Eggs and the journey to their final destinations in supermarkets
SHARE THIS STORY
Chocolate is arguably the world’s most popular sweet treat. Depending on who you ask, of course.
After, perhaps Christmas, it is the most common time for people to indulge in chocolate if they don’t do so anyway throughout the year.
And synonymous with Easter are the eggs themselves which are loved by children and adults alike all over the world.
The journey to Easter Eggs
The supply chain process is split into eight stages of production: cultivating, harvesting, splitting, fermentation, drying, winnowing, roasting and grinding. Following production, the supply chain process is extended further with logistics which is the final step to providing customers with their favourite seasonal sweet treat.
The journey actually begins with cocoa tree plantations being established which is done by scattering young cocoa trees amongst new shade trees or by planting the cocoa trees between established trees. These are planted in humid tropical climates, with temperatures between 21 and 23 degrees Celsius. This is consistent rainfall periods and a short dry season because these conditions provide good quality cocoa.
Each tree produces 20-30 cocoa pods a year which grows straight from the tree’s trunk and main branches. With this tree also yielding fruit, the crop is carefully pruned, and as a result, it is easier to harvest the cocoa pods. The next step is the labour-intensive task of harvesting the crop.
The harvest is a whole community affair on small West African farms. Large knives are then used to detach the pods from the trees and placed in large baskets on workers’ heads. The pods are then manually split open to remove the beans so they are ready for the two-step curing process. Each pod consists of between 20-40 purple cocoa beans.
The curing process consists of fermenting and drying the beans to develop the chocolate flavour. There are several fermentation methods but the most traditional is the heap method. This requires placing mounds of wet cocoa beans in between layers of banana leaves on the ground for between five to six days. Following this, the drying stage begins. This involves the wet bunch of beans being spread out in the sun or using a more advanced method of special dying equipment.
From plant to factory
Often, a lot of large chocolate brands then buy the cocoa through intermediaries. The beans are then packed into sacks ready to be exported to the brands processing facilities in other locations globally.
After arrival, the beans are cleaned and quality inspected before the winnowing stage takes place. The dried beans are cracked to separate the shell from the nib which is where the small chunks are used to produce chocolate. Afterwards, the roasting phase begins in which the nibs are baked at high temperatures reaching 120 degrees Celsius in special ovens. This is where the colour and flavour is acquired.
Subsequently, the next stage is grinding which creates the basis of all chocolate products. The roasted nibs are grounded in stone mills until a thick liquid chocolate consistency is achieved.
Chocolate to egg
The final step is creating the chocolate egg masterpiece by using highly efficient computer-operated technology which has been used since the mid-20th century. The molten chocolate is placed in heated egg molds which are rotated so there is an even thickness. Following this, the eggs are left to cool and then removed from the molds. Once cooled, the eggs are wrapped in coloured foil and packaged into individual boxes before being sent out for retail. The transportation and exportation throughout the various supply chain stages is vital being a seasonal product. This means they are heavily relied upon for their timings to deliver to large supermarkets and independent stores.
What does today’s CEO need to do to accelerate an organisation’s digital transformation journey?
SHARE THIS STORY
Digital transformation journeys are no one-size-suits-all. There is no singular way to welcome a new wave of technology into operations.
Since the turn of the century, digitalisation has had an increasingly influential impact on the way CEOs make decisions. Today’s world is full of disruption and potential risk. And with technology growing in complexity it can be challenging to lead such a revolution against a backdrop of economic uncertainty.
Embracing digital
According to KPMG 2022 CEO Outlook, which draws on the perspectives of 1,325 global CEOs across 11 markets, 72% of CEOs agree they have an aggressive digital investment strategy intended to secure first-mover or fast-follower status.
Advancing digitalisation and connectivity across the business is tied (along with attracting and retaining talent) as the top operational priority to achieve growth over the next three years. This digital transformation focus could be driven as a result of increasingly flexible working conditions and greater focus on cybersecurity threats.
However, the prospect of recession is threatening to halt digital transformation in the short-term. KPMG research found that four out of five CEOs note their businesses are pausing or reducing their digital transformation strategies to prepare for the anticipated recession.
This is reinforced further when 70% say they need to be quicker to shift investment to digital opportunities and divest in those areas where they face digital obsolescence.
When a company’s digital transformation ambition is mismatched to its readiness, it is the CEO’s responsibility to close the gap. According to Deloitte, in order to do this successfully, the CEO must assess the current level of organisational readiness for change.
This covers four key pillars that are mixed together to work out an organisation’s overall readiness: leadership, culture, structure and capabilities.
How CEOs can close the gap
Leadership: CEOs need to ensure their c-suite and other key executives are motivated and equipped to execute the vision. CEOs interviewed by Deloitte in a recent study emphasised the importance of the leadership team supporting the transformation vision and having a positive attitude and willingness to transform.
Culture: A large potential barrier to readiness in the organisation is down to culture. Low cultural readiness takes the form of bureaucratic, reactive and risk-averse ways of working that are at against the collaborative, proactive learning mindset needed for ambitious transformation.
Structure: If a company hopes to operate differently, it could mean the need for organising in an alternative way. CEOs will often need to lead the reorganisation of teams, assignment of new roles, revision of incentives, strategies to collapse organisational hierarchies or layers to increase agility.
Capabilities: CEOs need to equip their organisation with four key capabilities to harness digital for a superior capacity for change. These are nimbleness, scalability, stability and optionality which are often enabled or supercharged by digital technologies which are critical factors for competing in an increasingly disrupted world.
For now, one of the CEOs most important roles when steering the ship through disruption is to be ahead of the latest trends and tackle change head-on. By embracing a new digital future that will provide the company with long-lasting benefits, it will help create a brighter and future-proofed firm for years to come even after the CEO is gone.
Sara Malconian, Chief Procurement Officer at Harvard University & Jim Bureau, CEO of JAGGAER explain how ESG & the Circular Economy is changing the evolution of procurement.
SHARE THIS STORY
We speak to Sara Malconian, Chief Procurement Officer at Harvard University and Jim Bureau, CEO of JAGGAER to see how ESG and the Circular Economy is changing the evolution of procurement…
Sara, how have you seen your role evolve as a procurement leader over the years as ESG and supplier diversity come into focus?
Procurement leaders have gone from ‘cost cutters’ to ‘problem solvers’ within their organisations. Our core mandates used to be to drive cost savings and efficiency. We were hyper-focused on getting the most out of the organisation’s spend and supplier relationships. Those priorities haven’t gone away, especially in today’s inflationary environment, but the expectations of the procurement function are significantly higher and broader today.
Procurement functions saved their companies during COVID and the confluence of disruptions that followed. We showed we are a strategic linchpin. We are now looked upon to drive value and impact and strategically guide our organisations to achieve broader goals, including diversity and environmental, social, governance (ESG). Internal stakeholders realised the benefits of procurement and sought help with advancing their department’s agendas or solving their challenges. We listen to their needs, allocate the right resources, and ultimately enable them and the overall organisation to be successful.
I’ve been in procurement for over 20 years, and I can honestly say you’d be hard-pressed to find a more rewarding and exciting career. Procurement professionals have a real opportunity to make a tangible difference within their organisations, communities, and the world through the way we source products and services.
What is Harvard doing to have a positive impact on society? Can you share some examples, Sara?
Across the Harvard community, students, alumni, faculty, and staff are advancing scholarship and teaching on the world’s most significant challenges, and everyone wants to do their part to address inequities. Supplier diversity and inclusion have been a priority for Harvard for years, but we wanted to make even more of an impact and really invest in the growth and development of diverse businesses, especially as the pandemic highlighted inequities and disparities within our communities.
In 2021, we formed the Office for Economic Inclusion & Diversity (OEID), which is dedicated to reaching out to diverse suppliers, giving them opportunities, and providing them with tools, training, and resources to be successful. The office also encourages the use of underrepresented business enterprises (UBEs) in the purchasing of all goods, services, and construction at Harvard and standardises procurement practices with these businesses across the university.
We’re proud of the work this office is doing. We’re actively training suppliers on Harvard’s policies and how they can work with us. We’re creating a central location for them to access bid and RFP opportunities. UBEs can also apply to be mentored by Harvard Business School students.
We’ve created a dashboard to track and analyse spend with diverse suppliers across all of Harvard’s schools and measure progress over time. Everything we’re doing is aimed at increasing spend with our existing diverse suppliers, as well as the number of diverse suppliers that work with Harvard, and helping these suppliers grow their businesses.
Jim, why is prioritizing ESG and supplier diversity important and what steps can companies take today to progress in their journey?
Beyond being the right thing to do, investors, boards, regulators, customers, and employees now expect organisations to prioritise ESG and diversity initiatives and walk the talk. There’s also a clear business impact. Supplier diversity drives competitive bidding processes that lead to cost savings. Working with partners who are sustainable and have different ideas and perspectives fuels innovation and creates a competitive advantage. Sourcing from a sustainable and diverse supplier pool also reduces risk by broadening organisations’ access to multiple resources for various materials, products, and services.
One of the most critical steps companies can take to progress on their ESG journey is to make it clear to suppliers that environmentalism is a priority for their organisation. They will attract suppliers with higher levels of ESG maturity and provide suppliers who are earlier on in their ESG journey with sustainability toolkits and training to help educate them on eco-friendly best practices and sustainability innovations.
This step avoids having to overhaul their supply chain to account for ESG. Strategically managing suppliers by leveraging third-party data, scorecards, and supplier audits are crucial for understanding the ESG risks that suppliers pose and minimizing disruptions by working with them to correct these issues.
Successful supplier diversity programs start with a top-down culture shift. If a company’s culture isn’t diverse, inclusive, and supportive for all its stakeholders, they won’t be able to drive supplier diversity in a meaningful way. Supplier diversity strategy should map back to company goals and include an executive-level champion to sponsor the program internally and help bring in the resources they need.
Outside of leveraging technology to identify diverse suppliers and build a program, businesses can talk with people who have been in their shoes. They can collaborate with like-minded companies at industry events, engage in relevant LinkedIn groups, and connect with organisations such as the National Minority Supplier Development Council.
Once diverse suppliers are on board, organisations can create a supplier diversity policy that clearly outlines how many diverse suppliers need to be invited to bid for each event to ensure teams are executing on the strategy. Leading supplier diversity programs go beyond simply spending with diverse suppliers to providing mentorship and training them on how to respond to RFPs correctly, as well as creating environments where it’s easier for them to engage.
Jim, what role does technology play in helping organisations achieve ESG and supplier diversity goals?
Technology is a key enabler of ESG and supplier diversity initiatives. One of the biggest obstacles to supplier diversity and ESG is a lack of reliable supplier data. Suppliers don’t always keep their information up to date in self-service portals. The data procurement teams have isn’t always enriched to the level they need, with insights on diversity status, certifications, and proof of ESG compliance.
Researching and assessing suppliers is tedious and time-consuming, which leads many organisations to skip the verification step. Without this information, organisations don’t have a true picture of the inclusivity and sustainability of their supplier network, which makes it impossible to identify the right partners to source from to meet their ESG and supplier diversity goals and make an impact.
Technology addresses this challenge by automatically collecting, enriching, validating, and integrating the supplier data needed to obtain this level of supply base visibility and make decisions that drive ESG and diversity. AI-powered tools are available to match buyers with specific diverse suppliers who also have the capabilities to help drive ESG objectives and meet broader procurement criteria.
Software that segments the supply base and helps visualise spending with small and diverse suppliers across a variety of classifications is critical for setting benchmarks and measuring progress and ROI.
Jim and Sara, how do you expect the ESG and diversity conversation to shift and where should procurement leaders focus for the future?
Sara: I expect we’ll see the conversation shift to emphasise measurement. It’s not enough anymore to say you’re committed to ESG – you need to prove it and show demonstrable progress and ROI. Maintaining the momentum on ESG initiatives is hard. Technology is key for setting benchmarks and goals, ensuring accountability for hitting key milestones, and measuring progress and return in a credible way.
Jim: In a declining economic environment, choices inevitably need to be made. I expect the conversation around ESG will center around where companies can focus to maintain progress on ESG initiatives as financial and economic pressures come to the forefront. While some companies may need to scale back in some areas to preserve cash and resources to navigate a downturn, I’d advise them to be careful about slowing ESG down too much as it will be much harder to catch up to current levels after the economy bounces back.
I’d argue that when ESG is done right it can be a strategic lever for navigating a down economy, saving organizations money and resources, driving innovation, and helping them achieve broader business objectives and resilience.
Here are five of the biggest procurement events happening during 2023 that chief procurement officers won’t want to miss.
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement Futures
London, UK | 1-2 February 2023
Held at the QEII Centre in central London, Procurement Futures is a new conference, launching in 2023. It promises delegates the chance to find out how to make supply chains more resilient, with thought-provoking and presentations and discussions designed to inform and inspire.
There is a flexible programme of content that can be tailored to attendees’ preferences, with networking opportunities throughout and a huge variety of sessions to attend and take part in.
This CIPS event has three streams of content: Insights, Ignite and Interact. Insights will showcase presentations and panel discussions from leaders, Ignite will consist of hands-on workshops to help delegates optimise their procurement strategies and Interact will be smaller groups taking part in interactive roundtables and debates.
Speakers across the two days will include Ross Grierson, Director of Procurement, Primark; Patrick Dunne, Director of Group Property, FM & Procurement (CPO), Sainsburys Plc; Rebecca Simpson, Procurement and Supply Chain Director, Balfour Beatty; and Nick Jenkinson, Chief Procurement Officer, Santander. In addition, delegates are ablew to book a one-to-one career workshop, where they’ll get advice on professional development from coaches covering a variety of specialisms.
Tickets are £795 for CIPS member, £995 for a non-member and £2240 for a supplier/solution provider, and there is a discount of 30% for tickets purchased before 30 November 2022.
The third World Digital Procurement Summit is aimed at procurement directors, VPs, managers and other industry specialists. The two-day event will focus on accelerating procurement processes, adopting emerging technologies, finding the right talent, overcoming the barriers to progress and embarking on a journey of transformation. It’s a hybrid event, bringing together procurement experts from various industries, which will maximise knowledge exchange opportunities. The event organisers list five key learning points for delegates:
Exploring the latest advances in data and cognitive technologies to gain greater insights and improve procurement processes
Overhauling the procurement ecosystem with new technologies and strategies to drive business value
Sharing the best practices of monitoring and managing a range of risks to hedge against future disruptions
Developing capabilities and skillset required for the digital transformation of procurement
Defining ESG metrics of the procurement strategy to ensure business continuity
Speakers will include Paul Harlington, Group Procurement Director at TUI Group and Patrick Foelck, Head of Strategy and Transformation Procurement at Roche.
Click here to check out a video from a previous event. Tickets cost €1495.
Returning for its 8th annual event, Women in Procurement & Supply Chain will deliver two days dedicated to leadership and the future of procurement. The event will feature a series of exclusive panel discussions and keynote addresses examining career development, overcoming imposter syndrome, working with confidence, developing an unbeatable talent pool, mentoring, diversity and inclusivity.
It will also address risk mitigation, digital disruption, ESG, sustainability, economic development, ethical sourcing, category management, cultural diversity, strategic sourcing, supplier relationships, procurement with purpose, and supply chain resilience. There are two pre-conference masterclass options on 6 March – that can be booked separately – covering either contract law or leadership skills.
Some of the reasons to attend include:
Discover the path to taking your procurement career to a new level while elevating your organisation with dedicated days on leadership and the future of procurement
Learn best practice strategies to facedown supply chain vulnerabilities and reduce risk exposure
Get ahead of the game with insights into the future of procurement and the impact of globalisation on modern supply chains
Put yourself at the cutting edge of ESG and procurement with the latest updates and trends in procurement with purpose
Speakers for the main two-day conference include Michelle Richard, Director of Procurement, Thales; Karina Davies, Chief Procurement Officer, icare NSW; and Kylie McKinlay, Procurement Partner – Property and Business, Australian Broadcasting Corporation.
Tickets start at $3,495 with discounts available until 25 November 2022.
The Americas Procurement Congress will feature the region’s most progressive CPOs sharing their expertise
With a focus on what makes CPOs tick, the Americas Procurement Congress will feature the region’s most progressive CPOs sharing their expertise in keynote presentations and working groups.
Giving delegates the tools to stay on the cutting edge of procurement developments, there are also sessions aimed at those with responsibilities over governance, procurement capabilities and quantifying data. Unsurprisingly, sustainability will also be a key theme in 2023, and attendees will hear from a diverse range of sustainability leaders about how to transition from traditional metrics to a purpose-driven function.
The agenda for Americas Procurement Congress 2023 will include:
Sustainability of the future
How to transition from traditional metrics to a purpose-driven function
Harnessing the power of digital transformation
Utilizing data as a driver of sustainable value, supply continuity and transparency Agile procurement
New approaches and skills that facilitate speed and agility
Frictionless procurement
Removing friction from the procurement process to support high-velocity sourcing
Beyond Just in Time
Designing future-fit supply networks for an age of chaos and conflict
Gartner Supply Chain Symposium/Xpo 2022 addressed the most significant challenges that chief supply chain officers and supply chain leaders face as they mitigate risk and navigate uncertainty in an increasingly dynamic and challenging environment.
At the conference, the top 5 sessions that CSCOs and supply chain leaders met on included:
Signature Series: The Future of Supply Chain
What the Pivot to Sustainable Profit Means for Procurement Leaders
The Art of the New Age One Page Dashboard: Why Your Current Perfor-mance Measures May Be Doing More Harm Than Good
Manage Supplier Risk With Technology
Procurement Role Redesign: Stop Fitting Square Pegs Into Round Holes
Here are five of the best procurement schools in Europe.
SHARE THIS STORY
As procurement becomes an increasingly vital and strategic function within many organisations, people are beginning to realise the full potential of turning it into a career for themselves.
This has subsequently led to many universities noticing the demand in the industry and offering courses which equip students with the relevant qualifications and skills needed to succeed in the supply chain space.
With this in mind, here are five of the best procurement schools in Europe.
1. CIPS
Course: Various Where: Across England
Run by Oxford College of Procurement and Supply, there are 10 Chartered Institute of Procurement and Supply centres in England offering several different qualification levels to choose from. The courses are recognised throughout the world as harnessing leading edge thinking and professionalism across the procurement and supply chain management space.
CIPS offers courses such as level three, four, five and six in procurement and supply with each qualification created to reflect current, emerging and best practice in procurement and supply chain management. Classes focus on exploring legacy purchasing and supply methods as well as techniques and theory to the application in a business environment.
CIPS doesn’t just offer in-person studying as courses are designed to suit individual lifestyles with virtual classrooms, part-time and weekend options to choose from.
2. Politecnico di Milano
Course: MSc in Supply Chain and Procurement Management Where: Milan, Italy
Renowned as being one of the best scientific and technological universities in the world, Politecnico di Milano offers an extensive portfolio of programmes in a variety of different spaces. Its supply chain master’s degree is a 12-month course aimed at equipping students with vital knowledge and skills needed to succeed in the industry.
The course also includes a number of practical activities in the programme such as lessons with international lectures, workshops on soft skills, company presentations, projects with companies, company visits and an international study tour in Rotterdam.
According to Politecnico di Milano, 86% of students were employed three months after graduation while 55% were also working abroad during the same period.
The course was ranked third in the TOP 2021 Eduniversal Best Masters Ranking (Global) and eighth in the QS Supply Chain Management Masters Rankings for 2023.
3. SKEMA Business School
Course: MSc (and MS) Supply Chain Management and Purchasing Where: Lille and Paris, France
Skema offers two supply chain management (SCM) and procurement masters: The premium international MSc Global Supply Chain Management in Lille taught in English, and the MS in SCM and Purchasing in Paris and Lille mainly taught in French. France’s highly-rated supply chain and procurement program has been designed with a progressive shift from theory to practice. The degree covers the entirety of supply chain activities from planning, purchasing, receiving, production, storage to delivery through nine compulsory and six elective courses.
The global MSc has a new cooperation with the leading prestigious business school, MIT in the US, plus another cooperation with Politechnico from Milano. The MSc master’s degree provides soft skills in supply chain and purchasing management as well as going into future trends in digitalisation, AI, sustainability, ethics, globalisation, risk management and agility. The course’s primary goal is to find future leaders who are seeking to make a positive impact on the world of supply chain management and procurement. The MSc is a full time program, complemented by paid internships in the area of the student’s choice, while the MS alternates weeks of classes with professionals at the forefront of their fields.
4. Audencia Business School
Course: MSc in Supply Chain and Purchasing Management Where: Nantes, France
Created in 2009, Audencia Business School’s programme will cover topics such as procurement, global sourcing and supply chain strategies. Other topics to feature includes green logistics, Big Data, digital transformation, negotiation and commercial law. The course will provide expertise from industry insiders as business executives visit and share professional insights during the programme.
The school works closely with the corporate world and is recognised for its responsible management practices. Audencia is triple-accredited, highly ranked and internationally oriented and according to its website, 79% of course graduates are employed before graduation. The course is available as a one-year or two-year master’s programme.
In autumn 2024, the course is set to be renamed to the MSc in Responsible Procurement and Supply Chain Management.
5. Cranfield School of Management
Course: MSc in Procurement and Supply Chain Management Where: Cranfield, United Kingdom
Cranfield School of Management provides students with specialist knowledge and skills in procurement needed to progress their careers
Cranfield’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management course has been co-designed with senior industry executives. This purchasing postgraduate course provides students with specialist knowledge and skills in procurement needed to progress their careers. Possessing one of the largest facilities in Europe, the course places considerable emphasis on how to overcome real-world challenges.
Students will gain an in-depth understanding of supply chain strategy and sustainability, procurement strategy, supplier selection and evaluation, negotiation and contact management. They will also be taught how to use data, models and software to solve problems and inform decisions, inventory and operations management and how to design effective supply chain operations.
Students will have the opportunity to attend a study tour and experience a different supply chain perspective elsewhere in Europe.
The course was ranked 11th in the world on the QS Supply Chain Management Masters Rankings for 2023.
The second issue of SupplyChain Strategy is live! Features exclusive articles on TTI and McPherson’s
SHARE THIS STORY
Our exclusive cover story this month sees us speaking to Heath Nunnemacher, VP of Global Electronics Sourcing at TTI, who details the streamlining of its procurement function into a more efficient and effective value-unlocking enabler of business.
Techtronic Industries (TTI) is among the world’s largest manufacturers of mostly cordless power tools, outdoor power equipment, and floorcare products for both professional users and do-it-yourself (DIY) consumers.
TTI’s growth has been extraordinary – 13 years of consecutive double-digit gross margin improvement, in fact. In 2021 the company set a new revenue growth record just shy of 35%, more than twice that of its closest global competitor.
A significant driver of that growth is a strategic focus on disrupting industries through leadership in cordless technology. To do so, it requires advanced electronics and collaboration with the most innovative and biggest players in the industry. But with the chip shortage crisis looming on the horizon in late 2020, the organisation found itself challenged by a severe lack of visibility in the electronics procurement function. Enter Heath Nunnemacher, the man charged with transforming electronics procurement for the overall betterment of the business.
Not only that, but we also have a fascinating discussion with McPherson’s Supply Chain Director Mark Brady. The health, wellness, and beauty giant McPherson’s has a rich history of agile procurement through resilience and collaboration and Brady reveals its secret sauce.
Plus, we detail the important supply chain trends to look out for in 2023 as well as five top supply chain events coming up!
This month’s cover story is an exclusive and compelling insight into the procurement strategy at Vodafone New Zealand.
“For me, the future of procurement is two things: digital and sustainability,” says Rajat Sarna, Chief Procurement Officer and these two themes are the thread that runs through everything he’s put into place since he took over the reins of the procurement function at Vodafone New Zealand in October 2020.
The role was a huge one to take on, too – the telco employs 2,000 people, serves 2.4m customers and is a $2bn revenue company. The scale of its operations is huge with customers consuming over 3 billion minutes, 4,500 terabytes of mobile data and 55,000 terabytes of fixed line data every month. A key part of his mandate was to transform procurement into a market-leading operating partner to the business that would “ultimately improve the value that we deliver to our customers”.
Sarna went back to basics initially, thinking about what the future capability of Vodafone New Zealand would look like, and what its procurement operation needed to be to support this. He says: “It was very critical for me to have a purpose and it cannot just be better savings or improved cost position. That’s not purpose; purpose is: what are we doing in terms of how we align with the future of procurement?”
Elsewhere, we have exclusive interviews with procurement strategists Lawrence Kane, a SIG Sourcing Supernova Hall of Fame member and Nirav Patel, CEO of Bristlecone. Plus, a ProcureTech exclusive and a guide to the best procurement events over the next 12 months and much, much more.
How can businesses cope with persistent, global supply chain issues and what are the concerns looming on the horizon?
SHARE THIS STORY
The Digital Insight speaks to Nirav Patel, CEO of Bristlecone (a supply chain company of the $19bn Mahindra group), who discusses how businesses can cope with persistent, global supply chain issues – and outlines the concerns looming on the horizon.
CPOstrategy’s cover star this month is procurement transformation expert, and CEO and Co-Founder of Tropic, David Campbell…
SHARE THIS STORY
Right now, procurement excellence is blooming. Experts determined to create change are coming to the fore and aligning procurement with SaaS to bring an end to the do-it-yourself way of working that decimates technology budgets. Tropic is one such game-changer, providing the tools to navigate software procurement’s complexities for competitive advantage.
The CEO and Co-Founder of Tropic is David Campbell, a born entrepreneur. He grew up on a cattle ranch in California and has always had at least one side-hustle on the go. Even as a child, he was running some form of money-making venture at any one time – but he didn’t necessarily consider that entrepreneurial pursuits were his calling until later.
CEO and Co-Founder of Tropic, David Campbell
Campbell studied English at UC Berkeley, and on graduating assumed he’d go into the arts. He’s a lifelong musician and writer, and he moved to a cabin in the woods to write the ‘next great American novel’. This venture, while it didn’t have the exact results he had hoped for, planted the seed in his mind that perhaps entrepreneurialism was for him because he loved setting his own hours and vision, creating a strategy, and executing that…
Elsewhere, we have exclusive interviews with supply chain and procurement leaders at the City of Edmonton and QSC, as well as the results of our first Sustainable Procurement Champions Index. We also have some exciting news from DPW too, ahead of its conference later this month.
Our aim is to bring you the latest actionable insights into every issue relating to supply chain management from the world’s leading exponents. Each issue will lift the lid on the supply chain transformations taking place, right now, at enterprises across every sector and territory.
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story this month, features Thiago Braga, Director of Supply Chain Management at the City of Edmonton, Canada who discusses how improved operations are keeping the City healthy amid a range of challenges…
When Braga accepted his current role with the City of Edmonton in January 2019, a supply chain transformation program was envisioned that would evolve, and streamline, operations, while bringing in leading practices, standard practices, and best practices.
Upon his appointment, the workplace culture and environment were decentralised, more fragmented and so Braga got to work on creating a more unified approach. “Basically, my role is to support City operations,” Braga reveals. “My job is to keep buses and trains running as well as other rolling assets, like police or fire truck vehicles. Keeping the operations running and adding value while doing so would be the core.”
We also hook up with Karon Evanoff, Vice President, Global Supply Chain at QSC, to discuss supply chain transformation at the audio manufacturer. “I don’t think anyone – especially when you get to the senior management level – wants to sit in an office and just do spreadsheets every day,” Karon Evanoff says, when describing why continual learning is the number one driver for her.”
Elsewhere, we look at sustainability in the supply chain and why third-party risk should be a number one priority for businesses and chief supply chain officers.
We hope you enjoy the issue and tell your friends and colleagues!
This month’s cover story explores the customer-centric digital transformation journey of leading insurer AXA being led by UK & Ireland CIO Darrell Ryman
SHARE THIS STORY
Our cover story this month explores how leading insurer AXA‘s customer-centric digital transformation journey is refining the art of the possible to unite business with technology.
Welcome to the latest issue of Interface magazine!
The opportunity to leverage data & analytics to transform organisations seeking to sharpen their digital focus and better connect with internal and external stakeholders is at the forefront of a revolution in connectivity driving both operational efficiency and growth. In this issue we bring you some inspiring stories that reflect the impact today’s innovations are having on shaping the business journeys of tomorrow…
This month’s cover story explores the customer-centric digital transformation journey being led by AXA’s UK & Ireland CIO Darrell Ryman. “It’s both a challenge and an opportunity for the insurance industry,” he reflects. “Many of the legacy systems firms use are now outdated and based on the nine-to-five business operating model – they’re not designed for the modern digital experience.” Ryman’s IT team is driving that transformation pivot by focusing on three key pillars: developing a digital backbone, becoming a digital business and creating a digital ecosystem.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i6wxgQ2gAmI
XGS
Today’s on demand transactions require custom logistics solutions. We discover how flooring supply chain specialist Xpress Global Systems (XGS) is combining existing data with employee experience to deliver technology solutions that form the core of the company’s humanised approach to digital transformation.
EY
Also in this issue, Ken Priyadarshi CT AI leader of EY Technology, explains how the leading professional services network is developing Digital Twins to deliver big-data and low-latency scenario planning models for financial services: “It’s time for the digital twin to become a mainstream tool for the C-suite and go beyond the traditional manufacturing or operational use-cases.”
Data management driving efficiency and growth
Elsewhere, we learn how specialist insurance broker Howden is achieving success in Asia by establishing a structured, data-driven, engagement and distribution strategy; and reveal the way America’s leading critical infrastructure damage prevention firm, Stake Center Locating, is future-proofing by transferring its expertise from legacy systems to the cloud.
Our cover story reveals a massive procurement transformation programme at Zendesk
SHARE THIS STORY
Procurement transformation is the hot topic this month as we speak to Rendi Miller, VP of Strategic Sourcing and Procurement at Zendesk. Miller is a procurement evangelist and transformational leader who is clearly energised as she delivers meaningful change to the function at Zendesk.
“What I’ve always enjoyed about procurement is the visibility into what the entire company is buying, from Marketing creative services to IT and Engineering technology to office furniture and everything in between.”
“Procurement has insight to trends before they become mainstream that gives us the ability to research new partners, technologies and solutions to start addressing the needs of the business early on. Being in procurement offers an awareness to nearly every aspect of the company.”
According to Miller, trust is absolutely critical to success because without that, “there is no reliability, there’s no confidence and there’s no relationship”, says Miller. “That’s something I emphasise with my team. Trust must be earned, but trust is also given. I empower them to be the leaders that I’ve hired them to be…”
Elsewhere, we sit down with Procurement Excellence Lead at Antofagasta Minerals, Christophe Le Flech, to discuss the state of procurement in the South America mining industry, and the work he’s doing to make a difference. We also talk to Convex Insurance’s Head of Procurement & Tactical Change, Vivek Pai… and discuss diversity in the workplace with Silvia Simon, LATAM Procurement Senior Manager at Mercedes-Benz Brazil. Plus, we look at 10 ways to optimise your digital procurement scouting approach with ProcureTech.
Bringing a wealth of experience to the table, Kuvesh Ayer, CPO for the New York Metropolitan Transportation Authority discusses procurement transformation and being prepared for anything…
SHARE THIS STORY
Bringing a wealth of experience to the table, Kuvesh Ayer, CPO for the New York Metropolitan Transportation Authority discusses procurement transformation and being prepared for anything…
Tell us about yourself and your current role… I’m currently the chief procurement officer for the New York Metropolitan Transportation Authority (MTA). The MTA embarked on a huge transformation effort across all its operating divisions to transform the organization into a more efficient, effective one.
I got a call one day asking if I’d be interested in this position and I decided, “Okay, it sounds interesting and very challenging,” and decided to throw my hat in a ring. Lo and behold, it’s two years down the line – it’s gone like a flash. Overall, my responsibilities include managing the MTAs procurement and sourcing operations, which also include the logistics, warehousing, and distribution aspects...”
Procurement transformation is at the heart of our chat with Tod Cooper, Director Procurement at the Department of Corrections in New Zealand
SHARE THIS STORY
This month’s exclusive cover story features Tod Cooper, Director Procurement at the Department of Corrections in New Zealand, who reveals all regarding the strategic restructure of the procurement function.
Procurement transformation is at the heart of our chat with Tod Cooper, Director Procurement at the Department of Corrections in New Zealand
Most of us like to think that if we were presented with the chance to do something positive and societally significant for our country and its indigenous people, in particular, we would.
And that’s exactly the opportunity Tod Cooper, Director Procurement at the Department of Corrections in New Zealand, has grasped with both hands, with the department’s dedication to supporting Māori.
Business transformation through leadership has been a major part of Cooper’s working life, preparing him for the challenges he’s faced at the Department of Corrections.
“It’s a big personal passion for me,” he says. “I’m not a guy who likes to sit still. Continuous improvement is a big thing. I’m always asking myself how we can make things better, looking at new ways of re-engineering, and getting good people around me who can enact my vision of things.
I’m a typical extrovert who’s easily distracted by the next thing, so it’s really important to have a good leadership team around me that understands the vision and can pull me back in.”
Elsewhere, we also speak with Dean Bennett, VP of Procurement, and Mike Cowling, VP of Global IT at BeiGene, about the benefits of a strong collaboration between procurement and technology, and what makes the company so special. Plus, we have an exclusive ‘provenance in the supply chain piece’ from IBM’s Blockchain Leader, Winston Yong.
Welcome to the first CPOstrategy of 2022! We decided to kick off the new year in style with our best…
SHARE THIS STORY
Welcome to the first CPOstrategy of 2022!
We decided to kick off the new year in style with our best issue yet!
Our exclusive cover story features a fascinating discussion with Sean Park, CPO of software organisation Splunk, talks us through transforming the procurement function from one that was deliberately immature, to the powerhouse of efficiency it’s now becoming.
When Splunk brought Park in to join the team, he knew it was time to make a change and get serious about the bottom line. The decision was made to put in place a more centralised procurement and sourcing function; Splunk was rapidly growing, and it didn’t want friction, but rather controls and guardrails in place to scale the company. It was very much a natural evolution for the business – a pattern Park has watched occur before. This put him in an ideal position to push the new vision forward.
“The first step was to undertake an assessment of the function,” he says. “What are our strategic objectives? How does that fit in with the corporate objectives, or those of the finance team? What are our processes and policies? How are we resourcing the organisational structure? How do we source? Do we want a category management structure or a business unit focus?”
Elsewhere, we have an incredible rollcall of equally fascinating articles on Atotech, Beeline, Delivery Hero, plus an engrossing selection of Procurement Leaders’ procurement transformation success stories. Plus, much, much more.
Governments around the world have highlighted supply chains as an area for urgent attention in tackling cyber risk in the coming years…
SHARE THIS STORY
Business ecosystems have expanded over the years owing to the many benefits of diverse, interconnected supply chains, prompting organizations to pursue close, collaborative relationships with their suppliers. However, this has led to increased cyber threats when organizations expose their networks to their supply chain and it only takes one supplier to have cybersecurity vulnerabilities to bring a business to its knees. To this point governments around the world have highlighted supply chains as an area for urgent attention in tackling cyber risk in the coming years.
Looking beyond your own perimeter
Over the last few years, many organizations have worked hard to improve their cyber defenses and are increasingly “harder targets”. However, for these well-defended organizations, now the greatest weaknesses in their defenses are their suppliers, who are typically less well-defended but with whom they are highly interconnected.
At the same time, the cyber threat landscape has intensified, and events of the past year have meant that security professionals are not only having to manage security in a remote working set up and ensure employees have good accessibility, they are also having to handle a multitude of issues from a distance whilst defending a much broader attack surface. As a result, points of vulnerability have become even more numerous, providing an attractive space for bad actors to disrupt and extort enterprises. Threats have escalated, including phishing and new variants of known threats, such as ransomware and Denial of Service (DDoS) attacks, as well as increases in supply chain attacks.
But where supply chains are concerned, it is nearly impossible to effectively manage this risk unless you know the state of your suppliers’ defences and continually ensure that they are comparable to your own. Organizations must deeply understand the cyber risks associated with the relationship and try to mitigate those risks to the degree possible.
However, that’s easier said than done. With the sending and receiving of information essential for the supply chain to function, the only option is to better identify and manage the risks presented. This requires organizations to overhaul existing risk monitoring programs, technology investments and also to prioritize cyber and data security governance.
Ensuring the basics are in place
At the very least organizations should ensure that both they and their suppliers have the basic controls in place such as Cyber Essentials, NIST and ISO 27001, coupled with good data management controls. They should thoroughly vet and continuously monitor supply chain partners. They need to understand what data partners will need access to and why, and ultimately what level of risk this poses. Likewise, they need to understand what controls suppliers have in place to safeguard data and protect against incoming and outgoing cyber threats. This needs to be monitored, logged, and regularly reviewed and a baseline of normal activities between the organization and the supplier should be established.
As well as effective processes, people play a key role in helping to minimize risk. Cybersecurity training should be given so that employees are aware of the dangers and know how to spot suspicious activity. They should be aware of data regulation requirements and understand what data can be shared with whom. And they should also know exactly what to do in the event of a breach, so a detailed incident response plan should be shared and regularly reviewed.
IT best practices should be applied to minimize these risks. IT used effectively can automatically protect sensitive data so that when employees inevitably make mistakes, technology is there to safeguard the organization.
Securely transferring information between suppliers
So how do organizations transfer information between suppliers securely and how do they ensure that only authorized suppliers receive sensitive data? Here data classification tools are critical to ensure that sensitive data is appropriately treated, stored, and disposed of during its lifetime in accordance with its importance to the organization. Through appropriate classification, using visual labelling and metadata application to emails and documents, this protects the organization from the risk of sensitive data being exposed to unauthorized organizations further down the line through the supply chain.
Likewise, data that isn’t properly encrypted in transit can be at risk of compromise, so using a secure and compliant mechanism for transferring data within the supply chain will significantly reduce risks. Managed File Transfer (MFT) software facilitates the automated sharing of data with suppliers. This secure channel provides a central platform for information exchanges and offers audit trails, user access controls, and other file transfer protections.
Layering security defenses
Organizations should also layer security defences to neutralize any threats coming from a supplier. Due to its ubiquity, email is a particularly vulnerable channel and one that’s often exploited by cybercriminals posing as a trusted partner. Therefore, it is essential that organizations are adequately protected from incoming malware, embedded Advanced Persistent Threats, or any other threat that could pose a risk to the business.
And finally, organizations need to ensure that documents uploaded and downloaded from the web are thoroughly analyzed, even if they are coming from a trusted source. To do this effectively, they need a solution that can remove risks from email, web and endpoints, yet still allows the transfer of information to occur.
Adaptive DLP allows the flow of information to continue while removing threats, protecting critical data, and ensuring compliance. It doesn’t become a barrier to business or impose a heavy management burden. This is important because traditional DLP ‘stop and block’ approaches have often resulted in too many delays to legitimate business communications and high management overheads associated with false positives.
Cyber criminal attacks set to rise
Many of the recent well publicized attacks have been nation state orchestrated. Going forward this is going to turn into criminal syndicate attacks. Cybercriminals already have the ransomware capabilities and now all they need to do is tie this up with targeting the supply chain. Therefore, making sure you have the right technologies, policies and training programs in place should be a top priority for organizations in 2021. If you are interested in finding out more about protecting your supply chain, why not download our eGuide: “Managing Cybersecurity Risk in the Supply Chain.”
With 2025 deadlines looming for ambitious corporate public pledges around sustainability, this should be top of the business agenda for enterprises in 2021. However, are organisations acting fast enough?
SHARE THIS STORY
Worryingly, every five weeks that passes represents 1% of our decade. Aspirations of operating more sustainably at some point in the future are now becoming a much closer reality, which means organisations have targets that they need to meet over a relatively short time frame. This is especially true when it comes to ‘net zero’ emissions pledges – perhaps the most pressing climate concern the planet is facing. For example, by 2030, Unilever has committed to halving the greenhouse gas emissions of their products across the lifecycle, while Heineken has set an 80% target reduction. BP is facing an even bigger challenge as an energy company, leaning away from fossil fuels and committing to net zero carbon from their operations by 2050. Written by Mark Perera, CEO, Vizibl
Therefore, with only a few years remaining until some of those deadlines, clearly now is the time for enterprises to take decisive action.
Many organisations still don’t know how they’re going to achieve these targets. However, given the urgency of the issues, they’ve launched their efforts regardless, anticipating the discovery of further solutions along the way.
Sustainability delivers more than just the environmental benefits
Alongside the need to protect our planet, hitting these targets is actually key for the survival of some of these businesses. Strong sustainability performance pays dividends in opportunities for growth, increased returns on capital, and in managing threats to the business, with McKinsey finding that the value at stake from sustainability risks can be as high as 70% of EBITDA.
Given that 50% of the Standard & Poor’s 500 will likely be replaced within the decade, companies must look beyond business as usual towards the strategies that will shore up their own survival – especially in our post-COVID environment where many will face stiff competition. With record private equity, a robust M&A market and the growth of many startups with billion-dollar valuations, not to mention the impact of the pandemic and an economic decline, there will be plenty of turbulence in the road ahead.
We recently hosted a webinar around sustainability, which featured speakers from Unilever, Heineken and BP, where we discussed all of these issues and more. Interestingly, all three organisations were in agreement that consumer relevance will be key to organisational longevity and the ability to attract talent will also be central to business success. Consumers are very much driving the sustainability agenda, therefore setting and meeting sustainability targets will be key driver for business continuity.
Enterprises are driving towards stakeholder capitalism
This focus on doing right by consumer and employee values corresponds to a wider movement towards stakeholder capitalism. This drive advocates shifting away from a sole focus on maximising shareholder value towards a company strategy which creates value for all its stakeholders – from customers and employees, to suppliers, communities, and the environment.
Along with making themselves accountable to a broader set of stakeholders, organisations should also be drawing from these stakeholders to meet sustainability targets. Likewise, leveraging from a wider ecosystem will also help to meet these goals; partnering for value to increase the bottom line will be a key procurement trend in 2021.
Seeing as 80% of company emissions and up to 90% of their impact on biodiversity and natural resources originates in the supply chain, it is not surprising that companies are looking past internal operations when pursuing ambitious sustainability targets. Given also that 50-70% of company innovations originate externally, it makes sense to look beyond the boundaries of the organisation and to the broader ecosystems of suppliers to source new solutions.
Working with a broader ecosystem of suppliers to foster innovation
One great example of this kind of partnership is an initiative that BP is spearheading. As the company works towards net zero for its tech and IT estate, BP is moving away from high-power data infrastructure in favour of forging deep partnerships with cloud providers. The cloud providers also have net zero commitments of their own, which they can support using renewable energy sourced from BP. This partnership presents a win-win situation where both companies can hit their targets in tandem.
What we are also seeing is that this is changing the role of procurement. Instead of being viewed as a function that ‘protects’ the company from its suppliers by continuously driving down costs, procurement is now looking to collaboration and partnerships to find the innovation that will help the organisation continue to grow.
And as procurement moves away from a single-minded focus on cost-cutting, it will facilitate relationships which in turn deliver on key business strategies like sustainability and growth.
How procurement can drive initiatives to meet sustainability goals
To this point, procurement has a great role to play in helping an organisation meet its sustainability targets, given that the function has historically been curious and hyper-diligent when it comes to costs. Moving forward, enterprises need to apply that same rigour when it comes to sustainability by asking searching questions about energy and water usage, emissions impact, and how we are affecting our communities both locally and on a global scale if we bring that level of curiosity and collaborative problem-solving into supply chains, we’ll have a big impact on business longevity and help to meet those lofty sustainability goals that are closer than we all feel comfortable with right now.
According to Accenture, 94% of Fortune 1000 companies experienced supply chain disruption owing to the pandemic…
SHARE THIS STORY
Last year, the COVID-19 pandemic changed the future of supply chains indefinitely. When compared to overall business impact, most senior leaders said their supply chain was more susceptible to disruption from COVID-19 than their workforce, systems, or operations. According to Accenture, 94% of Fortune 1000 companies experienced supply chain disruption owing to the pandemic. Amidst the ongoing impact of COVID-19, as countries move in and out of lockdowns and vaccines are rolled out, this will continue to be felt worldwide throughout 2021 and beyond as organisations look to recover from the disruption to their supply chains.
However, the unprecedented nature of COVID-19 has forced companies, and industries, to rethink and transform their supply chain models – for good. Many are now looking at how they can move away from linear supply chains to a more holistic, robust and sustainable supplier ecosystem.
It is interesting because since humans began making and distributing products to one another, the structure of the supply chain has remained predominantly untouched. Raw materials flow in, they are changed into a product and distributed and used until finally they are thrown away. This linear – take, make, throw away – supply chain has been sufficient to keep economies churning for decades, but now organisations are seeking out more robust, more profitable, more sustainable, circular supply chain ecosystems.
Adopting a circular approach
The circular supply chain is a model that encourages manufacturers and sellers of products to take discarded materials and remake them for resale. To remain competitive and relevant linear supply chain entities must be willing to transition to a circular supply chain, which includes the entire reverse logistics process, in order to continue to grow and become sustainable in a future without an unlimited supply of resources.
The demand for some organisations to move to a circular supply chain is driven by government and limitations on what products can go to waste and what must be reclaimed. That said, consumers stand out as the key driving force towards greener and more ethical, sustainable approaches.
Additionally, COVID-19 has exposed the fragility of long-distance, international supply chains. Building-in a level of resilience will see organisations seeking to work with a much wider range of suppliers – building out that ecosystem – from global corporations to smaller, regional start-ups to ensure business continuity, diversity and circularity in the supply chain.
Building a purpose-led ecosystem
The step-change that organisations must undertake to deliver against these sustainable and circular demands is now all about building purpose-led ecosystems. This means that organisations need to move beyond looking at their supply chain in a linear way, to actively collaborating with suppliers on initiatives to improve environmental, social and economic performance. They need to move towards a purpose-led procurement approach that includes a circular supply chain, and we will see adoption accelerate in 2021.
But what do we mean by a circular supply chain?
This is based on the principles of the circular economy, which is about designing waste out, circulating materials and resources and regenerating natural systems. The underlying premise behind the circular economy is that businesses will be more sustainable, more profitable and as a result add trillions to the global economy by 2030. The idea is that they are no longer reliant on the limited natural resources they required for growth. For businesses adopting a circular economy approach to be successful, their supply chains must also support these principles. According to Deborah Dull, who leads digital product management at GE Digital for Operations Performance Management, Supply Chain, Digital Kaizen, and Circular Economy: “Ultimately the circular economy is about inventory and extending its life, reusing it, repurposing it or eliminating the need for it altogether. Supply chain is responsible for inventory, and a global, circular economy requires supply chain innovation beyond its current scope which is very linear.”
How being lean helps
Deborah advocates that organisations should move to a lean supply chain approach because this moves inventory and decisions closer to the customer. This is important because proximity reduces the time between inventory decisions and actual customer need and because more inventory is typically required to buffer against uncertainty. Decreasing the time decreases the uncertainty, which decreases the need for an oversupply of inventory. Additionally, technology and data are key. Therefore, having a supply chain collaboration and innovation technology platform in place is important to facilitate collaboration in the supply chain, build in resilience and to give that all-important visibility into demand, supply, capacity and data.
In particular, data about inventory helps organisations make the best use of their existing inventory and reuse items as many times as possible. If the organisation cannot see their inventory, or if they lack the ability to easily move it around, they often end up duplicating inventory in different locations and buying an oversupply to prevent shortages.
Resilience and responsibility – watchwords for 2021
Going forward, it is entirely feasible that similar worldwide events to COVID-19 will cause major problems for organisations getting goods and products through traditional supply chain models, that are deemed too linear and don’t take a flexible, collaborative, diverse and a circular approach. Likewise, as government regulation and legislation increase, organisations will be forced to think about circular supply chains and more ethical approaches to how they dispose of raw and waste materials.
Therefore, repurposed supply chains of the future must have resilience and responsibility at their heart. Likewise, organisations must not only accelerate their agility, but also value chain transformation to help outmanoeuvre the ongoing uncertainty we face in 2021 and beyond.
Three key areas where procurement and supply chain should look to invest in 2021 and has a good business case to do so…
SHARE THIS STORY
The Brexit debate is over with the UK and EU finally agreeing on the trade and cooperation terms after Brexit. A lot has been mentioned about the negative impact of Brexit on the UK and EU business supply chains. However, I think it is an opportunity for businesses to review their supply chains and turn this change into a competitive advantage. In my opinion, the following are 3 key areas where procurement and supply chain should look to invest in 2021 and has a good business case to do so.
1. Sourcing capabilities
Most of the organisations I have worked with over the last several years go back to the same set of shortlisted suppliers and look to conduct negotiations and auctions to achieve short term goals. This could be working with the same pool of suppliers either in the UK or EU suppliers or in a particular global location, i.e. China. However, there have been significant changes over the last few years whether it’s in currency, new emerging supply markets, existing supply sources losing advantage, or even the overall cost of managing offshore supply chains vs. local changing dramatically. Brexit and Covid have further accelerated or exacerbated some of these changes. Having some dedicated resources now to understand market options and a full evaluation will really help understand organisations options they have and plan their future supply chains accordingly.
2. Strategic partnerships
With the unprecedented disruption in demand and supply over the last year, organisations have never more realised the need to have a different relationship with their suppliers. As the long-term changes from Brexit and Covid come into effect, organisations having close strategic partnerships with their suppliers will be the ones who will mitigate issues better or benefit from the opportunities. Strategic partnerships don’t have to be just long-term commitments but communication, transparency, and both parties working towards shared goals. Also, the key is to look at the criteria for selecting partners. While on a short-term basis, working with a supplier who can fulfil your immediate needs at the best price makes sense, unless you look at long term fit, you will never have true partnerships in place.
3. Supplier assurance and development
With Brexit, there will be significant regulatory and standard changes over the years and suppliers will need support to transition to new standards and procedures. Also, to allow the sourcing team to find new sources and locations, they need appropriate support to be able to assure and develop new suppliers. Too many businesses, see the role of supplier assurance team as limited to assurance only and have an auditor mindset, however, the key is that they are working more as a development team and helping develop suppliers to contribute to the business.
The deal agreed is described as a narrow deal as it allows the UK to gradually move away from the EU sphere of influence if that’s really what the UK wants to pursue. While the current relationship with the EU is the starting position, full changes from this deal will only be visible over the next couple of years. Businesses who will be making the right investments in their supply chain and procurement capabilities will not only mitigate issues as the changes come into immediate effect but also find themselves in a better place vs their competitors.
“…when you think about supplier diversity initiatives, small business procurement initiatives, it’s really about driving economic impact. And it’s really the small businesses that drive economic growth in any economy”.
SHARE THIS STORY
Rod Robinson is Vice President of Supplier Inclusion and Sustainability at Coupa, and the focus of that role, is to really drive inclusive procurement across the Coupa ecosystem, helping Coupa customers achieve, and even exceed, their supplier inclusion goals…
“…when you think about supplier diversity initiatives, small businessprocurement initiatives, it’s really about driving economic impact. And it’s really the small businesses that drive economic growth in any economy”.
Leading U.K. retailer selects Blue Yonder’s end-to-end Luminate platform to power its supply chain strategy
SHARE THIS STORY
Blue Yonder Tech, today announced that Sainsbury’s, one of the United Kingdom’s leading multi brand, multi-channel retailers across food, clothing, general merchandise and financial services, has selected its end-to-end supply chain platform as the foundation of its supply chain transformation.
Sainsbury’s will deploy Blue Yonder to power its end-to-end supply chain strategy, on a single artificial intelligence (AI)-powered platform. To support the business’s future supply chain program, Sainsbury’s will benefit from extending its current Blue Yonder solutions footprint, with powerful new capabilities. These current and new capabilities will now span AI-powered demand forecasting and replenishment, digital control tower, space management, macro space planning, range management, warehouse management, labor management and yard management.
Sainsbury’s is a leading multi brand, multi-channel retailer based in the U.K., operating more than 2,000 stores across its Sainsbury’s, Argos and Habitat brands. Sainsbury’s also operates a number of wholesale partnerships globally.
By partnering with the in-house engineering expertise of Sainsbury’s Tech, together the two businesses will create an autonomous self-learning supply chain platform with advanced machine learning capabilities. This step forward will enable Sainsbury’s colleagues to spend more time on the store floor and serving customers. Sainsbury’s chose Blue Yonder for its leading machine learning (ML) capabilities and SaaS-based solutions that uniquely power an end-to-end supply chain experience.
“We relentlessly seek to improve the way we serve the needs of our customers. Having a predictive, autonomous and adaptive supply chain powered by world class technology products and Sainsbury’s Tech engineering means we can show up for our customers whenever and however they shop with us,” said John Elliott, chief technology officer – Retail at Sainsbury’s. “Blue Yonder provided a strong balance of advanced capabilities, ML experience and a culture and value set closely aligned to our own, including a commitment to sustainability.”
By implementing Blue Yonder’s solutions, Sainsbury’s will further enhance its ability to monitor and respond to ever-changing customer needs, predicting and preventing potential supply chain disruptions. Blue Yonder’s Luminate platform includes ML-based forecasting and ordering solutions that help stores better manage fresh and perishable products. It also includes Blue Yonder’s crisis control center – Luminate Control Tower – which provides complete supply chain visibility, orchestration, and collaboration across the end-to-end supply chain and prescribing more automated, profitable business decisions.
“We are thrilled to expand upon our long-standing partnership with Sainsbury’s by offering iconic, game-changing, and customer-centric solutions that meet consumers’ daily and ever-changing needs, particularly in the critical environment in which we are all living today,” said Mark Morgan, executive vice president and chief revenue officer, Blue Yonder. “We know how important Sainsbury’s supply chain is to the company’s rich history of success and the loyalty of its customers. Our innovative AI and ML capabilities have a proven track record of real results, and our end-to-end platform is unmatched in the market. Our goal is to make AI and ML become key enablers of Sainsbury’s future digital transformation as the company expands its remarkable, trusted, multi brand, multi channel business.”
by Jeremy Smith, Managing Partner at procurement consultancy 4C Associates
SHARE THIS STORY
Beyond the human side of the Covid-19 crisis, the immediate issues felt by organisations have mostly been caused by unprecedented changes in demand. Revenue has usually either fallen off a cliff (non-grocery brick and mortar retail, leisure and hospitality) or it has surged (grocery, PPE, online non-grocery) causing problems in the supply chain. Some of these issues were exacerbated by a lack of transparency in the structure of these supply chains. The main priorities in this interim period are to restructure your cost and margin base and to align your full supply chain, while developing critical skillsets.
Building a cost and margin structure allows the business to survive until the crisis begins to fade. Ideally, the outcome is a transition of existing supplier commitments into the New Normal (when it comes) and thereby manage cash and risks. However, that may not always be possible but the key to success here is to review every commitment on its own merits and then engage with your suppliers to work out the most appropriate transition agreements. While this will help reduce the cost of change, you need to have strong supplier relationships in order to be successful.
We sometimes encounter a belief that suppliers either like you or see you as an important partner because they supply you. While this can be true, the changes that need to be made to your cost and margin structure in the interim, require real and much deeper relationships founded on an alignment of objectives. If you are in a position where this has been achieved already, you stand a decent chance of suppliers supporting your changes through their approach and commercial model. If you are still working on achieving that level of relationship, you might struggle or take longer to implement these changes, with all the implications this longer timeline has on cash management. It is times like these where we truly see the benefits of continuous supplier relationship management (SRM).
The second item to look at in parallel is margin management in whichever form relevant to your business (EBITDA, Intake, Gross or Net). At a minimum, you should consider your responses and action plans to these 4 key margin management questions:
How will your interim operating model and indirect cost base impact margin performance of your business?
Is your current product and service range appropriate to fulfil demand and safeguard commercial requirements?
If you have reduced headcount, either temporarily or permanently, are you more reliant on your supply chain? How does that flow through to your margins?
Do you understand your supply chain in enough detail to have visibility of all possible margin-impacting bottlenecks and constraints?
Supply Chain analysis
Typically, businesses will need 70% to 90% percent visibility into their end-to-end supply chains to proactively address choke points that can affect revenue and costs. However, currently most businesses only have 20% visibility into their full supply chains.
Clearly, this is not a desirable position to be in and must be remedied as quickly as possible. Some of the most critical supply-chain related issues include:
· Small suppliers, beyond tier 2, integral to the operation of much larger supply chains are at risk of going bankrupt due to cashflow issues
· Supplier staff may be constrained and supplier IP specific to your business is lost temporarily, or even permanently
· Excessive international movements of materials throughout the supply chain
A prime example to illustrate many of the above points is the personal protective equipment (PPE) crisis. Political arguments around levels of stock and UK-internal logistics challenges apart, the issues with getting enough PPE into the country have been caused by the supply chain. In hindsight, the dependency on Chinese manufacture pre-crisis was too high. Factories were already at capacity before COVID-19 appeared and clearly this pandemic was not factored into any sourcing strategies.
First these factories were locked down, then a travel ban was imposed grounding 75% of passenger flights, which contribute a lot of cargo capacity and thereby agility in supply chains. This means that though by Easter manufacturing was increasing, the ability to get it from China directly or through intermediaries was constrained. Taking a European view, PPE distributors and wholesalers have now exhausted their stocks and lead times for new orders are counted in weeks using expensive air freight or months using sea freight.
The implications from this example are that commercial and procurement managers need to understand their supply chains in a level of detail that has historically only been required for the most strategic suppliers.
For every tier and level of your supply chain, commercial and procurement teams should understand the liquidity position of suppliers, criticality of the outputs to your businesses, relative power positions and cost structures of fixed vs. flexible costs. Armed with this knowledge throughout your supply chain will allow you to make the correct decisions and ensure the continuity of supply chains. Additionally, it gives you the insights needed to identify new supply opportunities as contingency plans.
Trying to keep pace with new technologies is one of the biggest challenges that most businesses are currently facing. Trends…
SHARE THIS STORY
Trying to keep pace with new technologies is one of the biggest challenges that most businesses are currently facing. Trends in digital transformation such as AI, the Internet of Things (IoT), 5G networks and the proliferation of chatbots are impacting businesses of all shapes and sizes. Even procurement, a department traditionally found knee deep in paper-based spread sheets and contracts is embracing these innovations and are using them to automate manual, laborious processes improve supplier relationships and improve transparency over organisational wide spend.
So, as procurement takes advantage of the digital era, what’s likely to come next for the business function focused on delivering value and saving their organisations money? Will procurement finally get the business recognition it deserves? Here are my predictions on what’s to come for procurement:
Quality data
Businesses are already making key decisions based on data analytics; however, data quality remains an ongoing challenge. In the future expect to see machine learning automatically cleanse data, ensuring that any errors or anomalies are corrected. For example, it will monitor and maintain supplier master data from contracts and the data used in pay runs.
Procurement to drive competitive business advantage
Thanks to new technologies providing greater business insights, procurement will have more influence than ever before on overall business strategy, growth and competitive advantage. Procurement teams will be required to move their focus from spend and cost control and focus more heavily on facilitating innovation, business agility and continuity of supply.
A move towards more agile procurement
Are we likely to see more departmental purchasing and procurement become a more centralised business function? I think so, and as a result we are likely to see better collaboration take place across the entire business. We could even see category managers become procurement specialists in their business units and build a network of gig workers to help satisfy their operational needs.
IoT, data and stock tracking
More and more businesses are likely to take advantage of IoT to enable ‘touchless’ procurement where stock levels can be monitored automatically. It can help businesses track items in their supply chain in real time and enable asset-intensive industries to link data across the business to their suppliers. Businesses will benefit from an enhanced data platform as it informs decision-making around spend and purchasing patterns, catalogue content, supplier portfolios and contract fulfilment.
RPA to go mainstream
Taking full advantage of Robotic Process Automation (RPA) procurement will be able to completely eradicate many of its day-to-day manual, high volume repetitive tasks. The procurement team can also say goodbye to hours spent compiling manual reports and instead use their valuable time more effectively and deliver real value to the business.
Improved insights into the potential for supplier risk
Procurement teams will have better insights than ever before into their suppliers thanks to a clearer understanding of data. Internal data compiled by procurement, supplier information, market and analyst data on supplier performance will be aggregated and analysed to deliver a true 360° view of supplier performance.
Procurement best practice to include Blockchain
We’ve seen Blockchain, the technology behind digital currencies starting to find its way into the procurement space over the past few years. I think in the future we’ll see it used selectively by procurement teams as it is expensive to develop and deploy. However, I think increasingly we’ll see it used in scenarios where there’s a need to track and trace to stop counterfeiting or a need for operational integrity.
By Axel Schmidt With increasing regulation across all industries, from data privacy legislation to technical specifications and product certification requirements,…
SHARE THIS STORY
By Axel Schmidt
With increasing regulation across all industries, from data privacy legislation to technical specifications and product certification requirements, consistent traceability within often large and complex supply chains has never been more important for businesses to achieve. This is not only for compliance reasons, but also to ensure accurate forecasting so companies can deliver on promises made to customers.
Traceability ensures a
stringent flow of data so that suppliers and manufacturers can provide detailed
information about what happened to a product, by whom and at what time. This is
essential for industries such as the automotive industry, that may have to
recall a model due to a defect, or in the food industry where traceability is
vital to ensure food safety standards are upheld. But as industries move
towards longer and more fragmented supply chains, how can businesses keep up
with increasing demand for faster product turnaround combined with a growing
need for traceability? Axel Schmidt, Senior Communications Manager, ProGlove,
explains how wearable technology such as barcode scanners can help to
streamline supply chain processes and keep quality at optimum levels – not
only addressing the need for traceability, but also transforming worker
efficiency levels.
Increasing
complexity
With new legislation coming
into effect, along with consumer demands for a wider range of products,
manufacturers will be required to handle and process an increasing number of
parts and components for assembly. This can present increasing challenges for
businesses, especially those that operate with complex product variants and
short product life cycles which can block the possibility of a fully automated
facility.
In addition, the rapid
growth of e-commerce business models may have simplified the retail world for
consumers, but in turn has increased the volume of work for vendors – by as
much as five times according to research. As businesses move closer towards
Just-in-Time supply chains, the focus and pressure is firmly placed on
logistics operations to deliver efficiency within the supply chain. Moreover,
the number of shipping formats available creates an added roadblock to
automation and the surge in demand for rapid fulfilment that comes hand in hand
with peak periods only adds further complexity.
Consequently, there is an
increasing need for organisations to seamlessly document what they do and how
they do it to meet compliance requirements. But this must not be at the cost of
adding any additional time to the already tight schedules organisations need to
adhere to in order to remain efficient and competitive.
Augmenting the
workforce
In order to meet compliance
needs and unlock crucial efficiencies that can help businesses to meet
fluctuations in increased demand, organisations need to be able to access and
capitalise on real time data. Research from IDC
predicts that more than a quarter of data created will be real-time in nature
by 2025, and this is where barcode scanning plays a fundamental role.
The concept of barcode
scanning within the supply chain has been around for some time, enabling
companies to increase visibility by tracking items along the product journey
from manufacturer to the end point. Yet, the use of a conventional pistol
scanner is fraught with challenges, such as the significant time lost for each
worker due to the repetitive nature of picking up, using and holstering the
scanner for each individual item.
Given the format of the
traditional pistol scanner, the devices are also liable to breakages as they
are easily dropped to the floor. And as the devices are not ruggedised,
replacements are regularly required. This unreliability can be frustrating for
workers as well as the organisation, as workers cannot operate with optimum
efficiency.
Another drawback of the
pistol scanner is that it can be easily lost by workers. This could be around
the warehouse or factory but it’s also possible that a worker may leave the
scanner inside one of the boxes that they are packing. This is an unexpected
surprise for the customer, to say the least, but results in economic losses for
the company and further replacement scanners required.
Instead, wearable
technology with in-built scan functionality can deliver a number of benefits to
address these challenges. Minimising unnecessary and tiring repetitive actions
and improving accuracy significantly increases the volume of work undertaken by
each worker. With adjustable feedback options, such as acoustic signals,
vibration and LEDs on the back of the hand, a worker receives immediate
confirmation of correct product selection. This feedback not only minimises
delays and errors, improving productivity, but also avoids worker
frustration.
Display screens can also be
connected to wearable terminals to provide workers with additional information,
such as the location of the next pick. Unnecessary activity is removed as every
movement is directly related to the task at hand. Through this augmentation of
the workforce, efficiency can be rapidly transformed.
Conclusion
Legislation, technical
evolution and customer demand create an urgent necessity for accurate and
efficient barcode scanning to deliver traceability and efficiencies within the
supply chain. Organisations must therefore consider the need to implement
solutions that streamline these processes whilst keeping quality at optimum
levels.
Supply chains will continue
to get longer and more complex, and many retailers face the challenge of
fulfilling their promises to their customers. In addition, fragmentation of
supply chains is also on the rise, with a number of suppliers and components
relied upon to work in harmony to make the entire supply chain function.
Wearable technology can be a critical link to deliver productivity and
efficiency and allow organisations to quickly adapt to fluctuations in demand,
giving them a much needed competitive edge.
Part four of a six-part supply chain masterclass with Frank Vorrath, Executive Partner of supply chain at Gartner. Frank explains…
SHARE THIS STORY
Part four of a six-part supply chain masterclass with Frank Vorrath, Executive Partner of supply chain at Gartner. Frank explains how to build a supply chain excellence operating system, enabled by a centre of excellence.
Frank Vorrath, Executive Partner of Supply Chain at Gartner
One of the key things identified within your concept of a supply chain excellence operating system is two-directional thinking, where you’ve got people working in the business and people working on the business – could you elaborate on that, please?
Transformations are really driven by future growth ambitions of those organisations, or if they are looking and expanding into new areas and new business models. Lots of things are changing very fast and exponentially. If you look at that, that sets limitations for organisations to actually do the same things as they did in the past. From a structural point of view, your current capabilities won’t allow you to compete in the future. You have to think about how you are going to approach that.
There’s also a limitation in terms of resources. The concept of perform and transform is simple to understand, which means you still have to focus on your core business and create results and good performance, while at the same time transforming. The concept is almost like running a sprint and a marathon at the same time. If you think about what you can do with the same setup and structure you have without investing, and potentially a different set of excellences, then it’s probably stretching your current resources to a limit.
If you think about the transform activity you
have to do as an organisation, you think more about what you need to do to be
successful in the future. If you think about the sprints, you still have to
focus on your core business and on day-to-day good performance, and you also need
to think about what enables you to perform day to day, running these sprints,
making sure you keep and stay focused on delivering performance end results to
your business and to your customers as well meeting their objectives and needs,
but also transforming the organisation at the same time and building the new
muscles you need in the future related to the capabilities.
What sort of
challenge does this balancing act, between the two areas, present?
If you do that with your current resources you have available in your business you may find yourself in a position that is too much a stretch for your resources: to be able to deliver on your expectations. Somewhere, you need to balance it. The question is can you balance that with your existing resources and the existing structure you have, or perhaps you have to set up a different structure – where you have people working in the business and people working on the transformation. Both are equally important to you as a business because one is really keeping the lights on and delivering the performance you need today, which is finding the capabilities you have to build for the future. That needs to be balanced. Is it easy? Probably not. But is it required? Absolutely.
Where does
change management come into the equation?
With change management and transformations, it’s really shifting the mindset and the behaviour and actions towards generating more an improved and sustainable business performance and results. It’s about having clarity of the destination, and a clear understanding of why are you doing this, and what you want and need in order to transform.
The next important part of change management is role modelling. Your leadership plays such an important role here in championing the transformation with clear and defined specific communication and milestones. Taking people along with you on this journey and having an understanding of ‘walk the talk’, and being visible and aligned on a leadership level creates the pull in an organisation.
There’s also organisational capabilities, the resources I need, the financial commitment that an organisation has to make to transform, because it can be dependent on the maturity of that organisation. Sometimes you have to be able to invest first to generate the benefits later on. You have to be able to have governance in that model, which is strictly focused on priorities for the business as an outcome and is steering the organisation through that transformation. The culture and the mindset of the people, the knowledge and skills have to be in place, and it has to be somewhere measured and sustained.
Also, you have to be able to reinforce. How do you align your goals and objectives and your incentives structures on the two important activities, perform and transform, in a balanced way? Not just incentivising generating results today, but also incentivising transforming the organisation to be able to compete in the future. It’s not just continuous improvement. It’s building an operating system, considering what drives change, creating push and pull in an organisation, and really with the mindset of the future to improve, as well as building muscle, creating sustainable business performance and end results, and meeting the never-ending customer expectations in future.
How does a
role model approach help overcome the challenges in change?
It has to start at the top of an organisation, which means you have to be very clear, very concise and compelling. People need to understand why you are doing this, and be very clear about the outcome, when you want to do certain things, and what it’s actually going to do for the organisation. Take people along the journey and bring them in a way in that they have a stake in the game, so they are able to participate and provide their input into the transformation. That’s really important when you start your change management and transformation.
You also have to somewhere create an excitement
factor for your people to believe that the future you’re going to create for
them is a future where they want to be part of, where they want to be proud of,
so they are excited to actually take you as an organization forward into that
future.
How do you
bring the customer into the conversation?
It’s key to incorporate customers into it. Don’t
be shy in asking your customer how can you serve them better. How can you
create more a collaborative joint partnership together? It’s no longer about
vendor and supply and customer relationship, it’s about a partnership on a more
strategic level. As a business, if you’re able to figure that out and bring
your key customers in, listen to them and make them part of it, or even make
them a joint development in terms of building an operating system, even better.
You may want to consider joint investments into building the capabilities you
need in future, especially in areas when it comes to looking into talent related
to emerging technologies, data, data scientists, etc.
You really have a scarcity and you have to build and think about how you want to build these kinds of talents in your organisation from a different perspective and different ways. You may want to do this jointly together with your customers, because they probably have the same needs like you have in their own business, and the same kind of limitation and challenges to find the right talents. Instead of just doing it on your own and being completely internally focused, combine the inside out with the outside in. The key in that is your customer or your customers.
How
important is it to develop an end to end supply chain IT strategy and
technology roadmap so that the technology and the procurement transformation
are aligned?
You have to have an end-to-end view of your technology. Technology can’t be seen in isolation with what you are trying to accomplish with the strategic objectives of your business related to the value proposition you have. Technology and digitalisation, you can be taken from two angles and that’s what I’m seeing currently happening in the marketplace. On the one side, you see companies focusing and creating new business models through digitalisation related to their products and services, selling outcomes and solutions instead of selling products and devices.
On the other side, you see a lot of activity in terms of digitalisation in the supply chain. These two things are connected, but we also know that 70% of the initiatives currently in the marketplace are disconnected. Technology is creating new business models, using data to access and provide insights to your business for better and informed decision making. Data could also mean monetising that data and creating new business models. Technology, from your business process optimisation point of view, can create a new level of maturity in terms of efficiency.
That’s where a lot of companies are focusing on and deploying new technologies because they want to figure out if there are business benefits they can introduce to the business and to harness new capabilities and with automated processes that reduce time, errors, cost, and also increase the efficiencies they have in their business. To be able to do that, you need to have a blueprint and an understanding of where you are at currently with your technology landscape and your applications, and also where you want to grow in the future.
What is the overall journey of this centre of excellence system, where it starts with developing infrastructure, building supply chain excellence capabilities, and then reaching a stage where that supply chain excellence is woven within the organisation’s DNA?
The ideas of transform and perform, and the
resource constraints that organisations are having by using the same resources
has been recognised in the market widely and you have seen over the last couple
of years more and more organisations actually building a centre of excellence.
With a centre of excellence, you have to consider that there are different
centres of excellence. Now you have to have a functional centre of excellence
where you just focus on building the maturity in certain areas of your supply
chain.
You could also have a logistics centre of
excellence. You could have other centres of excellence, like a manufacturing
centre of excellence. The goal is to design your centre of excellence and be
aligned with the main activity across your whole value chain, which means if
you are a manufacturing organisation and a supply chain organisation or procurement,
you would organise your centre of excellence in a way that would incorporate
the strategy element into that. There are different ways of structuring a
supply chain centre of excellence.
My recommendation, if a business can afford it,
would be to focus on end to end, rather than just functional, because if you
just focus on functional excellence, again, your integration and collaboration
across the different functions might be a bit of a challenge.
Is
excellence an ever-moving target?
You always have to work on that. You’re never
done. If you really think about your
plan of a transformation, does it stop after three years? No, it’s not going to
stop.
What you’re hoping for when you had enough momentum, excitement and generated the results, is the building of a culture and a DNA. That is probably the longest part of a transformation which is never-ending, because if you think about it from a leadership point of view, when you build it with your team and operating system, you want to build something which is sustainable and not dependent on you as a leader or your team. It should be there, even if you move on. It should be part of the culture so that people and generations after can still build from what was built, to make it better.
Organisations are under more pressure than ever before to innovate at speed, ensuring they remain relevant in an increasingly competitive business environment. However, one of the barriers to achieving this is the constant drive to cut costs.
In today’s procurement landscape, cost reduction and innovation can no
longer be viewed as mutually exclusive. Instead of focusing solely on remaining
profitable, organisations need to view cost reduction as a sustainable practice
that doesn’t block innovation. This misalignment between objectives means
organisations must take more consideration when it comes to supplier management
and adopt a more collaborative approach, investing in the right tools to help
ensure innovation isn’t stifled by an overarching focus on cost reduction.
Innovation has become a top priority for organisations, but in order to
deliver ground-breaking new developments, they must take steps to ensure they
have effective supplier management that encourages and enables innovation.
Suppliers should be a key resource for organisations looking to develop
innovative ideas. According to the Institute for Supply Management
(ISM), up to 65% of organisational innovation is sourced externally
through various partners and suppliers. This means, in order to increase
innovation, organisations need to better understand their supplier capabilities
by tapping into the skills and knowledge base which will help to drive the
business forward.
Despite organisations having access to this supplier information, many don’t use it. In fact, most organisations typically don’t get out enough to explore new ideas from their suppliers. They would much rather keep the innovation and creative thinking in-house with the marketing or planning department. Capgemini’s research on Supply Relationship Management reveals 60% of procurement departments do not interact with their suppliers through any source of social medium. This signifies a considerable amount of potential for growth and shows that resource is going to waste.
The report also found a severe lack of supplier relationships within
organisations, with only 16% of Capgemini’s respondents having a corporate
strategy and process in place to manage supplier relations. These organisations
are failing to utilise the knowledge of their suppliers, resulting in missed
opportunities to discuss new strategies or possible product ideas.
Lack of scalability limiting collaboration
The barrier to working alongside suppliers and putting processes in
place is often due to a lack of scalability, with too many organisations
collaborating via email or verbally with a handful of existing, strategic
suppliers. By digitising supplier engagement, collaboration can scale across
more suppliers and products for greater overall benefit. Poor technology
adoption is a common barrier. Forrester research previously
found that over three-quarters (82%) of organisations switched or are
considering switching technology providers due to poor level of supplier
onboarding (30%) and poor user adoption (27%). This has prevented suppliers
from easily communicating with procurement teams or even bidding for contracts.
It is impossible to unlock innovation if the means are not provided to
help suppliers get involved with innovation initiatives or suggest ways to
sustainably cut costs or improve designs.
Currently, there are organisations that use recognition and
collaboration to develop highly effective supplier relation programmes. General
Motors (GM) are known forfrequently praising suppliers
who have excelled or have a successful collaboration with GM to produce
innovative technologies through their supplier programme. This system has
helped GM to promote innovation and incentivise suppliers so they can feel rewarded
and motivated to share their latest ideas and breakthrough technologies.
Organisations that have a supplier relationship management programme in place
are able to efficiently measure target outcomes, which promotes continuous
improvement in collaboration with their suppliers.
Building a supplier ecosystem to foster innovation
In order to strike a fair balance between cost savings and other
objectives such as sustainability and new product development, organisations
need to move away from their cost-focused approaches and must instead adopt an
entirely new way of managing their suppliers. It’s time for a more measured
approach to supplier management, one that will help enterprises focus on
diversity and innovation, and which will ultimately encourage sustainable cost
savings driven by the supplier rather than the buyer.
However, this will be impossible to achieve without a reliable data
foundation, to help organisations make accurate and informed decisions and
weigh up their options effectively and accurately. By implementing smart
procurement technology to clean up supplier data from multiple sources,
organisations can gain 360-degree visibility across the entire supplier base.
This will help to unlock a wealth of insights into contracts, orders, and
invoices, as well as detailed information on suppliers such as risk factors,
relationships and performance evaluation.
Organisations under pressure to innovate at speed can utilise this
visibility to build deeper, more meaningful relationships with suppliers,
allowing them to collaborate to create sustainable cost savings while also
creating new products and services to satiate demand. As the speed of
innovation increases in the future, savvy organisations must ensure that
conversations about cost don’t become a barrier; otherwise, they risk more
savvy rivals utilising their supply chain to rapidly deliver new products to
market, leaving those that don’t in their wake.
In your career you’ve identified some serious unlocked strategic potential in the supply chain, what first alerted you to this?
I have
been working for some time with Dr Bram Desmet and he wrote for me, one of the most profound and excellent business and supply chain strategy books called “Supply Chain Strategy
and Financial Metrics”. Now, while I was actually in contact with him, I had
the privilege to contribute to the book
with the forward, and also with a
business case study on my previous work
with a company called Johnson
Controls.
That
encouraged me to look into the concept of everything involved in business transformation
and supply chain and the idea of taking a more strategic approach to it. Leading up to Bram and myself, working on a concept called “Strategy Driven Supply Chain” and also the “Strategy Driven Value Planning and Execution” model.
In your white paper, The Concept of the Strategy Driven Supply Chain, you explore the current trend of businesses putting their supply chain front and forward It highlights some of the issues that companies are going through…
There’s
an enormous amount of change. We know that probably 63% conform, but their CEOs
are going through a business model
change over the next couple of years. Now, what we are also highlighting is
that lots of companies are overly
focusing on gross and margin
improvement, and have a somewhat lack in focus on shareholder value. That’s
measured in a metrics called Return on
Capital Employed (ROCE). Another
problem is that companies don’t have
enough understanding of the true
complexity of their supply chain and how to balance service costs, and capital employed within what Bram calls the ‘supply chain triangle’.
Having a
better understanding would lead to sharper strategies and stronger execution. This would lead to more sustainable performance and
results. So it’s really that sustainable performance and results aspect which
comes through, and we believe that it looks like a perfect storm. Supply chain
is at the front of it. A supply chain that is
seen from an entity point of view, and not just a functional point of view, is really important to companies. Companies have different supply chains and each of the supply chains needs to be strategy driven. Then, different
strategies lead to different supply chains with different targets and different trade-off, for service cost and capital employed. There’s also a belief that supply chain strategy is simply following a business strategy or from the business strategy. We do believe
that, but it is not a sequential process and the value proposition, and the supply chain are the ying and the
yang of the business strategy. Only together can
they define how business generates
shareholder value and is measured by ROCE.
So, it’s
about looking into supply chain from
the perspective of driving value for customers, and for the business. Supply chain delivers on the promise
that businesses are making through their value proposition.
Does this represent an evolution from the traditional operational back-end supply chain function?
Absolutely!
It’s an evolution defined by asking
the question as to what supply chain
management actually is. We believe
that supply chain management is more about balancing the supply chain triangle
of service cost and cash. It is also about
facilitating the internal debate between
sales operations and finance. It somehow takes on the role of balancing these
kind of trade off decisions.
Now that
also proves that the supply chain is coming from the back room into the front
room. It is becoming an equal partner around the C-suite, hence we are also
talking about putting the supply chain or Chief Supply Chain Officers (CSCOs)
into a more strategic role. That would require people operating on that level
with more financial and strategic skills instead of in the past, having just
operational skills. They will be measured on their operational skills and their
execution.
Are you seeing examples of that in action now?
Companies
are now taking a more strategic approach. We also see companies promoting
people who have lead the supply chain become the Chief Executive Officer. You’ve seen other companies in the US like
Apple. Tim Cook, who had been leading the supply chain for Apple for
many years under Steve Jobs, is now the one leading
the organisation. Now that’s a very
good example when you look into how supply chain becomes a more competitive
advantage for an organisation that
has and understands the importance
of having a great supply chain. It also shows how important it is to have somebody leading the organisation that he has an operational,
financial and strategic skillset. The future
skills requirements of the CSCOs in many companies will follow this path.
Would this require quite a substantial cultural shift? How important is change management to an evolution of this kind?
Yeah, absolutely. We say that it takes a bit of a leap in terms of maturity of
organisations, and also changing and shifting the paradigms from where they are
today to where they need to be in the future. Now that requires a value creation and that is why we
actually started to work on the concept of the strategy driven supply chain.
Even knowing that this is maybe five to ten years out. But starting the debate
and starting the value creation really helps to facilitate and move the needle
up. It’s enabling organisations to have
a more serious look into their strategic supply chain and what it means
to them as well as what it means to the overall strategy employment process in
the organisation.
Some
organisations took the approach of
being driven by gross initiatives, without truly understanding the strategy behind them or the value proposition and even the complexity of the
business. How do they want to differentiate themselves in the marketplace and
what does it mean in terms of the service
they have to deliver, the corresponding
cost as well as the capital employed in their environment? We are looking at
how we can help organisations by highlighting the problem or the potential issue. More importantly,
it’s about finding a solution and an approach, and taking a different more
strategic approach in future. We’re
highlighting how the supply chain
triangle can be balanced differently
by promoting the CSCO into a more strategic role.
Would that result in the CSCO reporting on a peer-to-peer basis to a CEO?
It’s
an equal partner in the business, and
with the same level of importance as the
C-suite, (CFOs, CEOs etc.) The CSCO becomes the ring man. They will help the CEO, and the entire leadership of the company, including board
of directors, make more informed
decisions, or as I would call it ‘deliberate choices’.
So the key to this is that the supply chain function has a wealth of data and knowledge and insight readily available to use?
It’s also about the reality of balancing the triangle. When you think about a supply chain, and the mission of a supply chain, it’s often about delivering the right product at the right time, at the lowest cost, at the lowest inventory. There is conflict in the triangle all the time. It’s about a service you want to give to your customers. When you talk about service, it’s not only how you move your products and deliver them but it’s also the complexity of the product. It’s about the order flexibility you want in order to give you the product portfolio as such, but also having an understanding of what it means in terms of cost you’re going to have in the organisation and the capital employed.
When we talk
about the capital employed, it’s really about two elements: a working capital (the decision you have
to make to strategically keep a certain inventory level in your organisation)
or it’s how you deploy your assets in a fixed asset structure. How this applies
to the conflicts and the triangle and
the critical stakeholders in your business. The VPO of sales, as an example, what does he really care about? It’s probably
the sales top line and market share. The
COO or Head of Production? The primary concern is probably efficiency, as efficiency drives cost. But if you think
about the VPO sourcing of purchasing, it’s the spend and how the company can buy more volume at a lower cost. That’s conflict.
So the question then becomes; who is
best positioned in a company to balance that? Decisions and people being driven
differently in terms of service cost and cash and the best positioned person to
do that would be the CSCO. Now that’s the best thing for
organisations to understand and if they do so, it can really set them up for a
very successful future or operating on a new
competitive level.
Do you envision a situation where a CSCO could evolve and transition into a successful CEO?
Yeah,
absolutely. That’s a prediction
Dr Bram Desmet and myself are making and we
believe you will see it happening
more and more in the future, and in
organisations where successful CSCOs who have those operational skills,
financial skills and strategic skills are the best people for taking the job at
the top of the house.
If a supply chain function is evolving in this way it would have to shed
some of its traditional operations, is it true to say that some of this
could be liberated through technology?
Yes you are right. You see the merge between the physical worlds and the digitalisation of the digital world, and enabling technologies. Companies are not only selling products and services, they sell solutions and outcomes. That is a new complexity that organisations are dealing with that requires certain changes and like I said before, be crystal clear about the value proposition you’re going to have or want to have as a business, and what it means in terms of the corresponding supply chain, and now your supply chain or different supply chains are delivering on the promise you made. The question is now about how you deploy your resources in your organisation more efficiently and effectively. That’s what we are talking about.
Do you think this would affect, going forward, the training of supply chain officers?
I believe it goes deeper than that. I believe if affects structures, it affects roles and it affects your whole recruiting process in terms of the discourse you would need as an organisation. It would also impact talent development. Going back to the example of the CSCO, in the past he has probably been promoted based on his ability to bring in results based on how the organisation performs. Now in the future I think it would be more about the balance between how he is actually contributing to the overall results of that organisation based on a strong operational performance. It’s also about financial results of an organisation being top line, bottom line and results or returns and what kind of strategic skills he has in terms of taking the organisation forward.
So that’s
what we are talking about and that requires a new skillset and new talents in
the organisation. There will need to be new training which needs to be provided
and opportunities for people to move into these kind of roles.
What would you say are some of the obstacles to the evolution of this role?
Probably mindset and the culture of an organisations where they have traditionally rewarded their people differently in the past. They need to overcome that and look at what that change means for them. They need to be ready with their maturity and company culture to move and shift the paradigm to a more strategy-driven supply chain and value planning and execution model. So culture probably is the key obstacle in the evolution of the role.
In your vast knowledge, do you see any industry sectors where it’s accelerating more than it is in others?
Well that’s a very good question. I would say, from my own perspective it is that you see some of industries a little bit ahead. Technology companies for example would be ahead in terms of looking at that from more of a strategic point of view. Overall I would say that more and more companies are at the starting point of truly understanding that change needs to happen.
“Great companies need to do three things: out-think, out-compete and outperform their competitors…” Frank Vorrath, Executive Partner of Supply Chain…
SHARE THIS STORY
“Great companies need to do three
things: out-think, out-compete and outperform their competitors…”Frank
Vorrath, Executive Partner of Supply Chain at Gartner.
This
week, in the third episode of an exclusive six-part supply-chain masterclass,
Frank Vorrath, Executive Partner of Supply Chain at Gartner, reveals how supply
chain excellence operating systems can really help build the muscle of an
organisation, as enterprises evolve and react to volatile markets, increased competition
and rising customer expectations.
“There
are still many companies struggling to make long term commitments, and not
really addressing the balance between the uncertainty of short-term financial
performance and long-term investments, to build better capabilities. Now for
many, many years, there has been continuous improvement initiatives being
around standardisation of processes and all these good things, but we need to
take that to the next level of building truly end-to-end capabilities.
We’re
talking about building something which creates more sustainable business
performance and results… When I talk about a supply chain excellence operating
system, it’s really to build the muscle in an organisation, to be able to cope
with future requirements, from the customer side in responding to customer
expectations, but also being able to compete differently in the marketplace and
building capabilities related to people, processes, technology as an enabling
element…”
Our cover star this month is SAP’s Dr. Marcell Vollmer, the global thought leader, who reveals how the ongoing transformation of procurement into a strategic value-adding role will see the function perform a pivotal role in the fourth industrial revolution…
So, where does a
procurement transformation begin? “I think the most important thing for digital
transformation, is to focus on the structure, the organisation, the process
side, and then finally on the systems,” Vollmer tells us, from his Munich
office. “Oh, and don’t forget the people at the end.” It’s no surprise that
many businesses are preparing for the future as everyone wants to understand,
learn and adapt to a constantly shifting landscape. And although procurement is
emerging into a progressive role, Vollmer is quick to point out the volatility
of technological change. “Our CEO Bill McDermott says: ‘Change has never moved
as fast as now, and it will never move as slow as today.’”
Elsewhere, we talk to CIPS
Mena’s Sam Achampong on procurement in the Middle East and North Africa and
catch up with the organisers behind World Procurement Week about how this
fast-growing series of events is establishing itself as a must-attend date in
the diary. We also have an expert
insight on keeping your stakeholders happy and list 5 top ‘procurement disruptors’
and events.
By Alan Gunner, Business Development Director, Adjuno. With the impact of our consumer society increasingly influencing purchasing behaviour, it is…
SHARE THIS STORY
By Alan Gunner, Business Development Director, Adjuno.
With the impact of our
consumer society increasingly influencing purchasing behaviour, it is clear
that there has been a shift in the need for sustainable supply chains. But this
is not a simple task – as political negotiations dominate the headlines, more
brands are seeking opportunities in new markets, which is having a considerable
impact on their carbon footprint.
As a result, it is now more
important than ever for companies to evaluate their logistics processes, not
only to reduce environmental impact, but also to reduce costs through increased
efficiency. To move forward and tackle the ethical issues, organisations need
to take control and focus on achieving full visibility. The implementation of
tracking tools will enable businesses to automatically capture the level of
carbon emissions that are produced as a result of the end-to-end supply chain
operations, from sourcing and procurement through to final delivery. With a
detailed level of information, brands are able to effectively see a reduction
in not only carbon emissions, but also in the spending associated with
transportation.
And by leveraging end to
end supply chain insight, more companies will also be able to track the source
of a product – this is particularly important when exploring new, unknown
markets. For example, from the type of tree to location and certification,
brands can ensure all the timber they use is sustainably sourced.
Additionally, enforcing
robust packaging standards across the global supply chain is beneficial to a
company’s CO2 levels. By insisting that suppliers use certain box
sizes and materials, pallet fill will be optimised and the number of items that
can be stored in a warehouse will be increased. This means that businesses will
require a reduced amount of containers and shipments, minimising the number of
journeys that will be made throughout the supply chain. This standardisation of
packaging and complete transparency of the supply chain will put companies in
the best position to demonstrate the provenance of their products and to assure
the consumer that they’re taking steps towards improving their environmental
credentials.
It is evident that
conscious consumerism is going to grow, therefore, in order to position
themselves as a leader businesses need to implement ethical practices across
the entire supply chain. By addressing these concerns and making the necessary
changes, companies will not only reduce the negative impacts new trading
locations will have on the environment, but will be able to improve the
perception of their brand.
The big business corporations, such as Toyota, BMW, Ikea, Nestle, etc. pay a good amount of their attention to participation…
SHARE THIS STORY
The big business corporations, such as Toyota, BMW, Ikea, Nestle, etc. pay a
good amount of their attention to participation in managing the entire supply
chains. Can it be one of the components of their success? Though tier 2+
suppliers have long been a dark spot for an original manufacturer, your
sub-suppliers have much more impact on the advance of your business than it’s
generally believed. By working closely with them, you can well contribute to the
achievements of your business, improve the experience of your customers and
stay competitive in the market. Let’s overview the benefits of such
cooperation, identify what tends to deter companies from appealing to it and
see how these pain points can be tackled with the right approach and modern vendor management
tools.
How do you know cooperation with sub-suppliers is
worth your attention?
To illuminate the need of such involvement, here’re the examples of the positive impact that close cooperation with
your tier 2+ suppliers can have on business.
Better quality assurance
Being
the producer of the final product, you take responsibility for overall quality
across the entire supply chain. It means that even if some quality problem appears to have roots in tier 2 / 3 / n suppliers, your company is still the one
accountable and the one to sacrifice its reputation.
Relying
on your tier 1 supplier is not always the best solution to the problem. Some of
them may lack the appropriate focus on quality requirements, don’t have
well-established quality control practices or just
don’t have the required infrastructure to ensure the suitable level of control.
Only rigorous selection and monitoring of the suppliers across all tiers of
your supply chain will help to avoid unpleasant consequences ensuring that the materials,
semi-finished products, etc. meet all the requirements placed and that there’s
no hidden threat to the quality of your final product.
In
this case, the support from the manufacturer can cover various activities from professional training of the
sub-suppliers’ employees, direct communication for quick feedback and tech help
to the installment of dedicated equipment (e.g., IoT sensors) for ongoing
process monitoring.
Indirect cost reduction
Knowing
who your sub-suppliers are, knowing their prices, delivery terms, you get a possibility
to monitor and better understand the prices of your direct suppliers. This
increased visibility will allow you to reduce prices of your tier 1 suppliers
(e.g., helping them to order components and materials on more favorable terms,
organizing bulk purchasing for several Tier 1 suppliers) and thus also lower
the price of a finished product.
More sustainable supplies
Direct communication with
sub-suppliers allows you to timely identify the potential
source of supply disruption and proactively introduce needed changes, anticipate
missed or late shipments, plan your company’s processes accordingly, etc. Moreover,
you can share trusted practices in logistics and inventory management with tier
2+ suppliers to increase the quality of your supplies.
Enhanced R&D
As one of the examples, your sub-supplier
has a much deeper knowledge of the
specifics of their products and its characteristics. Sharing this insider info
(e.g., an innovative metal processing technique), they help to streamline your
R&D and accelerate the introduction of new products.
Shared values
Today’s world poses new
requirements for the businesses of various types and industries with regard to environmental, sociopolitical
and ethical concerns. To manage them successfully, you need to follow the same
direction across the entire supply chain.
Environmental concerns
The requirements on the environmental-friendly
manufacturing process can be both imposed (by governmental or international
organizations) or broadcasted as brand
value. In any case, supporting green initiatives across the entire supply chain
is of great importance. For example, taking an active part in the Carbon Disclosure Program
(CDP), the BMW Group managed to significantly lower its overall CO2 emissions
introducing improvements across their entire supplier network.
Having got the info on the
engagement of its suppliers in deforestation practices, Nestle has managed to save its reputation of an environment-caring company. The business quickly identified the vendors that didn’t follow their
environmental policy and excluded them from their supplier list. In addition, Nestle required the rest of
suppliers to map out their ‘interest’ zones and introduced satellite monitoring
to proactively eliminate any potential danger to
their company’s reputation.
Ethical concerns
Even the indirect or
unintentional use of conflict resources, children labor, etc. can raise a lot of questions
to your company. Via closer cooperation with all-tier suppliers, you allow for their
thorough pre-assessment, ongoing monitoring of their existing practices and can
immediately perform a common mitigation campaign in case of detected risks
(e.g., requiring constant reports on working conditions, working hours,
recruitment activities, etc.).
What holds you back from closer cooperation with
sub-suppliers?
Despite the varied benefits of closer communication
with Tier 2+ suppliers mentioned above, there’re reasons why companies are not
that enthusiastic about rushing deep into the tiers of their supply chain. At
least two things that no one is immune to
make companies unwilling to do so. First, the overall management complexity gets
exacerbated with the involvement of tier n suppliers as you get an increased number of documentation,
compliances, and communications to
handle. Secondly, the new responsibilities (looking for the appropriate
sub-suppliers that answer your and your suppliers’ needs, continuous
sub-supplier monitoring, etc.) are very time-consuming.
How to engage with your sub-suppliers if you want
to make a difference?
Learn who your critical
sub-suppliers are.
Begin with identifying the critical links across your tier n supplier
network (e.g., the vendors of your top Tier 1 suppliers) and develop communication
with them. The important point is that this cooperation should be explicit and
bidirectional and involve constant feedback from sub-suppliers in the form of direct
reports, questionnaires, personal chats, phone/video calls, etc.
Provide a convenient
environment for management, co-work, and
monitoring.
The
modern digital vendor management tools can become of a
great help in managing increased number of diverse suppliers with relative ease
and speed. For example, employing online procurement
solutions you can structure and organize multiple vendor data, ensure its
consistency, streamline the data flow, encourage and facilitate closer
cooperation with your sub-suppliers and more. Among additional
variants are IoT-based monitoring of your Tier 2 vendors, online collaboration
platforms and media screening.
Heads up – finale
There are good reasons to suspect that the fight for advanced business
efficiency is incomplete without looking deeper inside the network of your
sub-suppliers. The closer cooperation with tier n suppliers promises such
important improvements as decreased prices for your suppliers and consequently the
lower cost of your final product, streamlined R&D, reduced concerns over environmental
and ethical problems, etc.
However, this
approach is often associated with management complexity, significantly
increased data volumes, and its time-consuming
nature. To tackle the pain points, start improving communication with critical links
in your supply chain and consider the processes automation and digitalization
introduced by modern tech solutions.
This week is part two of a six-part supply chain master class with Frank Vorrath, Executive Partner Supply Chain at…
SHARE THIS STORY
This week is part two of a six-part supply chain master class with Frank Vorrath, Executive Partner Supply Chain at Gartner. Frank has years of experience working on the frontline of supply chain management, and this week he’s detailing the hidden potential of a strategy-driven supply chain… Listen now!
As the pressure to create the perfect supply chain continues, it has become apparent that human processing alone won’t be…
SHARE THIS STORY
As the pressure to create
the perfect supply chain continues, it has become apparent that human
processing alone won’t be able to keep up with greater complexities and a high
volume of orders. Businesses must ensure their establishing a strong
relationship with their suppliers, manufacturers and consumers, and are driving
continual improvements.
Supply chains used to be
very siloed meaning organisations would have different systems and reports for
each supplier. Unfortunately, this approach provided no real visibility of what
was happening behind the curtain, or between the siloes, and caused confusion
for all involved. As more firms have recognised that suppliers are an extension
of their in-house teams and should be treated as such, closer relationships
have been forming. Technology has helped this process as it’s enabled improved
communication and transparency.
To stay ahead of the competition, having excellent supplier relationships that are supported by the right technology will be key. Over the next decade concerns around sustainability are set to drive consumer behaviour, therefore organisations need to keep a close eye on their supply chain, as well as their internal practices to establish a sustainable platform. Establishing a strong relationship with suppliers will make them more willing to give companies improved levels of visibility, helping to refine their end-to-end supply chain processes.
Through providing one central location of information, businesses can ensure cross-functional supply teams are using the most up-to-date information to guarantee that they are only placing businesses with approved suppliers. This strategy enables organisations to plan and manage all of their interactions with the suppliers to mitigate the risk of poor collaborative practice and identify opportunities for growth.
The role of Artificial
Intelligence (AI) and Blockchain technology in the supply chain is growing. The
introduction of blockchain will provide companies with the ability to fulfil
vital parts of a product’s journey; this will give them a competitive edge, as
they have the insight needed to deliver an immutable, reliable record. And with
the addition of AI, these businesses will also be able to process the large
volumes of data available, quickly and intelligently. All these factors will be
key to unveiling even more essential information about operational performance,
providing the opportunity for organisations to reconsider supply chains both
tactically and strategically. The extended insights can also drastically reduce
the risk associated with embracing new suppliers, while providing businesses
with the details they need to reassure consumers that they’re embracing
ethical, valuable practices.
With procurement undergoing nothing short of a revolution right now, the brand-new CPOstrategy will keep you up to speed with…
SHARE THIS STORY
With procurement undergoing nothing short of a revolution right now, the brand-new CPOstrategy will keep you up to speed with all the latest insights and stories from the biggest names in this space. Each month, we will cover all aspects of procurement strategy and transformation as well as supply chain digitisation and management. CPOstrategy is from executive, for executive. Read the launch issue now!
Procurement is being
transformed by new technologies, but people are the secret to success according
to LEO Pharma’s Head of Operational
Procurement, Martin Starcke in our cover story this month. Drug developer LEO
Pharma is seeking to revolutionise its procurement right now through the
deployment of a decentralised system. However, Starcke, believes that the digital
transformation of procurement is about a lot more than software or computer
services. “It’s fundamentally about people. I think implementing software,
implementing the technology is around 10% of your effort,” he says.
We also have an
exclusive interview with Frank Vorrath,
Executive Partner for the Gartner CSCO and COO Service who talks about the
importance of delivering real value to its clients.
Elsewhere, we speak to
procurement consultancy Efficio who prompts
the question: “Are procurement leaders feeling let down by technology?” We also
detail the barriers to smart procurement
technology and list the five top
reasons why supply chain strategies fail and what to do about it. Plus,
lots, lots more.
FedEx has announced the development of an autonomous delivery robot that helps retailers to make same-day and last mile deliveries…
SHARE THIS STORY
FedEx has announced the development of an autonomous delivery robot that helps retailers to make same-day and last mile deliveries even smarter and faster. Executive vice president and chief marketing and communications officer for FedEx, Brie Carere, said: “The FedEx SameDay Bot is an innovation designed to change the face of local delivery and help retailers efficiently address their customers’ rising expectations.” The company is having conversations with brands such as Walmart, Target and Pizza Hut around how this bot can work for their delivery needs.
Home Depot has revealed that it has achieved 70 percent same day delivery capabilities in the US and has said that it is planning to invest a further $US 1.2 billion into its supply chain to further this reach. Best Buy has reported strong financial results that are believed to have been driven by the supply chain. The sales of wearables, appliances, smart home devices et al had a positive impact on sales in the festive season and the company’s investments into supply chain capabilities played no small role in this success.
In the UK,
Aldi, Marks & Spencer, Sainsbury’s, Tesco, Co-Op and Waitrose have become
founding partners in an initiative dedicated to responsible recruitment in the
supply chain. The ResponsibleRecruitmentToolkit.org is a capacity building tool
that allows for improved selections and more strategic recruitment for those in
the industry.
Remember the KFC
crisis of 2018? Well, it turns out that it is the same company running the NHS
supply chain. DHL will be put in charge of delivering medicines that are
expected to be in short supply post-Brexit and it raises concerns. If they
can’t do chicken….
On the research front, ResearchAndMarkets
has found that the South American supply chain market is to achieve $US3.7
billion by 2023. It is a growing market and the research company predicts that
blockchain is to play a significant role going forward.
Also in the news: Dollar Tree chief supply chain officer, Gary Maxwell says the supply chain needs a reputation makeover; perhaps the cure for the sustainable supply chain is Spotify; and the digital bank Revolut has had its money laundering lapse exposed…
In a piece penned by Mike Orcutt for the MiT Technology Review, it turns out that blockchain isn’t the super…
SHARE THIS STORY
In a piece penned by Mike Orcutt for the MiT
Technology Review, it turns out that blockchain isn’t the super
secure vault that everyone thought it was. An increasing number of security
holes have appeared in the cryptocurrency and many of them form the foundations
of how these systems were built. At the same time, a new survey released by Globant
has found that many companies aren’t quite ready to tackle blockchain
technology yet, even though they recognise its benefits.
Of course, this isn’t changing the unprecedented innovation and investment into blockchain solution and company as evidenced by a release revealing that Ternio – a blockchain architect – has been accepted as an Amazon Advanced APN Technology partner. The framework developed by Ternio is capable of handling more than one million transactions per second, is fully decentralised and on-chain.
Still on blockchain, the technology remains a strong contender for
transformation in the supply chain as it can positively impact on trust, speed
and reliability. There are even some solid examples
of how this technology has already been used to effect positive results.
Moving beyond the blockchain and into the supply chain, Cause
Technologies announced that it has acquired Donseed UK, Enhanced BDM
and NJW Limited as part of its growth strategy into international markets. The
company focuses on providing software solutions for the supply chain industry
that drive efficiencies and capabilities.
Forbes tackles the US-China trade talks, examining how these will impact global supply chains and the changes that will inevitably come. The article postulates that regardless of the outcome, the supply chain is already changing to adapt to market demand and challenge. In BusinessWire, JDA has announced its development of a supply chain management platform as part of its plan to achieve an autonomous supply chain. The company’s AI-powered platform is designed to blend a bevy of powerful technologies into an accessible space that will help companies transform their processes and systems.
Also in the news: Aspirus was named Best 50 supply chain in the GHX list, a new technology that can capture the movement of quantum particles was revealed, a new joint unit designed to bring digital to the NHS was announced, AstraZeneca announced it would be adjusting its supply chain to prepare for a no-deal Brexit.